UC-NRLF
B M D21 E7Q
^
1 1 A. VOL. XII.
. ' > > >
THE
LANGUAGES OF THE NORTHERN
-^ HIMALAYAS,
BEING
STUDIES IN THE GRAMMAR OF
TWENTY - SIX HIMALAYAN DIALECTS.
BY
THE REV. T. (IRAHAMEIbAILEY, B.D., M.A., M.R.A.S.
LONDON :
PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,
22, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
1908.
1
,,u^
PREFATOKY N^OTE. ^J^'^^^
A FEW words are necessary in order to explain how aj aj /]
Mr. Grahame Bailey's valuable collection of monographs
appears in its present form.
In the year 1905 it was brought to the notice of the
Council of the Royal Asiatic Society that he had prepared
sketches of a number of dialects spoken in the Panjab
hills between Simla and Murree, for insertion in the local
District Gazetteers then being prepared for the use of
officials. Each sketch was intended to be printed as an
independent section of the appropriate volume of a series
which would not easily be accessible to students in Europe ;
and the Council, considering that their publication in a con-
nected shape would form a book of no little scientific value,
represented the facts to the Panjab Government, with the
suggestion that, if the type were still standing, a sufficient
number of copies should be struck oft' for that purpose. As
it happened, some of the type had been broken up, but the
Panjab Government most liberally supplied the Society not
only with sheets of the entire work, reprinting what was
necessary, but also with sets of several sketches prepared by
Mr. Grd,hame Bailey on other occasions, the whole being so
arranged that, with the Author's Preface, it forms one
convenient volume.
Owing to some sections of the book having been printed
off before it was decided to publish them in this form, the
pagination of the volume is not? continuous from end to end,
but the Table of Contents g-iven in the Preface is so arrano-ed
as to render it easy to find the particulars of any required
dialect.
The scientific world owes a debt of gratitude to Mr. Grahame
Bailey for the preparation of these sketches, and to the
Government of the Panjab for its liberality in placing them,
in a printed form, at the disposal of the Royal Asiatic
Society.
G. A. GRIERSON.
5^9 4 4G
PREFACE.
This volume is a collection of studies printed at various times. It
lias not been possible, therefore, to have continuous pagination.
Studies in Noftliern Himalayan Dialects was the first to be written ; it
was privately printed in 1902. Sketches of ten dialects were printed
in 1905 with a view to their being incorporated in the forthcoming
Gazetteers of the Simla States, Camba State and the States of Mandi
and Suket. Lastly, notes on seven dialects in Kulu and JammS State
together with a Sasi Vocabulary have been printed in 1906. It will
be noticed that notes on the Padari dialect of JammS State occur in
two different parts of the volume. This is due to the fact that the
type of the Studies mentioned above had long ago been broken up,
and I was unable to cut out, as I should have wished, the couple of
pages on Padari, printed in 1902. They have perforce been permitted
to stand. A much fuller account of this interesting dialect will be
found in Part III.
The following Table will show at a glance the contents of the
volume : —
I.
Page.
Dialects of the Simla Hills and Kulu, pp. i-iii, 1-65.
Introduction to the Simla Hills Dialects ... i
Grammar of Baghati ... ... ,,. 1
„ „ KiSthali ... ,.. ... 11
Notes on Eastern KiSthali ... ... 21
„ „ Kot Khai ... ... ... 23
Grammar of Kot Guriii ... ... ... 25
Introduction to the Kulu Dinlects ... ... 35
Gi'am mar of Outer Siraji ... ... ... 37
„ „ Inner Siraji ... ... ... M
,, „ Sainji ... ... . , 52
„ „ Kului .., ,., ,,. 57
II, Dialects of Mandi State, pp. i, ii, 1-17.
Introduction to the Mandi Dialects
Grammar of Mandeali
Notes on North Mandeali ...
„ „ Chota Baijghali ...
1
1
11
16
n
III. Dialects of Camha and Jammu States and Sasi Gloss-
aries, pp. i-vi, 1-108.
Introduction to Camba Dialects
Grammar of Cameali
„ „ Bhateali ■ ...
„ ,, Cuiahi
,, ,, Laliull
Inti'oduction to Bhadrawalii, BlialesI and Padain
Grammar of Bhadrawalii...
„ ,, Bhalesi
,, ,, Pad^iri
Introduction to Slsi Glossary
Glossary of Original SIsi Words
,. ,, Borrowed and Disguised S^si Words ...
Appendix
Grammar of Parjgwali
IV. Studies in Northern Himalayan Dialects, pp. 1-72
Prefatory Note
Grammar of Gujuri
Notes on Tinaull
Grammar of Dhundi or Kairali
„ ,, Punch!
Notes on Padari
Grammar of Siraji (Doda Siraji)
„ ,, Rambani
„ „ Pou:uli ...
„ „ Kisbtawari
Note on tbe grammatical resemblance of SIsi to
other dialects
1
1
17
27
37
53
57
68
76
85
91
97
100
101
1
3
12
15
24
33
36
46
51
61
70
V. Dialects of Karjgra District, pp. i, 1-53.
Introduction to Kaggri and Gadi or Bharmauvi ... i
Grammar of Kaggri ... ... ... 1
" Karjgri and Gadi Songs ... ... ... 12
Grammar of Gadi ... ... ... 19
Karjgri and Gadi Glossary ... ' ... 42
It will be seen that these twenty-six dialects cover a considerable
portion of tlie northern and nortli-westei'n part of tlie Himalayas.
All but two of them are in the strictest sense hill dialects. Gujuri is
not confined to the mountains, but as Gujurs in the plains have a
Ill
teudencj to speak the language of the people among whom they dwell
we must go to tl,e hills if we wisl, to study their dialect in its purity
Gujurs in the hills, however widely separated, all seem to speak the
same dialect.
Sgsi is spoken in the plains, but it seemed advisable to print here
the Sssi Glossaries. They are of great philological interest, as indeed
are all secret vocabularies. There are many such vocabularies i.i the
Panjah, some of them frankly criminal, but it is not easy to get any
knowledge of them. The tribes who speak them are often migratory,
and in any case it is difficult to attain to such terms of intimacy
with them as will induce any of their members to impart the secret
of their speech. That friendship with the.n will ultimately lead to the
breaking down of the barrier of concealment one may readily believe.
As a case in point I may mention that for two or three years I have known
a trihe of monkey-trainers, conjurers and bear-dancers (Qalandar and
Ma.lari). Qnite recently they have laid aside their reserve and
initiated me info their language and rites and customs.
The hill dialects, twenty-four in all, give a somewhat compre-
hensive view of the speech of the Himalayas from the south of Sinda
to beyond Murree. Three of them, with two sub-dialects, belong to
ti.e S.mla States region, four to the Kulu sub-division of Kanora
one with two sub-dialects to Mandi State, two to Kaijgra proper, °one
ot these, Gadi or Bharmauri, being extensively spoken also in Caraba
tour belong to ^Camba State (excluding Bharmauri just mentioned)'
eight to Jammu State (including Punchi), and, lastly, two to the
country round about the hill station of Murree.
It should be noted that Siraji in JammS State has no connection
with S^aji in Kulu. The word Siraj means simply Ull, and Sirnjl
me.uBbelougm^^ to Ue hills or Ully. The JaramS Siraji might be called
P^.deaUor Dodl or Doda Simji fi-om D.da, a large village in the Sirai'
he headquarters of a Naib Tahsildar. It is picturesquely situated'
high up above the Ciuab.
This work has been almost entirely pioneer work. I do not
know that a grammar of any of tl.ese dialects ,has previously been
published. In Cameali portions of the Bible have been printed (see
Oamba Introduction, p. vi) ; a Mandeali reading book lithographed
ma form of the Takri character was issued some years ago Dr
Jukes, the Medical Missionary in Kot Gurii, tells me that a portion
otti.e Book of Common Prayer was printed a considerable time ago in
Jiot Gurui. I have, however, failed to obtain a copy.
In the case of Kaggpi and Gadi, I have contented myself with
thoroughly revising the late Mr. O'Brien's notes, and adding to the
IV
grammar and vocabulary. I regret that the type of these two dialects
is different from tliat of the lest.
It will be seen that all the dialects treated of in these pages are
Aryan with the one exception of Camba Lahuli. This dialect
very closely resembles MancatI, spoken furtlier up the Cinab between
the border of Camba and the junction of the Candra and Bhaga
rivers. I sent the MS. proof of the grammar and vocabulary and prose
specimen of Camba Laliu.ll to Dr. Sten Konow of Christiania. Be
writes: — "I think that Lahuli is a characteristic Tibeto-Burman
language, if you except the use of pronominal suffixes with verbs."
Of this feature he says : — 'It canhe Aryan, but I think it more probable
that it is to be explained by tlie supposition of an old Munda substratum.'
The greatest possible interest attaches to the linguistic process
by which one language shades off into another. This process
is illustrated very fully by the grammatical phenomena of the
dialects under review. Several of the Jammft dialects show the steps
between Kashmiii and Panjabi, those between Camba and Simla
show a number of Rajasthani affinities. Various dialects show connec-
tions with Hindi, Urdu or Lahnda. In addition to all this there are
gradual changes by which a dialect merges into the one geogra-
phically next to it. This is amply exemplified in the chain of dialects
from Simla via Kulu or Maudl totheBanihal Pass or Kishtawar. The
whole subject is fascinatingly interesting.
I have endeavoured to make the representation of pronunciation
rigidly accurate. This has entailed considerable labour. Only those
who have tried to reproduce with absolute accuracy the nuances of
pronunciation found in a language which has never been reduced to
writing can understand wliat it means. In order to catch exactly
the sounds produced by various speakers not only must one listen with
unfailing care, but one must lay aside all prepossessions derived from a
study of other dialects. It is d^mgerous to uifer the pronunciation of
a word in any new dialect. The value of the services of a literate
speaker of a hill language is often lessened by his unconscious tendency
to assimilate his words to some better-known literary form of speech.
A word or two must be said about the system of transliteration.
In the Kaijgri and Gadi dialects the system adopted by Mr. O'Brien was
adhered to, and it was not possible later on to alter it. It is the
common Hunterian system as found, for example, in Platts's Grammar,
In the rest of the volume the practice of British Oriental Societies has
been followed — c stands for the sound of ch in child, and the correspond-
ing aspirate is represented by ch, a doubly curved line above a vowel
is used for nasal n ; rj represents the sound of ng in singing ; sh and zh
stand for sh in shout and z in azure. In sh and zU tlie two letters are
pronounced separately.
A few additional signs have been adopted : i is the sound half way
between i and I; u italicised in a word in ordinary print, or left in ordi-
nary print in an italicised word is the sound lialf way between u and v. ; eu
under similar conditions stands for the shortened form of the eu in the
French douloureux ; at under similar conditions is a shortened ai ; ai in
turn is a mixture of tlie English a in man and ai in aisle; eu (under ordi-
nary type conditions) is long eu, and eu represents two distinct vowels e
and 71.
It should be mentioned that the words Knrmir and Kngmhl have been
transliterated as they are generally pronounced, Kashmir and Kashnnrz.
Dhuadi or Kairali, found round al)out Murree and in the adjoinino-
parts of tne Hazara distiict in the North West Frontier Province, is a
dialect of Lalinda, a language spoken widely over the Western Panjab
and North West Frontier Province. To Lahnda also l)elong Tinauh",
but poorly represented in these pages, and Punchi, the speech
of probably at least 150,000, possibly 200,000, people in Punch Stnte,
which is subject to Jammft and Kashmir. Many of the summer inhabit-
ants of Murree come from Punch, and a number of Punchi coolies
were employed in connection with the Tibetan Expedition.
Four dialects are connected with Kasdimiri and deserve very close
study. KishtHwari on the S.E. of Kashmir proper greatly resembles
Kashmiri; and Kashmiri is well understood in Kishtawar. Poguli,
south of the Banihal Pass, a few miles south of the head wateis of
the Jihlam River, is not intelligible to Kashmiris; nevertheless the
resemblance between Kashmiri and Poguli is considerable. Further
removed is Rambani, which is contiguous to Poguli on the south. When
we come to Doda Siraji, which lies between Kishtawari on the east and
Poguli and Rambani on the west, we are in doubt as to whether we
should class it with Kashmiri or connect it with the group of dialects
next to the south which belong to the Dogri or Panjabi system. On
the whole it is better to consider it as belonging to Kashmiri.
Bhadrawahi, Bhalesiand Curahi form an interesting group and have
much in common with each other. They are intermediate forms of speech
bridging the gulf between Panjabi or Dogri and the Kashmiri system.
Curahi gives place on the east to Paggwali, a dialect which f greatly
regret not having had opportunities of studying. Paggwali is closely
allied to Padari. (See III, p. 101). On the south Curahi gives way to
Cameali and Bhateali, the latter of which is a dialect of Dogri. Dogri
itself, spoken by people in Jamma State, is one of the main dialects"of
Panjabi. Cameali is replaced by Bharmauri or Gadi on the east, while
VI
south of Camba Sfate we have the Kai)gri and Mandeali dialects, to tlie
east of them the Kulu group, and to tlie soutii and south-west of them
the dialects of the Simla States. It is in Cameali and the Kulu and
Simla dialects and also in Gujuri and the S^si dialect that we notice
that interesting similarity to Rajasthani which points to some very
close historical connection in byyfone centuries. We may hope that
ere long philologists will be in a position to shed light on these ancient
national and tribal movements.
Of the man}?- linguistic tasks in the Panjab which await accom-
plishment two appeal specially to me. One is the completion of the
study of hill dialects in the province. Towards this end I have written
notes, which are at present in manuscript, of about a dozen dialects
and half a dozen sub-dialects, all in or near the Simla States, and hope,
as opportunity offers, to go on working at others. The second task is
the compilation of a Panjabi Dictionary to be supplementary to existing
dictionaries of the language. This, however, is a task which will re-
quire the enthusiastic toil of many collaborators.
All philologists interested in the Panjab will look forward with
eager expectation to the appearance of the Panjab volumes of the monu-
mental Survey of the Languages of India being brought out by Dr.
G. A. Grrierson, C.I.E, When those appear the Panjab will be linguisti-
cally a new country to us.
To Dr. Grierson and to Mr. H. A. Rose, C.S., I am under a deep
debt of gratitude for their unfailing interest and encourngement in my
work. Without their encouragement it would never have been under-
taken.
In pioneer effort of this description one cannot hope to avoid
mistakes. I shall be very grateful to anyone who will indicate to me
any errors that may have occuired.
In conclusion, may I express the hope that those whose work or
leisure gives them opportunities of con>ing in contact with unknown or
little known forms of speech will not only use their opportunities for
the study of such dialects as they ruay hear spoken, but will also
minister to the advancement of })hilology by printing notes of the
information obtained. Not a few Govei'nment officials and others have
retired with valuable notes in their possession, notes which have never
seen the light and are now lost beyond recall.
T. Grahame Bailey,
Waztrdbad,
June 18th, 1908.
ERRATA.
I. P.
line
II.
III.
P.
n
p.
5
17
18
19
ii,
10
i',
)) )■
,, iii
!, vi
4
8
•' >»
10,
11,
„ 17-26,
„ 29,
'» 33,
n 38-51,
40.
20 for ' except ' read ' lenving untouched.'
21 delete ' with.'
„ for 'Nahan' read 'Nahan.'
" „ 17 „ ' dhUld' „ ' dhiiu:
iii, omit last para., and see III, vi, 4th para.
4, line 16 for ' after ' rend ' before.'
' rirnd '
' cheori '
' lautifi '
■ tharaa '
•Dhar'
IV. P.
9,
9
15
33
41
line
9
19
1]
fi
12. 21
nrna.
line
■ clieori.
'lannil.'
' tliaran.'
' Dahr.'
2 from foot for ' hattiwale ' read ' hattiwale.'
11 after h insert ' preceding an accented vowel.'
14 ,, ' appears' '{before an accented vowel).'
13 for 'light' read -nearly.'
22 ,, 'eu' read ' gH.'
26 ,, ' kiidha ' rearf « kudha.'
2 from foot /or 'khand' read ' khdnd.'
last line for ' banana ' read ' bandnd.'
line 17 ., 'dhai' read ' dhai.'
last line ,, ' on ' rend ' ox.'
headings „ ' Bhatedli' read ' Bhatedli.'
line 6 from foot for ' kidheo ' read ' kidheo.'
„ 5 for ' Jammu ' read ' Jammtt.'
headings „ ' LdhuW read ' LdhulV
line 12 ,, 'dawn' read 'down.'
line 1 .. 'ber.ki' read ' betki.'
bi ' rend ' bl.'
KARIALI' read ' KAIRALI.'
ghora' (2nd time) read ' gliore.'
hens ' read ' maize.'
12
1
13
1
16
11
V. Introdnctiou last two lines should rend-' The fondness of Gaddls for M is the
DIALECTS OF THE SIMLA HILLS.
BY
The Revd. T. Grahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.
INTRODUCTION.
In tbe Simla States west of Long. 78° there is a congeines of
dialects not differing very widely from one another. They are at pre-
sent classed as belonging to the Western Pahari Language of the
Northern Group of the Sanskrito- Aryan Family. East of Long. 78° there
are Tibeto-Himalayan languages which belong to the Indo-Chinese
Family. They are found only in Bashahr State. At present we know-
very little about the Simla States languages, with the exception of
Tibetan in the extreme east, and any contribution to our knowledge is
peculiarly desitable. la the notes which follow I have endeavoured
to give an idea of three main dialects — Baghati, the centre of which
is in the two portions of Baghat State and in the piece of Pateala which
lies between them ; Kiftthali, which is spoken in Kiuthal State and the
surrounding districts, and the dialect of the British district of Kot Guru
(frequently, but erroneously, referred to as Kot Garh). To these are
added brief notes on two sub-dialects — Eastern Kiathali, whose centre
is the eastern detached portion of Kisthal, and the dialect of the British
tract of country known as Kotkhai. These two sub-dialects differ very
slightly from the main Kiutliali dialect. The above-mentioned dialects,
then, represent fairly well the speech of all the northern and central
Simla States, except those of Bilaspur, Nalagarh, Jubba] and Bashahr,
These four States still require to be investigated, as with also Nahan
or Sirmaur which lies immediately to the south.
These three dialects have some interesting points in common. They
have a separate feminine form in the Sing. Oblique of the 3rd Pei's.
Pron. Kot Gurui has in addition a neuter form ietth, which is almost
identical with the Kashmiri tath.
The presence in all three dialects of what appears to be an organic
Passive Participle, and the peculiarity of usage connected with it, have
been alluded to in the Notes on the Verbs under each dialect.
They have also a special form for the Pres. Auxiliary used in nega-
tive sentences, and this form is in every case indeclinable. In Baghati,
11
I am not is nth atM, in Kinthali it is nth dnthi (or anfhl), and in Kot
Gurui nfh ainthi. It would be very instructive to know how widely the
negative form is spread. It is found in the Gujarat! language and also
in Kulu, and a negative auxiliary, not however indeclinable, ia common
in dialects of Laihnda.
Another common feature of the three dialects lies in the fact that
the singular of nouns is almost identical with the plural. In each
dialect the plural is the same as the singular except in the Vocative case,
and in nouns ending in -a the Nominative. This peculiarity is also
found in Kulu and in the Curahi dialect of Camba and the Gadi dialect
of Camba and in Kaijgra.
Baghati-speaking people seem to avoid using the letter h, nearly as
much as Italians ; thus we have aind return, for Hindi hatnd, aul, plough,
for hal. , Frequently, too, when in Hindi there is a consonant compound-
ed with h, in Baghati it is separated from the ^ by a vowel, as in
gohrd horse, for ghord ; or the h may be omitted as in dilld lazy,
Hindi dhlld, Panjabi dhllld. The extreme faintnesa of the enuncia-
tion of h makes it very difficult in some words to say whether there
should be an h or not. What one wants to know is how exactly the
people pronounce a word, not how people in another place pronounce it,
or how it is pronounced in Urdu or Hindi, It is difficult, for example,
to say where the verb ' be ' is and or ohnd, or the verb ' remain ' rauna.
or rauhnd. The Stative Participle, as nrddd, * in the state of having
fallen,' is of the same form as in Bhateali, spoken in the south-west of
Camba, Thus gdddd, ' in the state of having gone,' roddd (rohddn) ' in the
state of having remained,' correspond to Bhateali goddd, rehddd.
Kiuthali has most of the grammatical features of Baghati. The fact
that it is spoken so far east as Kot Khai, the variations there being very
slight, leads one to suppose that it is employed over a considerable tract
of country all round its centre. It is spoken also in the Simla (Shimla)
municipal area. Its word for speak, dzopnu, is interesting in being like
Poguli, zapnu, Jammu Siraji zahno, Kishtawari, zahunu, Kashmiri, daptm.
Kot Guriii is separated from the Siraj Tah§il of Kulu by the Satlaj
river. We find, as we should expect, a considerable resemblance
between Kot Gurui and Outer Siraji,
Jubbal is said by its inhabitants to have two dialects — Barori and
Bishsau. These two. are, however, extremely like one another and may
be considered one. It is not a little remarkable that they resemble
Baghati more than they resemble any other of the dialects treated of
above, notwithstanding the fact that geographically Baghati is the most
distant from them.
In the Census of 1901 most of the inhabitants of the Simla States
returned themselves as speaking Pahari, without specifying the dialect.
Ill
Nearly all the rest claimed to speak Panjabi, except iu Bashahr, where
there are over 19,000 speakers of Kanawari and 2,300 speakers of Bhotia,
which may be the same as Tibetan. In Nahan (Sirmaur) 104,000 per-
sons were entered as speaking Sirmauri, a dialect which will be found
to have considerable affinity to the dialects specially dealt with in the
following pages. Kanawari is a Tibeto-Himalayan language which has
affinity with Tibetan, with Kanashi, the language of a single isolated
village in Kula called Malana, and with Lahuli, a language which has
four dialects— three spoken in British Lahul and one in Camba Lahul.
The transliteration employed is that of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal. One or two additional signs had to be made use of. u is a
long sound as eu in French douloi^retix (the rest of the word being in
ordinary type). f is a sound midway between z and l. Similarly ?
italicised, occurring in a word in ordinary type, denotes the sound half-
way between u and u. Printing difficulties account for the clumsiness
n
of some of these signs
January 30th, 1905.
T. Graham E Bailey,
Wazlrabad.
SIMLA HILL DIALECTS
>
I. BAGHATt.
Nouns.
MascnZi/te.
Nouus iu -a
Sing.
Plur.
N.
gohr-a horse
-e
G.
-e ra
-e ra
D.A.
-e khe
&c.
Loc.
-e manjhe
Ab.
-ede
Agent
-e
Voc.
-ea
Nouns in a Consonant.
-eo
Sing.
Plur.
N.
gaur, house
gaur
G.D.A.L.Ab.
gar-a ra, &c.
gar-a, &c
Ag.
-e
-e
Voc.
-a
Nouns in -i.
-5
Sing.
Plur.
N.
hathi, elephant
hathi
G.D.A.L.Ab.
„ ra, &c.
„ &c.
Ag.
hathi-e
hathi-e
Voc.
-a
Nouns in -ii.
-5
Sing.
Plur.
N.
indu, Hindu
indu
G.D.A.L.Ab.
„ &c.
„ &c.
Aff.
indue
fndiie
hapa, father, indecl. in the Sing, seems to prefer in the Plural
hau, G.D.A.L.Ab. bauS ra, &c. Ag. baue.
naU, name, has G. &c., nam ra, &c., Plur. the same.
Baghfltt.
Feminine.
Nouns in -i
Sing.
Plur.
N.
di, daughter
di-a
G.D.A.L.Ab.
di-a ra, &c.
-a ra, &c,
A?.
-e
-e
Voc.
-e
-5
Nouns in Consonant.
Sing.
Plur.
N.
baihn, sister
baihn-a
G.D.A.L.Ab.
baihn-a ra, &c.
-a ra, &c,
Ag.
-e
Nouns in -o.
-e
Sing.
Plur.
N.
b5bb-6, elder sister
bobb-o
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-6 ra, &c.
-6 ra, &c.
Ag.
-6§
-5e
Voc.
-oe
gae, cow
-6o or 665
N.
ga-e
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &c.
-i, &c.
Ag.
-ie
-ie
The word jana, man, is sometimes used curiously as a mere exple-
tive, e.g. — Se jane rupayye, those rupees j tesjane gara manj'he, in that
house.
Pronouns.
Sing.
Ist 2nd 3rd (he, she, it, that) eh, this
N. au tn se eh
G. mera tera tesra,/. teara esra, /. iara
D.A. makhese, makhe, takheije, takhe teskhe /. tel, &c, es, &c. f. iU
L. ma manjhe ta, &c. tfis, &c. „ „ „
Ab. ma»i de tan „ „ „ „
Ag. moe toe teune/. tee eune, /. ie
Baghnti.
Plur
N.
hfime
tnme
sS
eh
G.
mahra
tara, talira
tinna
rS
inna ra
D.A.
hamma khe
tuinma, &c.
>»
&e.
„ &c.
L.
„ manjlie
>>
n
or tinne
„ or mTi§
Ab.
„ de
M
»>
J5
Ag.
ham§
tume
tinne,
/. tinni
iniie, /. inni
The post-positions, where not printed above, must be understood
throughout. The pronouns se, that, and eh, this, are remarkable in
having forms for the fern, in the Oblique Sing. Thus in tesra the pos-
sessor is masc, in team, the possessor is fern.
Sing.
N. kua, who ? 30, who
Obi. kos (with i"a, &c.) jes,
Ag. ktjaie jenne
koi, anyone. Ob. kos. Ag. kuniB.
kah, what. Ob. kanni.
Other pronouns are kuch, anything, something ; jo koi, whosoever;
jo kuch, whatsoever.
4/ .
35
kinna
jinna
kinne
jimie
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but Adjectives
qualifying nouns have the following declension : —
Adjectives in -a. N. Sing. Masc. -a. Ob. e.
PI. -e, indecl. Fem. -?, Sing, and PI. indecl.
All Adjectives ending in any other letter are indecl.
Comparison is expressed by means of de, from, than ; e.g. —
Good carjga; better than this, es de carjga ; better than all, best,
sabbi de cauga.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative.
fsha, like this tlsha, like that ktsha, like what jisha, like which
itna, so much titna, so much kitna how much jitna, as much or
or many. or many. or many. many.
The genitive of Nouns and Pronouns is declined like Adjectives
in -a.
For Numerals see list of words.
4 BagJi^ff.
Adverbs.
Most Adjectives can be used as Adverbs. When so used tliey
agree with the subject of the sentence.
The following is a list of the most important Adverbs, other than
Adjectives : —
{Time.)
hibbi, now
tes wakt, then
kabbe, when ?
jabbe, when
az, to-day
kalka, to-morrow [morrow
p5ishii, the day after to-
cauthe, the day after that
kal, yesterday [terday
porshu, the day after yes-
cauthe, the day before that
kabbhe, ever, sometimes
kabbhe na, never
kabbhe kabbhe, sometimes
(Place.)
etthi, here
tetthi, there
kei, ketthi, where ?
jefcthi, where
etthi khe, up to here
etthi de, from here
hubba, up
hunda, down
nore, near
dur, far
aoka, in f tont
pachka, behind
bihtre, inside
bahre, outside
Others are — Tcannf khe or M^, why ? ia hatd ri turl, for this reason ;
ha or aho, yes ; nth, na, no ; sulle, well ; stdbt, quickly.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is fre.
quently both a preposition and an adverb.
pore, parle kanare, beyond
orle kanare, on this side
pande, pande, upon
hethe, below
turi, up to
mi kae, beside me
„ sathi, with me
tesri turi, for him
teri turi, about thee
hamma jisha, like us
tinna re kanare, towards them
tes de picche, after or behind it
tesre girde, round it
tari barabbari khe, equal to you
mande sawa, apart from me
Bayhnli.
Conjunctions.
te, and ; par but ; je, if ; cahe although ; yd, or.
Verbs.
Auxiliari/.
Pres. I am, &c. ossu. osso osso oasu osso osso.
Pres. Neg. I am not, &c. nfh athi, indecl.
Past I was tha (/. thi) tha tba the (/. thi) the the.
Intransitive Verbs,
rirna fall.
Fut. rfr-ue -la (/. -li) -la -ue or -me (/. -mi) -le (/. -li) -le.
Imperat. rfr rifo
Pres. rfr -u -o -(5 -u -o -6.
Impf. Pres. with tha (/. tin) in Sing, and the (/. thi) in Plur.
Cond. I would fall or have fallen, rij-da (/. -di) Sing. ; -de (/. -di) Plur.
Past rfr -a (/. -i) -a -a -e (/. -i) -e -e.
Plupf. rtr -a tha ; fl. lire the, &c.
Participles, &c., rirero, having fallen ; rirde i or rWe % sar, on falling ;
oirada, f. rii^dl in the state of having fallen ; Urdu, girS
hua; rirde, while falling; rirnewala, faller or about to
fall.
Some verbs have slight irregularities.
Ona, be or become.
Fut.
oue
olla, &c.
Imperat.
Pres.
6
ou o
o
6 6u o
Cond.
onda.
Participle
oeio, onde i, onewala, &c.
Auna, come.
Fut.
aue
aula, &c.
Imperat.
Pres.
ao
aft
ao
ao, &c.
Cond.
aunda
Past
Participle
aya /. ai pi. ae
aero, aunde i, ajada (j
(/. aidi, in the state of having
come) aunewala, &c.
6 Bdghati.
Jo«a, go.
Fut.
jax'ig
jalla jalla jamiul (/. jamm!) &c,
Cond.
janda ;
Past goa
Participle
jaero,
goada, &c.
Bauhna, or rannS.
Fat.
raue
raula raue or raume, &c.
Pres.
rou or
rauu ro ro, &c.
Cond.
raunda
Past
roa
Participle
roero, ;
roada, &c.
Transitive Verbs.
ttppna, beat, like rirnd except in Past.
Past Agent case of subject with tippa •which agrees with object
pi. ttppe, /. tippi.
Plupf. Agent case of subject with ttppa tha.
The passive is formed by using tippa with the required tense of
janOf go : aii tippa jane, I shall be beaten. The passive, however, is
rare.
The following are slightly irregular : —
hhana, eat Past khaya
pina, drink „ piya
dena, give „ dittd
launa take, Fut. lue. Pres. lau lo, &c. Past lodi
holnd, say, Past holla, used with Agent case
Jcarnn, do „ Hyd
jdnna, know „ jnnd
ffnnd, bring „ ana
Uattnn, bring, and lej'and, take away, are conjugated like avna, jo nil.
Compound Verbs.
Habit, Continuance, State.
I am in the habit of falling, au rird Jcaru (compounded with
Icarnd, do).
I continue to fall, aU rirdd ran (compounded with rauncf, remain).
I am in the act of falling, au laj rod rirdd (compounded with lagynd,
stick, raitnn, remain).
Bay ha (i.
The difference of cases in the Impf. and the Past is illustrated in
the following : —
8S mdkJa iippo tha, he was beating me, but tenne au t^ppcl, he beat
me, lit. by him I was beaten. When a noun is the object, the case with
khe is allowed with both forms of the verb.
When the participle of the form rakkhada, having been placed, is
used instead of the past participle, the possessive case, and not the
agent case, of the subject is used, e.g., tesrS kitah rakkhidi dsso ya nth
dthi, has he placed the book or not ? Kdsre Dili rakkhidi, someone
■will have placed it, but kunie rakkhi dlli, someone will have placed it
hammS, dui janB ri kitaba rakkhidi osso, we two men have placed the
books.
bapu, father.
ammS, mother.
bajja, brother.
bobbs, sister (older than
person referred to).
baihn, sister (younger than
person referred to).
^ bager, son.
^ di, daughter.
malik, husband.
' cheofi, wife.
jana, man.
< juanas, woman.
bager, boy.
munni, choti, girl.
gual, shepherd.
cor, thief.
g5hr-a, horse,
-i, mare.
bold, ox.
gae, cow.
mhaish, buffalo.
bakr-a, goat.
-i, she-goat.
chiltu, kid.
chel-ti,-li, „ (female).
bed, sheep.
kutt-a, dog.
-i, bitch.
rich, bear,
sih, leopard,
gad ha, ass.
sftr, pig.
murg-a, cock,
-i, hen.
bara-1, cat. (male),
-li, „ (female),
fit, camel,
gijja, kite,
hathi, elephant,
hath, hand,
lat, foot,
nak, nose,
akkhi, eye.
mfih, face,
dand, tooth,
kan, ear.
bal, hair,
mund, head,
jibh, tongue,
pet, stomach,
pith, back,
pinda, badan, body,
kitab, book,
kalam, pen,
maiija, bed.
gaur, house,
daryao, river.
8
Baghnli.
khola, stream.
tibba, bill.
mada", plain.
bagti, field.
rotl, bread.
pani, water.
kanak, wheat.
kukkri, maize.
dal, tree.
gao, village.
sliaihr, town,
baun, jungle.
raacchli, fish.
bat, path.
phal, fruit.
shakar, meat.
dudh, milk.
anda, egg (large).
anni, „ (small).
giu, ghi.
tel, oil.
cha, buttermilk.
din, day.
rat, night.
suraj, sun.
jun, moon.
tara, star.
paun, wind.
barkha, rain.
daii, sunshine.
andhi, storm.
bara, bojh, load.
bi], seed.
loha, iron.
caijga, sohna, good, fine.
bura, bad.
bad da, big.
ch5ta, small.
dilla, lazy,
akalwala, hushyar, wise.
sidda, foolish.
paiiina, sharp.
ncca, high.
sohna, beautiful,
bura, ugly.
thanda, cold.
tatta, hot.
mittha, sweet.
saf, clean,
tSar, ready,
kamti, less,
bhauta, more.
ona, be,
auna, come,
jana, go,
bethna, sit.
launa, take.
dena, give.
rfrna, fall.
uth^a, rise.
khara ona, sfand.
dekhna, see.
khana, eat.
pina, drink.
bolna, say.
suttna, sleep, lie down.
karna, do.
rauna, rauhna, remain.
tipna, beat.
marna, kill.
pachanna, recognise.
paiitsna, paucna, arrive.
danr deni, run.
matthna, run away.
banana, make.
rakkhna, place.
bulauna, call.
milna, meet.
sikhna, learn.
parhna, read.
likhna, write.
marna, die.
sunna, hear.
atna, turn.
Baghdti.
atSr5 aunS, return,
baihna, flow,
larna, fight,
jitna, win.
arna, be defeated,
bijna, sow.
1— §k.
2— do.
3 — tin.
4 — car.
5 — panj.
6 — che.
7 — sat.
8— ath.
9 — nau,
10— das.
11 — giara.
12 — bara.
13 — tera.
14 — Cauda.
15 — pandra.
16 — sola.
17 — satra.
18 — athara.
19 — unni,
20— bish.
27 — satai.
29 — unatti.
30— tish.
37 — saiti.
39 — untali
paihlka, 1st.
dujja, 2nd.
tijja, 3rd.
cautha, 4tli.
panjwa, 5th,
2
Numerals,
Cardinal.
aul bana, plough,
khlana, feed,
plana, give to drink,
sunana, cause to hear,
cugna, graze,
tsarna, cause to graze.
Ordinal.
40 — call.
47 — santali,
49 — onunja.
50 — panj ah,
51 — akunjah.
52 — banjah.
55 — pacunjah.
57 — satunjah.
59 — uujlhatli.
60 — shath, sath.
67 — satahatb.
69 — unhattar.
70 — sattar.
77 — satattar.
79 — unasi.
80 — ashshi, assi.
87 — satasi.
89 — nianwe.
90 — nabbe.
97 — satanw§.
99 — narinwe.
100— shau.
1,000— bazar.
100,000— Jakh,
chatua, 6th.
sattia, 7th.
dasua, 10.
paihlki bare, first time.
dujji bare, second time.
10 BayhSli
Ordinal. — contd.
addha, half. dai, 2\.
paune do, If. dedh, 1|.
savva do, %\. sadde car, 4^.
ek paia, |.
1. Tera kah nau osso ? What is thy name ?
2. Es gohre ri kitni ummar olli ? What will be the age of this
horse ?
3. Etthi de Kashmira tUri kitna khe dur olla ? From here to
Kashmir how far will ifc be ?
4. Tere baua re gare ko bete osso ? In thy father's house how
many sons are there ?
5. All az bari diira de handero aya. To-day I have come walking
from very far.
6. Mere cace ra bager tesri bobbo sathi biahda osso ? My ancle's
son is married to his sister,
7. Mahre the safed gohre ri jin osso. In our house the white
horse's saddle is.
8. Tesri pitthi pande jin guro. On its back fasten the saddle.
9. Moe tesre bagera khe bara tippa. I beat his son very much.
10. Se ucce tibbe pande gai aur bakri lagroa tsarne. He on the
high hill is grazing cows and goats.
11. Se tes dala hethe gohre pande bethroa, or bethada osso. He
under that tree is seated on a horse.
12. Tesra bayya apni bai^a de baja osso. His brother is bigger
than his sister.
13. Tesra (tyesra) dam dai rupayye osso. Its price is two and a
half rupees.
14. Mera bapu tSs jane chote gara manjhe rau. My father lives in
that small house.
15. Teskhe (tyeskhe) eh rupayye dedeo. Give him these rupees.
16. Se jane rupayye tesde lau laune. Take those rupees from him.
17. Tesklie ain tippero rashshi sei banhdeo. Having beaten him
well, bind him with ropes.
18. Kile manjhe de pani nikalo. Draw water from the well,
19. Mande agge agge cal. Walk before me.
20. Kosra bager tan picche aune lagroa ? Whose boy is coming be-
hind you ?
21. Se tumme kosde mulle loa ? From whom did you buy it ?
22. Gawa re ekki baale de. From a shopkeeper of the village.
II. KIUNTHALI. [Kifithali.]
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in -a.
Sing. Plur.
N. gobr-a, horse -g
G. -§ ro or ra -e, &c.
D.A. -e khe or Lage &c.
Loc. -e da
Ab. -§ da or hago
Ag. -e
Voc. -ea e 5
da, of the Loc. agrees with its subject, the thing which is iw the
other, fern, dl, pi. de.
Nouns in a Consonant.
N. gauhr, horse gauhr
G.D.A.L. Ab. gaur -6 ra, &c. gaur-o, &c.
Ag. -e -e
Nouns in -i.
N. hathi, elephant hathi.
G.D.A.L. Ab. „ ro, &c. „ &c.
Ag. hathi-e hathi-§
Voc. -a -au
Nouns in -ii.
N". bfu-cu, scorpion. -cfi
G.D.A.L. Ab. -en ra, &o. -cu ra, &c.
Ag. -cu§ -cue
N"- ba-o, father. bao, &c., as Sing.
G. -o ra
D.A. -a khe, ba hage
L. -a da
Ab. ba hago, baa da
Ag. bawo
nS, name is indecL
12
Ag.
N.
G.
D.A.
L.
Ab.
Ag.
Kifithall.
Feminine.
Nouns in-i.
N.
bet-i, daughter
-i
G.D.A.L. Ab.
-i ra, &c.
-i, &c.
Ag.
-ie
-ie
Voc.
-ie
Nouns in a Consonant.
-io
N.
beuhn, sister
beub
n
G.D.A.L. Ab.
baubn-e ra, &c.
baubn-e, &c.
Ag.
-5
-5
N.
ga-ui
-ui
G.D.A.L. Ab.
-ue ro, &c.
-ue, &c,
-uie
-ui§.
Pronouns.
Sing.
1st
2nd
N. S tu
G. mero, mera ter-o,-a
D.A. mS kbe, or mi tS kbe, or t§
L. „ da „ da
Ab. „ deau „ deau
3rd (he, she, it, eh, this
that)
Be eh
tes (/. tessau) ra es (/. g,ssau) ra
kh§ „ „ khS
da ,, ,, da
»
M
moe
hame
mahro
hamo khe,
or hamo
„ da
? „ deau
hame
II
i>
51
toi
tinie /. t§ssS
deau „ ,, deau
inie (/. isse).
Plur.
tume, tusse s5 5h
tumahro tihn-au (/. -i) ra ihn-au (/• -i) ra
tusso khe, „ „ khe „ „ khS
or tusso or tihnau
„ da „ (/.-i) da „ „ da
„ deau „ „ deau „ „ deau
tusse, tume tihn -§, /. -ie, ine, ihiie/. ihnie
Kiuthali has, like all neighbouring dialects, a feminine farm for
the oblique of the pronouns sS and eh.
KiUfhall. 13
kun, who ? obi. kds, ag. ktin'ie, ag. pi. knnne.
jo, who, obi. jos, ag. junle.
kol, anyone, aqmeone, obi. kds, ag. kunie.
hah, what ? obi. konni.
Other pronouns are kie, kuch, anything, something ; jo kol, whosoever;
jb kuchf whatsoever.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives qua-
lifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending in
any letter other than -a are indecl. Those ending in -a have obi. -e,
pi. -B indecl. Fem. -I or -i or -e indecl.
Comparison is expressed by means of da, than, from, used with the
positive. The adjective ts5zzero, good, has a comp. form beh, tsozzeio,
good, esda beh, better than this, sobbt da tsozzero, better than all, best.
Demonstrative, ishu, like that or this ; itn-6,-a, so much or many.
Correlative, tishu, like that or this ; titn-6,-a, so much or many.
Interrogative, kishu, like what ? kitii-o,-a, how much or many.
Relative, jishu, like which ; jitn-o,-a, as much or many.
The genitive of nouns and pronouns is declined like adjectives
in -a.
For numerals see list of words.
Adverbs,
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then a^ree with the
subject of the sentence.
The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than
adjectives : —
(Time.) (Place.)
5bi, now, itia, ethia, here
tes wakt, then tetia, poria, there
kodde, when ? ketia, where ?
jodde, when jetia, where
aj, to-day gtthe, tai, up to here
dote, to-morrow ethiau, from here
poshue, day after to-morrow ubha, up
tsauthe, cauthe, day after that undha, down
liijo, yesterday. neure, near
phredz5, day before yesterday dur, far
14
KiuihalL
(Time.)
tsauthe, cauthe, day after that
kobbe, ever, sometimes
kobbe na, never
kobbe kobbe, sometimes
(Place.)
gaiika, in front
pichauka, behind
■withku, inside
baindku, outside
Other are koe, why ; etthrl tet, for this reason ; ah, yes j nih, na,
no ; shiga, quickly.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently
both a preposition and an adverb.
pandku, beyond
andku, on this side
pande, upon
mule, below
bice, manj the, within
tai, up to
mae go khe, beside me
mae sathi, with me
tesri tai, for him
teri tai, about thee
hamo jeha, like us
tina re kanare, towards them
tes pichauka, after or behind it
tesre ale duale, round about it
tumahre barabar, equal to you
mandea bina, apart from me
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c., oss'u or u, osse or ai, osso or 6 or u or a
ossu or ft osso, osso or au
Pres. Negative, I am not, &c., n!h anthi indec.
Past. I was, &c., Sing, thia or tha ( /. thi) Plur. the or thie (/. thi)
Pres. Cond.
Put.
Impr,
Pres. Ind.
Impf.
Past Cond.
Past Indie.
Intransitive Verbs.
rlrnu fall.
If I fall, &c., rir -ii -§ -e -u. -5 -o
rir -u% -ela -61a -time -ole -ole
rir rira,
rir -u -e -5 -u -6 -o
The same with tha in Sing, and the in Plur,
I should fall, rir -da, /. -di, Plur. -de, /. -d!
rir -a, /. -i. pi.
'6,
/•
Kiuthali. 15
Pres. Perf. rira, &c., with ii ai a u ai ai
Plupf, rira tba, /. rin thi, &c.
Participles rireau, having fallen ; rira hunda, in the state of
having fallen, rlrde, v^hile falling ; rirnewalo, faller
or about to fall.
Some verbs have slight irregularities.
ahnu, be or become.
Fut. oh-umi or -ua -ela -la -m§ -le -le
Cond. Past hunda.
aunu, come.
Fut, aum§ awela aola aume aole aol§
Irapr. a a
Pres. Ind. aii
Past Cond. aunda -
Past Sya
deunUf go.
Fut. deuS
Impr. de deau
Pres. Ind. deu
Past Cond. deunda
Past deua
rauhnu, remain,
Fut, rauhtimi rohela rauhla rauh-ume -1§ -le
Impr. rauh rauh
Past Cond. rauhnda
Past roha
janu, go.
Fut, jaum§ jela jaola, &c.
Past goa
Transitive Verbs.
katelnU, plfmo, beat, almost exactly like rtrnu.
Impr. katil katelau.
Past. katela, with agent case of subject, katela agreeing
with the object,
Pres, Perf. agent case with katela a /. kateli au, PI. katele ai.
Plupf. „ „ „ katela tha, &c.
The Passive is formed by using the past participle katela with tlie
required tense of janU, go ; katela janu, be beaten. But it should be
observed that the passive is not at all common.
16 Kinihalt.
The following are slightly irregulai' : —
khSnu, eat, Past khayd
plnU, drink „ piyyd'
denU, give, Fut. deUma or dema. Past dittd
launU, take, Fut. laiimoi. Past Ida
holnUy Past hold with agent case
kdmu, ,, keU
j'dnnU, know, Past ^araa
leaunu, bring ; laul janu, take away, are conjugated like
aunUjctnil.
Compound Verbs.
Habit, Continuance.
I am in the habit of falling, a rlre Mru (compounded with kdmu, do).
He continues to fall, keeps on falling, se rirdd rohd Idge hunda (com-
pounded with rauhmi, remain, laggnii, stick, ohnU, be).
Notes on Verbs.
deunu, go, denotes the act of going, yans is used in composition. As
in Urdu and Hindi, the word * go ' enters very largely into the forma-
tion of compound verbs. In such cases jdnuy not deunu is used.
kateld jdnU, be beaten ; d^ivi jdnii, go away.
The Infinitive in -nil, when used as a gerundive, becomes an ad-
jective in -a in agreement with the object, mere rupayyd tifh dend, I
have not to give a rupee tesre clsh pinl, he has to drink water.
The Negative form of the auxiliary is noteworthy ; a nth anthl, I
am not ; moe nth keu anthi ai, I have not done ; toe n%h ehru or ehrd
Snthi, thou has not done.
Two constructions with the genitive case where we should expect
the agent or ablative are remarkable.
(i) With the Infinitive mere bde re nth denU, my brother has not to
give, = in Pan jabi -Urdu, mere bhdi ne neh% dend ^ tesre cish pinl, he has
to drink water.
(ii) With a participle, mdhre nth dendo, we cannot give, = ^am se
neh% diydjdtd ; tere nth deundo dnthz, thou canst not go ; meri bauhne re
kitdb nth porhdi, my sister cannot read the book. These forms of the
participle appear to be passive ; this is confirmed by the variations which
we meet with in the eastern portion of Kiftthal State ; deimdo there be-
comes deiotdo, dendo detdo, porhdi porhldl.
If these are really passives we have a linguistic phenomenon of
considerable importance. The organic passive is found to a slight
extent in Paijjabi and is fully developed in Laihnda.
KiuilmU.
17
The difference of case foi\the object in the Past and other tenses may
be seen in the following examples: aj'anu tes (for tes khe) I know him,
but mae jana se, I knew him, lit. by me he was known. Wlien a noun
is the object the case with like is allowed with the past tense.
In the short form of the Present Auxiliary (I am, &c.) consisting
generally of a single vowel sound, the vowel to be used seems to be
chosen on euphonic principles, depending apparently rather upon tlie
vowel or letter which happens to precede than upon the noun or pro-
noun which is the subject.
The ending of the infinitive is either -nu or nu indifferently. After
r or r (or rh or rh) n is usually changed to 7i.
bao, father,
iji, mother,
bae, brother,
beuhu, sister,
bagehr, son.
beti, daughter,
kliosm, husband,
cheoii, wife,
thind, man.
cheori, woman,
bagehr, boy.
beti, girl,
gual shepherd,
cor, thief,
gohf -a, horse.
-i, mare,
bold, be^ld, ox.
gaui, cow.
me^ash, buffalo,
bakr -a, goat (he).
-i, „ (she),
behd, sheep,
kukk -ar, dog.
-ri, or -re, bitch,
banae, rich, bear,
sih, leopard,
gadha, ass.
sor, pig.
kukkr -a, cock,
-e, -i, hen,
3
ginda, cat (male),
brail i, ,, (female).
lit, camel,
panchi, bird.
JLidh -e, -i, kite,
hatlii, elephant,
hath, hand,
lat, foot,
nak, nose,
akkhe, e^e.
mSh, face,
dand, tooth (front).
dar, „ (back),
kan, ear.
bal, hair,
mund, head,
jibh, tongue,
pet, stomach. ,
pith, back. '
kitab, book,
kalam, pen.
manja, bed.
gauhr, house.
daryao, river,
nau, stream.
pahr? hill,
jubar, plain,
khec, field
nauz, naudzo
roti, tuk^uka
zo 1
ca J
bread, food.
18
KixL'.hall.
cish, water,
gihn, wheat.
kukkri, maize.
dal, tree.
gao, village.
bir, city.
bauhn, jungle.
maclii, fish.
hat, way.
pba], fruit.
dalki, meat (for eating).
dagga, „ other, e.g., of cow,
horse,
dndh, milk,
anda, egg.
gihu, ghi.
tel, oil.
chah, buttermilk,
theu, thing,
daihru, day.
rat, night,
suraj, sua.
jiihn, moon,
tara, star,
bagur, wind,
pani, rain
dau, sunshine,
tuath, stormy wind,
bahra, load.
pajahr, load of grass, firewood,
bij, seed.
loha, iron,
tsozzaio, good, beautiful, clean,
kutsodzo, kutsadzo, bad, ugly,
Ignorant,
boro, big.
mhatho, small,
dalidri, lazy,
akleala, wise,
shiga, swift,
paueno, sharp,
uc^a, high.
sholla, cold.
tato, hot.
gudla, sweet.
tear, ready.
thoro, little.
bhauri, much.
ohnu, be, become.
aunu, come.
janu, go.
bethnu, sit.
lauuii, take.
deuu, give.
rirnu, fall.
uthnu, rise.
khara rauhnu, remain.
dekhnu, see,
khaiiu, eat.
pinu, drink.
bolnu, say.
dzopnu, speak.
suttnu, sleep, lie down.
kornu, do.
rauhnu, remain.
marnu, kill.
pachannu, recognise.
jannu, know.
pujnu, arrive.
daurnu, run.
banaunu, make.
rakkhnii, place.
bidnu, call.
phabnu, meet.
shikhnu, learn.
porhnu, read.
likhnii, write.
mornu, die.
shunnu, hear.
otnu, turn.
nre otnu, return.
bauhnu, flow.
godnu, fight.
jitnu, win.
Kiutliall.
19
harnu, be defeated.
d§ue jauu, go away,
bijnu, sow.
aulil bahnu, plough,
tsuqgnu, graze.
tsugaunu, cause to graze.
Ndmerals
.
Cardinal
l-^ek.
18 — tharau.
2 d5.
19 — unni.
3 — caun.
20— bish.
4 — tsar.
27 — satai.
5 — panz, paojh.
29 — unatti.
6 — ^tsh§.
30— tih.
7 — sat.
37 — saitT.
8— atth.
39 — untali.
9 — nau.
40— tsali.
10 — dash.
47 — saTtali.
11 — gairo.
49 — uaunza.
12— bar5.
50 — pajah.
13 — tero.
57 — satunja.
14 — tsaudo.
59 — unahat.
15 — pandrau.
60— saht.
16 — solau.
100— ,sliau.
17 — sattrau.
Ordinal.
paihla, 1st.
satua, 7th.
diijja, 2nd.
dashua, 10th
cia, 3rd.
tsautha, 4th.
addha, |.
panjua, 5th,
paune do, If
cbattha, 6th.
1. Tera nS kah a ? What is thy name ?
2. Es gohre ri ketni ummor au ? How much is this horse's age ?
3. Ethiau Kashmira tai ketno dur au ? How far is it from Jieie
to Kashmir.
4. Tere bao re gauhre ketue cbotii au ? In thy father's house
how many sons ai'e there ?
5. Ij S ban diiro dan bandeau aya ii. To-day I from vei-y far
have walking come.
20 Kinthali.
6. Mere tsatse ra bagehr tesri bauhue sathi belia hunda u. My
uncle's son is married to his sister.
7. Gaulire safed g5hre ri dzin au. In the house is the white
horse's saddle.
8. Tesri pitthe pande dzin kosho. On his back bind the saddle.
9. Tesra beta m.oe beghe kfitela. I beat his son veiy much.
10. Se e?so dahro paude mheMishe gaui dzagau. He on that hill
is grazing buffaloes and cows.
11. Se tes dalo mule gohre pande betha hunda a. He under that
tree if seated on a horse.
12. Tesra bae apni bewene da bodra. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
13. fisro mol dabe rupoja. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mero bao tes mhathre gauhro da raub5. My fatlier lives in
that small house.
15. Lsklie eh rupo^'e deau. Give him these rupees.
16. Se rupoyo es hago nre lau. That rupee take from him.
17. Teskhe blye pite.iu roshi sathi bannho. Having beaten him
much tie him with ropes.
18. Kiie da cish ana. From the well draw water.
19. Maude gaoke tsalo. Walk before me,
20. Kosio bagehr tS deau pachSka hando ? Whose boy is walking
behind thee ?
21. Toe kos hagc se molle loa ? From whom didst thou buy that?
22. GS da ekki dukandaro da. From a shopkeeper of the village.
Eastern kiunthali [Ki^thaii.]
Nouns are declined as in KiSthali proper.
Pronouns.
The following slight differences are found :—
Piur. Sing.
1st. 2nd. 3rd.
N. ae tug
Cr. tSai'6
D.A. ao kbe, a§ tno khe, tuo
Ag. ae tue
/. teo ra
tenne/. te
1st. pers. pron. sing. Las mU for ma.
hun, who ? Ag. kune.
Verbs are almost identically the same.
aunu, come, makes past djja.
heshnu, sit, past hesha.
pifnu, beat, pres. perf. pifu o or pita an.
khana, eat, past, khSya or kheu.
dena, give, past, ditta or dim.
dzopnu, say, speak, past, dzopu.
In the constructions with the gen. case given under Notes on
Verbs on p 16 for mahre nU dendo (Kiathali), Eastern KiSthali bas
mahre mh de^do, for tere nU deundo anthl, tere nih detvUo anthl, for
men bauhne re kitah nih porhdl, men hauhnB re kitdb nth rdrhidl see
note, p. 16. i • y
Tbe following Numerals are different:—
^— P^^j- 30— tis_h.
^-^'^^^- 37-saTtis^.
,f~^^^- 39-untalls.
10-daus_h. 40~tsalis_h.
^^—S^^o. 49-uncag.
27-satai,sh. 50-paias.
29— nottish.
The sentences in which there is any difference are subjoined :—
3. Efchau Kasjimira tai ketno dur au ? From here to Kashmir
how far is it ?
22 Eastern Kiutliall.
4. Tere bao re gauhre ketne (or kau) tshote au ? la thy father's
house how many sons are there ?
5 Adz a bare duro dau bandeau ajja u. To-day I from very far
have walked.
6. Mere tsatse ra tshoto tesri bauhne sathe beba honda a. My
uncle's son is married to his sister.
8. Tesri pitthe pande (or gaihra) dzin kosho. On his back bind
the saddle.
9, Tesra beta moe beghe pita. His son I beat much.
10 Se eo dahro gaihra mettish gao dzagau. He on that hill is
grazing buffaloes and cows.
12, Tesra bae apni beaene dau bora. He is bigger than his sister.
17. Teskhe biye pi^eau roshi bannbo. Having beaten him well
tie him with ropes.
18. Kiie dan cish talo. Draw water from the well.
19. Made gaoke tsalo. Walk before me.
20. KosrO tshotu tSdeau pach5 hando ? Whose son walks behind
you?
KOTZHAI.
A few paradigms will give an idea of the Kotkhai dialect; only
the points of difference will be mentioned. It is distinct from, but very
much resembles Kiftthali.
Nouns.
The declension is almost the same as in KiSthali. The following
is the only difference : —
Sing.
D.A. gohf-e ke
Ab. -e agS
ke being used for khe and S,go for hcigo.
Plur.
as Sing.
Pbonouns.
Sing.
1st.
2nd.
3rd.
eh, this.
N. t
G.
/. tissau ro
/. issau ro
D.A. mS ke
t§ke
tes ke, /. tissau
ke
Ag. mo
t§
tenne, /. tisse
enne, /. isse
Plur.
N. e, aimu, eS tue
G. tuauro, tuauro tinau ro
D.A. ao ke tuo ke
Ag. e tue tine
mau ro
me
Adverbs,
(Time.)
jisho, to-morrow.
porshe, day after to-morrow.
porshe, day before yesterday.
(Place. )
ittha, here.
ettha, these,
kirka, where ?
au
ft 5
an
ta
te (/. ti) te
te
24 Kotkhnl.
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pies. I am, &c. ft ai
Past I was ta (/. ti) ta
hatelnu, beat.
Put, katel -ula -ela -ola -ume -ole -ole
The Impf. usually prefers the following form : —
Impf. a ta katelu, tu katela ta, se katelo ta, e te ka^elu,
tue te katelo, se te katelo.
Plupf. mo katela ta, &c.
The Vocabulary of the Kotkhai dialect is almost the same as that
of Kinthal or Kot Guru, agreeing sometimes with one and sometimes
with the other. Shand is see or look, hlujnd, rioe, pdtrl^ field, sheld, cold,
des, sun.
III. KOTGURU.
Nouns,
Masculine.
Nouns in -a.
^ ^^»9' Plur,
^' gohr-a, horse _a,i
^' -eo,/. -eai as Sing,
^•'^' -e lai
^°°' -e de, di
Ab.
Ag.
V.
V.
Ag.
V,
-e ka
-ejai
-ra lai, &c.
-rai
-ra
-iai
-ia
ft
■n
€0
-6a
Nouns in a Consonant
^' gauh-r, house as Sing,
^« -ro
D.A.L. Ab. _r.- Ui A.
II
-rd
Nouns in -i,
p' ^**^-J. elephant as Sing.
-io
r).A.L. Ab. .i, &e.
»
id
nouns in -«.
Nouns_ in -u, such as Uncu, scorpion , e.i«, Hindu, are declined like
6«6, father, is declined like gauhr, but has habh in the Voc Sin^
fiad name is mdec. "^I'lg.
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
^' tshoHigirl as Sing.
"■ -io
D.A.L.Ab. .i,&^.
^g- -iai
V - - "
26
G.
D.A.Lv Ab.
V.
Kofgtir^.
Nouns in a Consonant.
baih-n
-n5
-ni, &c,
-nai
-OS
nf
as Sing,
»>
5T
^flo, COW, bas G. gmvo, Ag. gawaL Plnr. tl^e same.
Pronouns.
Singular,
Ist 2nd 3rd (be, she, it, tliat) jau, tliis.
~ , _ iau
N, mS tn sau , i r •««
G. oerau terau tebrS, tettau,/. laiau, »e.(. tetthau eh.au, /. a;aa
D.A. mulai tS lai tea lai, /. taia lai, ,.«.«. tetth la. eu la_, /. a,a la.
L. made tSde „ ds „ dS, „ „ de .- d» " ^»
Ab. mukS „ka „ k& „ kS, .. .. k» .. M ..
)>
)>
»
Ag. mal
tal
tini
tai
Plural.
1st
N, hame
G. Biabro
D.A. hamS lai
1*. „ d©
Ab. „ ka
Ag. ham!
2nd
tume, tiime
tbaro
tuma lai
„ de
„ ka
tume
ard
sai
tinau
tin a lai
„ de
„ ka
tins
eue>
(jau, tbis.)
jai
inau
ina lai
d&
ka
ai
>)
>5
ine
N.
G.
D.A.L. Ab.
Ag.
Sing.
kuQ, wbo ?
kauro
kaua, &c.
kuni
Plur.
dzun, wbo
dzauro
dzaua, &c.
dzuni
kun
kaur5
kaua, &c.
kuuiyai
dzun
dzauro-
dzaua, &c.
dzumyai
Tcdl, anyone, someone ; G. Mmi, Ag. hum.
Jcai, what ? G. IciUWd. . ■, i - „.Ur.arw
Other pronouns are Mch, anytbing, something-, dzun kuni, v^hosc^
erer ; dzun Tcich, whatsoever.
Kotgurti.
27
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjeofcives
qualifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending
in any letter other than -a -o -au are indecl. Those ending in these
letters have Obi. -e or -ai, PI. -e indecl. /. -i indecl. It should be
remembered that the genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives
coming under this rule.
Comparison is expressed by means of ha or thaku, used with the
positive : — hatsau, good ; eh thaka hatsau, better than this ; sobkt kS,
hatsau, better than all, best.
Demo7istrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative.
aino, like this or, taino, like this or kaiuo, like what? dzaino, like
that that which
etiau, so much or tetrau, so much ketrau, how much jetrau, so much
many or many or many ? or many
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. When so used they agree
with the subject of the sentence.
The following are .the most
adjectives : —
important adverbs other than
{Time.)
eblii, now.
tebhi, then,
keblii, when ?
jebhi, when,
az, to-day.
kalle, to-morrow,
porshe, day after to-morrow,
cauthe, „ „ that.
hidzG, yesterday.
phoroz, day before yesterday,
thanoroz „ ,, tliat.
kebhi, sometimes, ever,
kebhi na, never,
kebhi ua kebhi, sometimes.
{Place.)
indhi, here,
ttdhi, there,
kfdhi kii, where ?
jiddhi, where,
indlia taf up to here,
,, le, hither,
indha, from here,
hnblii, gash, up.
hundi, down
neddhi neai\
dur, far.
agde, in front,
patsha, behind,
bitre, inside.
bahre, outside.
Others are kilai, why ; etthl ta^, for this reason ; hatse Jcore or JidtsS
giUhi, well ; shlgre, rapidly ; o, yes j nU, no.
28
Kofgurvl.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declensions
of nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same words are
frequently both prepositions and adverbs.
parsha, beyond,
arsha, on this side,
mandzha, manjha, within,
gae, upon,
tal, up to.
mS kae, beside me.
„ soijghe, with me.
teii le, for him.
tgri tat, about thee,
hama sahi, like us.
tinau bile, towards them,
tetthau phere, after that.
„ pher, round about that,
tuma barabari, equal to you,
mS chadeau, apart from me.
Conjunctions.
a or, and
por, but
dzai, if
etthi t&% because
jilai ki, although
jaino, as if.
Vkrbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c.
Pres. Negative
Past Sing.
a or asa indec.
uehi ainthi, indec,
tau, /. tj, PL tai /. ti.
Pres. Cond.
Fut.
Imperat,
Pres. Ind.
Irapf.
Past Cond.
Past Indie.
Plupf.
Participle
Intransitive Verbs.
lotnmt,, fall.
l6t-n -a —a -i -a -a
lot-mS -a -a -me -a -a
lott lottau.
Same as Pres. Cond.
The same with tau (/. ti) in Sing, and tai (/. ti) in
Plur.
Sing, lot -dau, PI. -dai, /. -di.
Sing, lot -au, PI. -ai, /. -i.
Same with tau, &c.
lotyo, having fallen ; lotda (indec.) while falling ; lotau
auudmi, in the state of having fallen ; Zci^neaZa, faller
or about to fall.
Kotgurn. 29
Some common verbs have slight irregularities.
atinau, auhnau, be, become (the h is generally omitted).
Past Cond. aundaa, auhndau.
Past fihau (nau) /. uhi, &c.
Snau, come.
Pres. Cond. or Indie, an a a ai ao a.
Fut. amS, &c.
Imperat. a ao or aau.
Past Cond. andau.
Past aau, PI. ae, /. ai or ae.
(J,eunau, go.
Pres. Cond. or Indie, deu dewa, &c.
Fut. deinS
Imperat. de5 deo
Past Cond. deuudau
Past deiiau, PI. deuai, /. deui.
rauhnau, remain.
Past Cond. rauhndau.
janau, go.
Past Cond. jandau.
Past Indie, gau, /. get, PI. gee, /. gei.
Transitive Verbs.
mflmau, beat, conjugated almost exactly like loinati.
Imperat. mar marau.
Past Indie, mar -au, (PI. -ai, /. -i), with agent case of subject
marau agreeing with object.
Plupf. marau tau, with agent case of subject, marau tau
agreeing with object.
The Passive is formed by using the past participle mSrau, with
the required tense oij'anau, go ; marau janati, to be beaten : but the use
of the passive voice is rare.
The following are slightly irregular : —
denau, give, Past, dinau.
kornau, do. ,, kiau.
j'annau, know „ janau.
annau, bring ,, onau.
khanau, eat ; plnau, drink ; lainati, take ; holnau, say ; nlnan, take
away, are regular.
dO KotgufU,
■ ' ' ' Compound Verbs." ^.
Continuance, State.
I continue to fall, w8 loldau rohu or rauhu, (compounded with
rauhna remain).
I am now in the act of falling, mU lotdau lag.d aunditu, (compounded
with laggna, stick, and aiman, be).
Notes on Verbs.
j'anau, go, is used only in composition, marau jdnau, be killed; deui
janau, go away.
The Negative auxiliary is found as in other dialects in the Simla
States and in Kulti.
A noteworthy construction with the possessive when we should
expect an ablative is illustrated in the following : — jau kitab teuB neht
porhdt, he cannot read this book ; mere neht deundaii, I cannot go. See
note under KiSthali.
bab, father.
i, mother.
bae, brother.
dai, sister (older than
speaker) .
cei, beihn, sister (younger
than speaker),
chot -u, tshot -u, son.
-i -i, daughter.
rand -n, husband.
-i, cheori, wife,
dzona, mord, man. \
cheori, tsheSri, woman,
chot-n, boy.
-i, girl,
phual, bakrala, shepherd,
tsor, thief,
gohr-a, horse,
-i, mare,
bold, ox.
gao, cow.
mhiiish, buffalo.
bakr-au, he-goat.
-i, she-goat,
behr, sheep,
kuk-ar, dog.
-ri, bitch,
rich, rikh, bear,
slh, leopard,
gadhau, ass.
sSr, suijgar, pig.
murg-au, kukkhr-au, cock.
-i -i, hen.
bfail-a, cat (male).
-], „ female.
Qt, camel.
ciukh-u (/-i), little bird,
cakrai, kite,
shailta, /. shail, fox.
hathi, elephant,
hatth, hand,
lat, foot,
nak, nose,
akkh, eye.
Kofgurii.
31
mfth, face,
jat, mouth,
dand, tooth,
kan, ear.
shral, hair,
mund, head. .
dzfbh, tongue.
p5t, stomach,
pitth, back,
jiu, body,
katab, book,
kolm, pen.
manja, bed.
gauhr, house,
daieo, river,
galir, stream,
parbat, dahr, bill,
madan, plain. '
khec, field,
roti, bread,
paai, water.
gih3, wheat,
tshali, maize,
but, tree,
grail, village,
shaihr, citj.
baun, jungle,
matshi, fish,
bat, way.
paindau, path
phol, fruit,
mass, meat,
dttddh, milk,
pinni, egg.
geo, ghi.
tel, oil.
tshah, buttermilk,
daihfo, day.
rac, night,
daihro, sun.
dzoth, moon,
taiii, s(ar.
bagur, wind.
pani, rain.
dau, sunshine.
dzoie bagur, stormy wind.
bahrtau, load.
bedzau, seed.
loha, iron.
hatsau, bitau, good, beautiful.
riau, bad, ugly.
boddaa, big.
mhatrau, hoknau, little.
sust, lazy.
hoshewajau, wise.
murakh, ignorant.
painau, sharp,
utstau, high.
shelau, thandau, cold.
naitau, hot.
gulaau, sweet.
saphau, clean.
can, ready.
hoknau, little.
bauhri, much.
aunau, be, become.
anau, come.
cleunau, go.
b§shnau, sit.
denau, give.
lotnau, fall.
lainau, take.
iiznau, rise.
khorau aunau, stand.
dekhnau, see.
khanau, eat.
pinau, drink.
bolnau, say.
suttnau, sleep, lie down.
koinau do.
rauhnau, remain.
marnau, beat.
jannau, know, recognise.
pujnau, arrive.
32
Kotguru.
bagnau, rnu.
bage deunau, run away,
caniiau, make,
danau, place,
bednau, call,
pbabnau, inilnau, meet,
ghikbnati, learn,
porbnau, read,
likhnau, write,
mjrnau, die.
sbunnau, bear,
otnau, turn,
oteo anau, return.
baubuau, flow,
jbetnau, lornau, figbt.
jitnau, win.
arnau, be defeated,
deui janau, go away,
baunau, sow.
aul jScnau, plougb.
kheunau, cause to eat.
paneunau, cause to drink,
shunaunau, cause to bear,
tsornau, graze.
tsuraunau tsarnau, cause to
graze.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
1-ek.
2— do5.
3 — caun.
4 — tsar.
5 — panj.
6 — cbau.
7— sat,
8— attb.
9 — nau.
10— dosh.
11 — gaira.
12— bara.
13 — tera.
14 — tsauda.
15 — pondra.
paiblau.
dnsrau, dujjau.
ciau.
tsautbau.
paojiau.
cbauiau.
satiau.
doshiau, lOtb.
paibli bera, 1st time.
Ordinal.
16 — solft.
17— sottra.
18 — tbara.
19— nl.
20— bi.
27 — satai.
29— ;iotti.
30-^ ti.
37 — saiti.
39 — untali.
40 — cali.
100— shau. '
1000 bazar.
100,000— lakkh.
dujji pbere, 2nd time,
adbau, balf.
paune dOe, If.
sawa doe, 2f .
daiie, 2|.
deorb, If.
sadhe tsar, 4|.
ek pao, i.
Kotgnru. 33
As a rule the jjeople do not count beyond twenty. Even in dates it
is common to call the 22nd day of the month the second, the 23rd tlie
3rd, and so on. Forty, sixty, eighty, &c., are doe hie, caun hie, tsar hie,
&c., or the word kori, score, is used.
Sentences.
1. Tero naii ke a ? What is thy name ?
2. Eu golireai kai umar a (asa) ? What is tlie age of tliis horse ?
3. Inda ka Kashmira tai ketro dur asa (a) ? Fi-oni here how far
is it to Kashmir ?
4. Tliaie babe gauhra di ketre tshotu asa? In your father's
house how many sous are there ?
5. MS az bari duro handeo. I to-day from very far have
walked.
6. More caceau tshstii tehii baihni sogge baiuau aundau asa.
My uncle's son to his sister is married.
7. Gauhra de shukle g5hriai zlu asa. In the house the white
horse's saddle is.
8. Teiii (tehrl) pitthe gae zin kosho. Upon his back bind the
saddle.
9. MaT teiie tshotu de bauhri toe lag. I have beaten his son much.
10. Sau dahra gae dogai bakii tsara. He on the hill cattle and
goats is grazing.
11. Sau iea. buta pare gohre gae beshau aundau asa. He under that
ti-ee on a liorse is seated.
12. Teuaa bae apni balhne ka boddau asa. His brother is bigger
than his sister.
13. Tefiau m5l dalie rupayye asa. Its price is two and a half
rupees.
14. Merau bab mhatre (hoktie) gauhra di raulia. My father in
the little house lives.
15. Eu rupayye teu lai dai. These rupees to him give.
16. Sai rupayye teu ka 5rd lai au. Those rupees from him bring.
17. Teu hatse gidhi piteo roshi gidhi kosho. Having beaten him
well bind him with ropes.
18. Kue ka pani garau. Take out water from the well.
19. Muka agdi (agde) handau. Walk before me.
20. Kauro tshotu tumS pa andau lago aundau ? Whose son behind
you is walking ?
21. Sau tume kaua ka mol laio ? From whom did you buy that ?
22. Graue 5k banie ka. Fi^om a shopkeeper of the village.
THE DIALECTS OF KULU.
BY
The Revd. T. Grahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S,
INTRODUCTION,
Kulu is a portion of Kaijgra District, but is almost entirely sepa-
rated from Karjgra proper, being connected with it only by a narrow
neck of country in the north-west, while it is bounded on the west by
the states of Suket and Mandi. On the north and east Kulii proper is
bounded by Lahul and Spiti or Piti respectively. These two tracts, while
distinguished from Kulu proper, form part of the Kulu subdivision
of Kaijgra. On the south Kulu is bounded by the River Satlaj across
which is the British District of Kot Guru. The dialects treated of in
the following pages are the dialects of Kulu proper, and are all Aryan.
In Spiti and Lahul the dialects spoken are Tibeto-Himalayan. In
Mandi, Suket, Kaijgra proper and Kot Guru the dialects are all of the
same general type as those here dealt with.
Kulu proper may be said to contain four dialects : Outer Siraji
spoken in Outer Siraj, that is in the southern portion of the Siraj
Tahsil ; Inner Siraji spoken in Inner Siraj or the northern part of the
Siraj Tahsil ; Sainji spoken in the Sainj Valley which enters the Beas
Valley from the east; and lastly Kului, which is spoken in the northern
part of Kulu proper. There is also a Tibeto-Himalayan dialect called
Kanashi, spoken in the village of Malana in North Kulu and nowhere
else.
The four Kulu. dialects are closely allied to dialects of Rajasthani
found in Rajputana, and indicate close connection in the past between
the peoples of Rajputana and the Himalayas north-east of Simla. The
four dialects have several points in common, such as the existence of a
form of the Present Auxiliary used in negative sentences, and of a
feminine form for the Oblique Sing, of the 3i'd Pers. pronoun, and the
similarity of the Oblique Sing, to the Oblique Plural in Nouns.
In Outer Siraji ability is expressed by the genitive case of the
subject with a form of the Present Participle which may be Passive ; in
Inner Siraji the ordinary Present Participle seems to be used.
36
Outer Siraji very closely resembles Kot Gurui, the notes on which
(in the Appendix to the Grazetteer of the Simla District) should be
consulted. It has the Genitive in — eau, the Dative in lai, the Ablative
in ke, and the Locative in dS.
In Inner Siraji the forms are rd for the Genitive, be for the Dative,
leva for the Ablative, and mbnje for the Locative.
Sa'inji has very interesting forms. The Genitive is in — er, the
Dative in — ab, the Ablative in — dga. It has two forms for the
Future, one of them having endings in & and r which suggest interest-
ing problems. The Sainji dialect generally resembles Inner Siraji.
The use in Inner Siraji of the word hhl, in the sense of the Hindi
phir, is noteworthy inasmuch as the same word is found in the criminal
dialect of the SSsis with the same meaning. The contraction of the
Present Auxiliary to — s should be noted.
Kuliii in several respects closely resembles Inner Siraji. Its
nominal inflections are almost identical, but it has na or — n for the
Ablative. It has an interesting form for the Pres. Indie, and Imperfect
— a being added to the root before the Auxiliary. The polite Impera-
tive in — elt should be noted.
The system of transliteration employed is that of the Asiatic Society
of Bengal with some additions, c stands for the sound of ch in clvild^
ch being the aspirated c ; i represents the sound mid-way between i and
i ; u italicised in a word printed in ordinary type is half-way between u
and u.
T. Geahame Bailey.
March 3rd, 1905.
OUTER SIRAJi.
The Outer Siraji dialect resembles in raany respects Kot Gurui
which has been treated iu considerable detail in the Simla Gazetteer ;
it will not therefore be necessary to treat Outer Siraji with the same
fulness.
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in —a.
Singular. Plural.
ghor-a -e
-eau /, ee as Sing.
N.
G.
D.A.
Loc.
Ab.
Ag.
N.
G.
D.A.L.Ab.
N.
G.
D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.
N.
G.
D.A.L.Ab.
-e lai
-e de
-e ke
-e
Nouns in Consonant.
ghor
ghor-o
ghor-a lai, &c.
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
shor-i
-id
-i lai, &c.
-i§.
Nouns in Consonant.
bhed, sheep
bhedo
bheda lai, &c.
baihn, however, is declined as follows : —
■N^' baihn, sister
G. baihn-io
D.A.L.Ab. -i lai, &c.
Ag. -i
as Sing.
as Sing.
baihn-i
as Sing.
38
Outer Sirajl.
Pronouns.
Singular.
1st
2nd
3rd
e or eh, this
N.
hft
tu
satf, oh
e, eh, ati
G.
iuer5
tero
teuo/. tesso
eao /. esso
D.A.
mulai
talai
teu le tea le
eu le ea le
L.
mude
tade
„ de „
de
„ de „ de
Ab.
m?iklie
takhe
„ khe „
khe
„ khe „ khe
Ag.
mat
tai
tei tai
Plural.
i
eue ai
N.
ha me
tumme
saT
e. eh
G.
mharo
thar5
tin-5
in-au
D.A.
harn-a
lai
tum-a
lai
-a le
-a le
L.
-a
de
-a
de
-a de
-a de
Ab.
-a
ke
-a
ke
-a ke
-a ke
Ag.
-e
-e
-e
-e or -ne.
kuji, who
? G. kauro,
Ag,
, kunl.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. "When they
qualify nouns, they are not declined except in the case of those the
Nona. Sing. Masc. of which ends in -o -au or -a. These take -e for
the Plnr. and for the Obi. Sing., and -l for the Fern, Sing, and Plur.
Genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives coming under this rule :
thus ghoreau or ghoreo, of a horse, Obi. ghoree ; betliau, of a vpoman, Obi.
betlle.
Demonstrative.
iyo, like this
etrau, so much or
many
Correlative.
tiyo, like that
tetrau, so much or
many
Interrogative.
kiyo, like what ?
ketrau, how much or
many ?
Comparison is expressed by means of the Ablative case, as, shobhlo,
beautiful ; mukhe shobhlo, more beautiful than I ; sobbi kB shobhlo, more
beautiful than all, most beautiful. The pronoun eh has a form ido,
ido shobhlo, more beautiful than this.
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs, in which case they agree
Outer Siraji .
3d
with the subject of the seBtence. The following are a few very com-
mon adverbs, other than adjectives : —
(Time.)
{Place.)
ebbe, now
idhi, here
tebbe, then
tidhi, pore, there
kebbe, when ?
kidhi, where ?
jebbe, when
jidhi, where
kalla, to-morrow
p6r§he, day after to-morrow
tsauthe, „
that
hij, yesterday
phoroz, day before yesterday
tsauthe, „ „
that
Prepositions.
lai, 1§, to
taini, up to
ke, from
saqge, with
de, in
ago, in front of
gai, upon
pitshu, behind
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
. I am, &c. a
and ft
a a a a a
or assa (asa)
assa assa assa assa assa
Neg.
Past
athi with negative particle,
tau/. ti PI. te /. ti
Intransitive Verbs.
pornu, porno, fall.
Fut.
Imperat.
Pres. Ind.
Past Cond.
Impf.
Past Ind.
Plupf.
Participle
-a
pora
-a
por-u
por
same as Pat.
por-dau PI, -de /. -di
Fut. with tau (te, ti)
por -au /. -i PI. -e
porau tau
porekore, having fallen
-u
-a
-a
/•-i
40
Outer Sird,ji.
ichi^o, come.
Regular except in Past.
/. ai PI. ae
deTiuvi, go.
deu desva dewa, &c.
deu dewa
deundau
deuo /. dewe PI. dewe
janu, go.
jati
ja 3 a
j an da a
gau /. gaui PI. gaue
ranhqiUy remain.
rauhu or rauha
rauhndau
rauhau ( — i -§.)
baithuu, baishi^u, sit.
Regular.
Imperat. has baishi, sit thou, as well as the other forms.
Transitive Verbs.
Past Ind. ao
Put.
Imperat.
Past Cond.
Past Ind.
Fut.
Imperat.
Past Cond.
Past Ind.
Put.
Past Cond.
Past Ind.
tsiknu, beat, like poruu.
Agent case of subject with tsikau which agrees with obj.
khaau, eat.
Past Ind.
Past Cond.
Past Ind.
Past Ind.
Put.
Past Ind.
Past Ind.
Ability is often expressed by means of the present part, with the
genitive of the subject.
mSre neh% dSundo or mSre bhdle nehf deundo, I cannot go.
mere eh kitab neh% porhdi, I cannot read this book.
This participle, it will be observed, is given a passive sense.
khandau
khaau
dennau
lain
laiau
kiyau
deno, give.
lenu, take.
komu, do.
Outer SirSji.
41
The Infin. is used to express necessity, as : —
mu kalld deunu, I have to go to-morrow.
The Infinitive ends in nau, nu, nu, no or na. In other words also
we find the vowels au, o, a interchangeable.
The feminine forms of the 3rd pers. pron. and of e, eh, this, are, as
in other Kulu dialects, found in Outer Siraji.
cjsunu, go, is used to express the idea of going, janu, go, is used in
composition.
bab, father,
ij, mother,
bhai, brother,
baihn, sister,
dai, elder sister.
cei, younger sister,
shor-u, son.
-i, daughter,
randu, husband,
cheori, wife,
jona, mord, man.
betli, woman,
shor -u, boy. •
-i, girl,
phual, shepherd.
ts5r, thief,
ghor -a, horse.
-i, mare.
bojd, ox.
gao, cow.
matghi, buffalo
bakr-au he-goat.
-ri, she „
bhed, sheep,
kuk-ar, dog.
-ri, bitch,
bhahi, banae, bear,
barag, leopard,
sit,
gadhau, ass.
sur, pig.
kttkh-lai, cock.
k«kh-li, hen.
brail -au, cat (male).
-i, „ (female),
ut, camel,
hotthi, elephant,
bath, hand,
khur, foot,
nak, nose,
akkhi, eye.
muh, face,
jat, mouth.
khakkh, corner of mouth,
dand, tooth.
kann, ear.
shral, hair,
mund, head,
dzibh, tongue,
dhan, pet, stomach,
pitth, back,
dziu, dehi, body,
katab, book,
kolm, pen.
mandzau, bed.
ghor, house,
daryao, river,
gahd, stream,
dzot, hill-top, pass,
dhar, hill,
sorlau, dol, plain,
khec, field.
I oti, bread,
pani, water.
42
Outer Sirojt.
konak, wheat,
tsholli, maize,
but, tree,
grau, village,
bazar, town,
baun, jungle,
dzorki, machli, fish,
bat, way.
phol, fruit,
mass, meat,
duddh, milk,
pinni, egg.
gheo, ghi.
tel, oil.
tshah, buttermilk,
dhair, da}',
rac, night,
dhairo, sun.
dzuth, moon,
tara, star.
baguri, paun, wind,
pan.!, rain,
dhuppo, sunshine,
bhaiau, load,
bedzau, seed,
lohau, iron,
bitau, good,
nikkau, bad.
borau, big.
hotshau, little.
I— ek.
2— doe.
3 — caun.
4- — tsar.
5 — panz.
6 — tshau,
7— sat.
8— atth.
sulai, lazy,
oklealau, wise,
nikammau, ignorant,
tshekaa, swift,
ticchau, sharp,
uchtau, lofty.
sh5bhlau, beautiful,
shelau, dzadau, tliandau,
cold,
naitau, tatau, hot.
guluau, sweet,
ramlau, clean,
thorau, little,
kliassau, much.
ichno, come.
deunu, ja^u, go.
betlmu, beshnu, sit.
leno, take.
deno, give,
pornu, fall,
khanu, eat.
jhiitn.au, drink,
bolnii, .speak, say.
kornu, do.
rauhnu, remain.
tsiknu, beat,
dzannu, know,
dewe janu, go away,
annu, bring,
ninu, take away.
Numerals.
Cardinal,
9 — nau.
10 — doss.
11- — giara.
12 — baia.
13— tera.
14 — tsauda.
15 — pondra.
16— sola.
Outer Siraj'i.
43
Numerals — continued.
Cardinal.
17 — satara.
18— thara.
19— ni.
20— bi.
27 — satai.
29— notti.
30— ti.
37— salti.
39— nutali.
40— call.
47 — satali.
49 — nunja.
50 — padza.
57— satiinja.
59 — Tiatb.
1st, paihlo.
2nd, dujjo.
3rd, ciyo.
4th, tsautho.
5tli, panjio.
Ordinal.
60— shath.
67 — satatli.
69 — unhottnr.
70 — sottar.
77 — aatottav.
79 — unoshi.
80— o.shshi.
87 — satoshi.
89 — nanne.
90— nobbe.
97 — satanue.
100— sbau.
200 — doe sbau.
1,000— bazar.
100,000— lakkb.
6tb, tsbauian.
7tb, satian.
lOtb, dossiau.
50tJ), podzariau.
Sentences.
The following five sentences will suffice to give an idea of the
difference between Outer Siraji and Kot Guriii. Tbey sbould be com-
pared witb the sentences in the Notes on Kot Gurui.
6. Mere babuo shorn, teiie baibni sagge baibuo aundau asa. My
uncle's son is married with bis sister.
7. Gbora de sbitte ghoree zin asa. In tbe house the white liorse's
saddle is.
17. Teu sbobblo kore tsiknu rasbi kore bandbnu. Beat bini well
and bind bim with ropes.
19. Mu ag5 band. Before me walk.
20. Kauro sborii ta pitshu banddo lago aundo ? Whose son
behind thee walking comes r
O'
]st
2nd
N.
hE
tu
G.
merau
terau
INNER SIRAJi
Nouns.
Nouns in -a.
Singular. Plural.
N. ghor-a -e
G. -e ra, rau as Sino^.
D.A. -e be
Loc. -e monje
Ab. -e lera.
Ag. -e
V. -Sa -eo
Nouns in Consonant.
N. gbor, bouse gbor
G.D.A.L.Ab. gbora ro, &c. as Sing.
Ag. gbore „
Femitiine.
Nouns in -i.
N. sbohr-i, girl -i
G.D.A.L.Ab. -i rau, &c. -\ rau, &c.
Ag. -i -i
V. -ie -io
Nouns in Consonant.
N. bbin, sister -a
G.D.A.L.Ab. bhin-a rau, &c. -a rau, &c.
Asr. -a -a
V. -e -o
Pronouns.
Singtilar.
8rd io, this,
sau io
feu ra (/. tessa ra) iu ra ( f. essa ra)
D.A. ma be, ma ta be ,, be, <eu, /. tessa „ be, iii, /. essa
be be
L.
Ab.
Ag.
N.
G.
D.A.
L.
Ab.
Ag.
ma raoDje
„ lera.
rnai
hamme
m)) a rail
haraa be
„ nionje
lera
Iimer Siroji.
ta luouje .
45
era
tea inunje, /. tessa io. uionje, /' €svsa
moiije monje
„ lera, /. tessa ,, lera, /. essa
tai
tomnje
tharau
torn ma be
monje
lera
hamme tomme
lera
ti h f. tesse
Fliiral.
tea
„ ra
„ be
„ monje
„ lera
tea
lera
iu/. esfje
la
„ ra
„ be
,, nionje
,, lera
ia
Plural.
N
Singular.
knn, who r^
G.D.A.L.Ab. kas ran, &c.
Ag. kimi
Others are ke, what ? kitsh, anything, something.
ilziin, who ?
dziu ra, &c.
d'/AU.
kdaa
kas I'au, &c.
kuni
d/.ea
ra, &(i.
dzeae
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined like nouns. When qualify-
ing nouns they are not declined exce[»t when their Nom. Sing. Masc.
ends in -ci. In this case they take -e for the Obi. Masc. and -I for the
Fern, The genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives coming
under this rule.
Comparison is expressed by means of ka, than as, rdrnro, good, lH
kd, rnniro, better than this, sobbhi kd, rnmro, better than all, best.
Demonstrative. Correlatioe. Interrogative.
iera, lehra, like this tera, tehra, like that kera, kehra, like what?
etrau, so much or tetrau, so much or ketrau, how much or
many many many
Adveriss.
Many adjectives are used also as adverbs. When so used they
agree with the subject of the sentence. The following is a list of a few
of the commonest adverbs other than adjectives : —
{Time.) {Place.)
iebba, now indi, indhi, here
tebbe, tebre, then par, there, on the other side
kebre, kodds, when ? kondi, kaul, where ?
46
Inner Sirajl.
{Time.)
jebre, joddo, when
az, to-day
shui, to-morrow
porshi, day after to-morrow
tsautbe, day after that
hidz, yesterday
pharz, day before yesterday
tsauthe, day before that
kodhi, sometimes, ever
kodhi ua, never
kodhu kodhu, sometimes
Others are klle, why ? haii, yes, n?/i, no, cheke, quickly, ramre kori,
{Place.)
jauT, where
indhi tani, up to here
indha ka, from here
ujhe, up
undhe, down
jelia, in front
patsheS, behind
whitar, inside
bage, outside
well, &c.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently
both a preposition and an adverb.
par, on tliat side mae sorjgha, with me
war, on this side Juri tani, for him
raonje, within t-eri tani, about thee (or for
taini, tani, up to thee)
parauude, upon ma! jeliau, like me
thai, below , iari tani, towards them
ml depe, beside me
Pres. I am, &c.
Pres. Neg.
Past. I was, &c.
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
asa asa asa
nlh ado /. nih adi
thi thi thi
asa asa asa
PI. nih ade
thi thi thi
Pres. Cond.
Put.
Imperat.
Pres. Ind.
Pabt. Cond.
Intransitive Verbs.
poruau fall,
por -u -§ -§ -u -a -au
poful -au -au -au -e
por poj-a
pofdau /. pordi PI. porde
the same
e -e
Inner Siraji. 47
Impf. pordaa thi, &c.
Past Iiid. poru and purau /. pori PI. pori
Pres. Perf. poru asa
Plupf. poffi thi
Participle porikori, having falleu, pornivala, fallur, about to fall
Some verbs show alight iiTegularities.
Ii5n.au, be, become.
Fat. holau
Pies. lud. hunda
Past Ind. hoa PI. hoi
ihno, come.
Px'es. Coud. iha
Fut. iliSlau or ihlau (or iSlau, ilaa) ihlau ihlau
ihale or ihle ihle ihle
Iniperat. ich icha
Pres. Ind. \ ., ,
Past Cond. P^'''^^''
Past lud. ao
Participle ihnvvala, comer, about to come
nana, go.
Fut. nafilau, &g.
Imperat. uaa or uash, PI. naa
Pres. Ind., &g. nandau
Past lud. uatliau
jana, go.
Fut.
jaSlau jallau, &c.
Pres. Ind.
jaudau
Past lud.
gau, /. gaui PI. gaue
rauhna, lemain.
Fut.
rahSlau rauhlau, &c.
Pres. lud.
rauhudau
Past lud.
rauhu
besh^a, sit.
Past Ind.
bethau
Transitive Verbs.
tsikna, beat, like pornau.
Past Ind. Ageut case of subject with tsikau wliich agrees with
object.
48
Innar Siroji.
Some of tLe following common verbs arc slightly irregular : —
khana eat.
Pres I lid.
kliandau
Past Ind.
Fut.
khau
dgalau
di^a, give.
Pres. lud.
dindau
Past Ind.
Fut.
dinnau
laSlau
launa, take.
Pres. Ind.
lauindau
Past
Past Ind.
lauu
bollu
bolna, speak
korna do.
Past Ind.
koru
Ability is often expressed by means of the Pies. Part. ( Pres. Ind.)
and the genitive case of the subject, as, mere nchii kordaa, I cannot do.
To express being in the act of doing a thing loijo (from lagyna, stick)
is used, id loyo rati hhando, he is eating bread ; lioi thl roti khando layo
hundo, I was eating bread.
The vowel of sau, he, she, it, is sometimes omitted after a verb, as,
teu be na ties, do not give it to him, where s represents H. This reminds
us of the su, and s which are so common as 3rd Sing. sufBxes in Labnda
and in Panjabi West and North of Lahore. Cf. also Inner Siraji tnU leva
na n* se, do not take it from me.
The word fc/it, meaning 'again,' ' after that,' Hindi, ^/itV, is notice-
able because it is a characteristic uf the secret dialect of tlie thieving
tribe of the Sasis.
The infinitive ends in -m, -no or -nan. In other words also we
find the vowels a, o, au interchangeable.
In the Negative Auxiliary add, adl, ade the a is pronounced very long.
This woi-d differs from most Negative Auxliaries in being declined.
The special Feminine forms of the 3rd pers. pron. and of to, this,
should be noted. They are found also in the Simla States dialects.
bab, father. betri, woman.
ij, mother. mard, man.
bhai, brother. betri, woman.
dai, elder sister. sh6r«, boy.
bhin, younger sister. shor', girl.
shor*, son. phual, shepherd.
shor*, daughter. tsor, thief.
mard, husband. ghora, horse.
Inner Sirflj'i.
49
ghon, mare,
bold, ox.
gS, cow.
iiiiha^i, buffalo,
bakr-a, he-goat.
-i, she-goat,
bhed, sheep,
kutt-au, dog.
-i, bitoh.
ghai, bear,
bareag, leopard,
gadha, a.ss,
.sur, pig.
kukk-ar, cock.
-ri, hen.
bareal-au, cat (male).
-i, „ (female),
ut, camel,
hathi, elephant,
hath, hand,
pair, foot,
nak, nose,
acchi, eye.
rafth, face,
dand, tooth.
kanet, ear. (lobe of ear ?)
shreal, hair,
raund, head,
dzibh, tongue,
pet, stomach,
pith, back.
sarir, dehi, dziu, body,
katab, book,
kalam, pen.
mandzau, bed.
ghar, liou.se.
darja. river,
gahd, naue, stream,
saraj, hill,
nihal, plain,
khec, field,
rotti, bread.
pani, water,
kank, gihu, wheat,
tshain, maize,
butta, tree,
grg, village,
bazar, citj.
bun, jungle,
m acchi, fi.sli.
bat, way.
phol, fruit.
mass, meat.
d?fddli, milk,
danna, egg.
ghi, ghiii, ghi.
tel, oil.
tshai, buttermilk,
diharo, day.
rac, night,
diharo, suraj, sun.
dzoth, tsanani, moon,
tara, star,
bagur, wind,
paui, rain,
dhuppa, sunshine,
bhara, load,
bedza, seed,
loha, iron.
shobhla, ramra, good, beau-
tiful,
bura, bad.
borau, big.
hotsbau, little.
sust, nist, lazy,
sataz, wise,
marau, foolish, ugly.
tsheka, swift,
ticcha, sharp,
uchta, lofty,
.shela, cold.
niata, niggha, tata, hot.
mtttha, sweet,
shittau, white, clean.
50
Inner SirSji.
thora, little,
bauhu, much,
cittha, black,
bhetna, be obtained,
ilino, come,
nana, go.
beshna, sit.
launa, take,
d'lna, give,
pornan, fall.
J— ek.
2— dui.
3 — cen.
4 — tsar.
5 — pandz.
6 — tsbau.
7— sat.
8— atb.
9 — nau.
10 — doss,
11 — giara.
12 — bara.
13 — tera.
14 — tsauiida.
15 — pondra.
16 — sola.
1 7 — satara.
18 — thara.
19— nib.
20— bib.
27 — satai.
29— notri.
30— tri.
37 — satotti.
Ist, paiblo.
2nd, diiij5.
3rd, ciyo.
4tb, tsautbo.
kbana, eat.
ihutna, drink.
gal ana, speak, say.
bolna, speak, say.
koma, do.
raubna, remain.
tsikna, beat.
dzanna, know.
anna, bring.
n!na, take, take away.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
Ordinal.
39—1
40
47—
49—
50-
57-
59—
60—
67-
69-
70-
77-
79-
80-
87-
89-
90-
97-
99-
100-
200-
1,000-
lOO.OOO
antnall.
tsali.
■sattali.
anunja.
padza.
sataunja.
anat.
sbatb.
■sateat.
unbattar.
-sottar.
-satettav.
-aneasbi.
-osbsbi.
-satSasbi.
-nauue.
-nobbe.
-sateann
-naukra.
-sbaukra, sbau.
-dui sbau.
-badzar.
— lakh.
5tb, pandzau.
6tb, tshothua,
7th, sotua.
Inner Sirnji. oX
Sentences.
1. Tera nau ke ? What is thy name ?
2. Eu ghOre ri ketrl uinmar hoi ? How much is the age of this
horse ?
3. Indha ks Kashmir tani ketra, dur ? From here how far is
Kashmir?
4. Thare haba re ghore ketre shohrfi ? Tii your father's house
how many boys are there ?
5. HI az bauhfi dura kS handi ao. I to-day from very far have
walking come ?
6. Mere cace re sh5liru rfi biah iuri beti soijglia. My uncle's son's
marriage is with his daughter.
7. Cxhore shitte ghore ri zin. In tlie house is the white horse's
saddle.
8. Iuri pitthl paraunde (uppur) zin kosha. On his back bind the
saddle.
9. MaT iuro beta bauhu tsikii. I beat his son much.
10. So saraja re dzata uppur bhera tsaraundo. He on the hill's
top is grazing sheep.
11. So in bute thai glioj-e paraunde betha hundo. He under this
tree on a horse is seated.
12. Teuro bhal apni hhina kl baurau. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
13. Eiiia mul dhai i"apaui. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mero bab iii hotshe ghore rauhnda. My father lives in this
little house.
15. Eu be ea rapaui de. Give these rupees to him.
16. Eu lej-a ea rapaui laui lau. From him take these rupees.
17. Eu ramre korl tsiki lau lashi korl bondhi lau. Beat him well
and bind him with ropes.
18. K5a ka pan! karha. Di^aw water from the well.
19. Mi ka jeha tsala. Walk in front of me.
20. Kasra shohru toma patsheS ao? Whose son is coming behind
you?
21. Eo clj kasa lera mulle ani ? From whom did you buy this
thing ?
22. Gri re dukandara lera. From the shopkeeper of the village.
52
SAINJI.
The erammar of Sainji beai s a considerable resemblance to that of
Inner Siraji ; in the following notes, therefore, chiefly those points will
be mentioned in which the dialects differ.
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in -a.
Singular.
Plural.
N.
ghor-a, horse
-e
G.
-er
as Sing.
D.A.
-ab
»»
Ab.
-e aga
5>
Ag.
-e
>>
Nouns in Consonant,
N.
ghar, house
as Sing.
G.
ghar-ar
)>
D.A.
-ab
»
Ag.
-e
Feminine.
Nouns in -i
)>
N.
beti, daughter
as Sing.
G.
beti-r
jj
D.A
-b
»
Ag.
-e
>>
Nouns in Consonant.
N.
bhin
...
G.
bhin-ar
...
D.A.
-ab
...
Ag.
-e
Pronouns.
Singular.
...
1st
2nd
.3rd
eo, this
N.
hau
tu
so
eo
G.
mera
tera
teiira, /.
tessa ra
eii ra /. essa ra
D.A.
mail
bhe
tabhe teiib
tessab
eab essab
Ab.
mail
ao^a
ta aga teii aga
tessa aga
eii aga essa ag?
Ag.
moe
taue
teoe
tesse
ene esse
Sainjl.
53
Pronouns.
Plural.
N.
asse
tusse
tea
G.
nihaia
thara
tear a
D.A.
assab, asab
tuab
teab
Ab.
assa (asa)
aga
tua aga
tea aga
Ag.
ahe
tusse
teae
ea
eara
eab
ea agiik
lae
Adverbs.
{Time.)
{Place.)
ebre, now
ekkhe, here,
tebre, then
tekkhe, there
kebre, when ?
kaui, where ?
jebie, when
jauS, where
adz, to-day
ekkha kahl or kauhau, from
here
kidzu, why ?
vihitar
, inside ; bard,
very much, agrees with its
iiouti or pronoun.
It is
to be distingushed from had^cla, big, which is
not used as an adv
erb.
Prepositions
,.
aga, from
sarjghe, with
taijg, up to
jehS, in front of
upre, upon
pitshe, behind
Pies.
Neg.
Past.
Verbs.
Aitxiliary.
sa sa sa sa sa
i/thi with a particle of negation.
ti
ti
Pi-es. Cond.
lc)t -u
Fat.
lot -ur
Pres. Ind.
)
or
\ lotda
Past Cond.
3 •
Impf.
lotda ti
ti ti ti
Intransitive Verbs.
lotna, fall,
-e -e -u
-ar -ar -Ur
sa
ti
-e
— ar
— e
-ar
54 Sainji.
Intransitive Verbs — continued.
lotna, fall.
Past Ind.
Plupf.
l5tu
lotii ti
/•
loti Pi. lote /. loti
Participle
loti kari, Laving fallen
iedzna, come.
Fut.
edz
-ur
-ar -ar -ur
Imperat.
idz
idza
Past Cond.
idzda
&c.
Past Ind.
awa
na^a, go.
Fufc.
nash
-u
-11 -ii -i -1
Past. Ind.
natha
t8al^a, go.
Fut.
tsal
-ii
-ii -u -i -i
Transitive Verbs.
tsikna,
beat, in general like lofnn.
Past Ind.
Agent case of
subject with tsikti
Plupf.
>»
)) I
, „ ,, tsikU^ti
Fut.
deab
dena, give.
Past Ind.
dina
nfna, take.
Fut.
iiiSb
Past
niii
-ar a r
The future is a very interesting tense in Sainji. Tliere appear to be
two complete forms -Ur -ar -ar -ur -ar -ar and -H -ii -ii-i -i ~i. Whether
the r in the former is really part of the verb or not I do not feel sure.
Itmay conceivably be a vocative ending referring to tlie person addressed
at the time. A similar doubt suggests itself in connection with the
ending -6 for the 1st Sing. Fut. as in de^b, I will give, niub, I will take,
tsikiib, I will strike ; and the question arises whether this ending is
found with intransitive verbs or not. It may be a mere dative suffix,
tsikiib being equivalent to tsiktl eUb, 1 will strike him, or tslkii tflbhe, I
will strike thee, &c. A comparison with the dialect spoken across the
border in that part of Mandi State which is near Maijglaur suggests
that this b is either an integral part of the verb or a Vocative ending,
probably the latter, for we find in the Future of the intransitive verb go,
Sainji.
55
either nahu be, nahu he, nahu be, naKu be, nHhi be, nd,hi be, or ndhU, nnhii,
nahu, nakume, nliJn, nahu {nahi ?) Like Inner Siraji Sa'inji has a
feminine form for the 3rd per. pronoun and for eo, this.
The following words are those in which a difference between the
two dialects is observable. Probably however some of these also may be
found in Inner Siraji. In the other words of the list Sainji does not
diifer from Inner Siraji.
baba, father,
bhai, elder brother,
bhau, younger brother,
tshor-u, son.
-i daughter,
joe, jo, dzoe, wife,
bauild, ox.
mheshi, buffalo,
blier, sheep,
kutta, dog.
kttkkar, cock,
bareala, cat.
pair, foot,
akkh, eye.
tsora, hair,
mund, head,
kaya, body,
dzot, hill, pass.
Sana, {)Iain.
chet, held,
roti, bread.
giha (not kaiik), wlieat.
tsholli, maize.
grau, village.
gahr, bun, jungle.
shikha, meat.
tshah, buttermilk.
dihara, sun.
dzotth, moon.
bagur, wind.
sliobhla, beautiful.
ramra, good.
badda, big.
halka, hotsha, small
dalji, lazy.
sutuaz, wise,
nikamma, ignorant,
tanda, swift.
t<jje, uthla, high.
mara, ugly,
nigha, hot.
muhra, sweet,
bohu, much,
lotna, fall,
iedzna, come,
jhiitna, drink.
]— iek.
2— dui.
3 — cin
4 — tsar.
5 — pauz.
6 — tshau.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
7 — satt.
8— atth.
9 — nauu.
10 — dass.
11 — giara.
12 — bara.
56 Sainji.
Numerals — continued.
Cardinal.
18 — teia. 17 — satara.
14 — tsauuda. 18 — thara.
15 — pondra. 19 — nib.
J 6— sola. 20— bih.
Sentences.
1. Tera nS kes ? What is tby name ?
2. Eo gborei' ketri am bar ? How much is this horse's age ?
3. Ekkha kahs Kashmira tagg ketra dur hola ? From here to
Kashmir how far will it be ?
4. Tere babur ghare ketre larke ? In thy father's house how
many sons are there ?
6. Haii adz bare dura zoqghe handi avva. I to-day from very far
on legs walking came.
6. Mere tsafcser beta ear beahni saqghe bea hou. My uncle's
son is mai'ried to his sister.
7. Gliare shitte ghorer zin. In the house is the white horse's
saddle.
8. Eur pitthi upre zin bonnha. Upon its back bind the saddle.
9. Moe eur beta bara tsiku. I beat his son much.
10. Dzotar tsore upre tsara so ga bakri. On the hill's top he is
grazing cows and goats.
11. Eo butte hethe so betha gh5re upre. Under that tree he is
seated on a horse.
12. Eur bhai apni bau'ibni kS badda. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
13. Eur mul dhae rupayya. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mero babii eo hotshe ghare rauhs. My father lives in that
small house.
15. Eub rupayya dea. Give him rupees.
16. Ea rupayya eu. aga moijga. Those rupees ask from him.
17. Eu ramre kori tslka rashie bi bonnha. Beat him well and
bind him with ropes.
18. Kue kauhaii pauni kaddba. From the well draw water.
19. Mau jehS tsal. Walk before me.
20. Kasra layka ta pitshe awa ? Whose boy is coming behind
you ?
21. Kasu aga tal mul moggu ? From whom hast thou bought ?
22. Grraiir dukannadara aga. From the shopkeeper of the village.
N.
G.
D.A.
L.
Ab.
As.
N,
G.D.A.L.Ab,
Ag.
N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.
N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.
lUIiUi. [Knlui].
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns hi-a.
Singular.
Plural.
Ghor-a, horse
-e
-e ra
aa Sing
-e be
»»
-e moDJhe,
raanje
5>
-e na
>»
-e
l>
Nouns in Consonant,
gbor, house
ghor -e la or -a ra, &c.
-e
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
bet-i, daughter
-i^ia, &c.
-ie
Nouns in Consonant.
behn. sister
behn-i ra, &c.
-ie
as Sing.
as Sing.
beb n-i
-i ra, &c.
-ie
Pronouns.
Singular.
1st 2nd
N. hau tu
G. raera tera
D.A. mnbe, mftme tanbe
Ab. mon taun, tauna
Ag. mal tai
.3rd eh, this
sau eh
tei ra (/. tessa ra) ei ra (/. ess a ra)
„ be ,, be „ be ( ,, be)
,, na „ na ,, na ( ., na)
teie tesse eie esse
58
Kului.
N.
G.
D.A
Ab.
asse
assa ra
„ be
Plural.
tusse te
tussa ra, tUsra tinha ra
tussa be „ be
assan, assa tussan, tussa ,, na
na iia
asse tusse, tusse tinbe
Fo!' be in tbe Dative and Accusative ice is also used
kwn. wbo? G. kos ra Ab. kosan A^. kunie.
Others are k'f. what ? kick, soiuethinor, anythino^.
eh
inba ra
„ be
na
nbf
Adjectives.
Adiectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives qualify-
iiio- nouns are not declined unless they end in n, in which case the
Oblique Singular and all the Plur. take -e. Fem. Sin^. and Plur -i.
Comparison is expressed by means of na, from, than, as, shobhla,
o-ood, beautiful, &c., el va shohhla, more beautiful than this; sehhhi na
shobhln, more beautiful than all, most beautiful.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative.
ainda, like this tainda, like that kainda, like what ?
etra so much or tetra, so much or ketra, how much or
many. many. many ?
Adverbs.
Most Adjectives may be used as Adverbs ; when so used they agree
with the subject of the sentence as above mentioned. The following is
a list of the most important Adverbs other than Adjectives : —
(Time.)
aibbe, ebbe, now,
tebbe, then
kebbe, when ?
auj, to-day
shni, to-morrow
porshi, day-after-to-morrow
tsouthe, day after that
hidz,- yesterday
pharidz, pharaz, day before
yesterday.
(Place.)
okkhe, here
tokkhe, there
kokkhe, where ?
okkhe tai, up to here
okkhan, from here
ujjhe, jhau, bheti, up
bhiaS, bun, beure, down
ner, near
diir, far
agge, in front
Kuliii.
59
(Time.)
tsouthe, clay before that
kadhi, sometimes, ever
kadhi na, never
( Place. )
picohe, behind
bandar, inside
baliar, outside
Others are kibe, why ? ho, yes, tsheka. tsheke, quickly.
Prepositions.
The chief prepositions have been »iveii in the declension of Nouns.
Subjoined is a brief list of others.
teiri tai, for his sake, for
him
teii tai, about thee (for thee,
&c.)
mere sahi, like me
tinlia ri dliire, towards them
teire orie poiie, round, about
it
puie, on the other side
ware, on this side
monjhe, bhittre, within
tai, up to
pandeli, upon
hetlie, below
mS aj?ge, beside me
mS saijghe, with me
Pres, I am, &c.
or
or
Pres. Negative
Past 1 was, &c.
or
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
sa (fern, si)
si
ha
sa sa sa sa sa
sa (/. sa) sa sa si si
he (/. he) he he he ha
athi iiidecl. neh athi, am not, is not, &c.
tha (/. thi) tha tha the(/'. thi) the the
ti ti ti ti ti ti
Intransitive Verba.
dzhaurnu, or jhaurnu, fall.
Put. dzhaur -aii or -iiu -la -la -au or -nu -le -le
Imperat. dzhaur dzhaura
Pres. Ttid. dzhaura sa. dzhaura is not inflected, set is sometimes
uninflected and sometimes changed to .si as above.
Impf. dzhanra ti or tha. tha inflected ns above.
For these two tenses rfs7ia?tr(Za (f.- i pi -e) sa and dzhaujdd
tha are sometimes found. The Neg. of dzhaura sa is
neh dzhaufda athi.
60 Kului.
Past Cond. dzhaurda
Past Ind. dzhauru /. dzhauri })1. dzhanre
Pres. Perf. dzliauru sa
Plupf. dziiaurd ti or tha
Participle dzhaurike, having fallen ; dzhauru hundn. in the state of
having fallen.
Some verbs show slight irregularities.
bo^u, be, become.
Fut.
honu, &c.
Pres. Ind.
hoa sa
Past Cond,
hunda
Past Ind.
hua
ena, come.
Fut.
ennu ella, &c.
Imperat.
e eja
Pres. Ind.
eza sa
Past Cond.
etida
Past Ind.
aii /. ai PI. ae
Participle
aike, having come
nosh n a go.
Past Ind.
nottta
jana, go.
Past Ind.
goa
Participle
jaike, having gone
bfishna, sit.
Past Ind.
bettha
i
Transitive Verbs.
marna, beat, strike, for the most part like dzhaurnu. _.
Past Ind. maru with agent case of subject, mdru, agreeing with object. V^
Pi'es Perf. marU sa with agent case of subject, maru sa ageeing with
object.
Plupf. marii ti (thd) with agent case of subject, mdrH ti {thS) \
agreeing with object.
Some of the following common verbs are slightly irregular : —
khana, eat.
Fut. khannu
Past Cond. khanda
Pres Ind, khaa sa
Past Ind. khaii
Knliti.
61
pina, drink.
Fut.
phiuu
Past Cond.
pinda
Pres Ind.
pia sa
Past Iiid.
pill
Fut.
dennu
Past Cond.
denda
Pres, Ind.
dea sa
Past Ind.
dliina
Fut.
leiinu
Pres. Ind.
le^ sa
Past Ind.
lea
Fut.
kernu
Pres. Ind.
kera sa
Past
keru
Past
janu
Fut.
annu
Pres. Ind.
ana sa
Past Ind.
ana
Fut.
nennu
Pres. Ind,
nea sa
Past Ind.
tieu
dena, give.
lena, take
kernu, do, make.
janna, know.
ana, bring.
aena, take, take away.
The Intiiiitive may end in eitiier u or a.
For the Imperat. Sing, a polite form in -elt is often used, m'lreU,
be pleased to strike; d:h'iiireU, be pleased to fa,!!. This corresponds to
Panjabi diyyt, Urdu yiriyo, be pleased to fall.
The sa of the Auxiliary Pres. is sometimes joined to tlie participle
in the Pres, Ind. with tiie a omitted ; thus, bar^ tsheke hondas, he or she
walks very quickly.
A passive participle is used to express ability : — mere bolle nih
porhida, I cannot read. Panjabi, mere kolo nehi parhida.
" Where were you ? " or " Where wert thou ? " is capable of being
expressed in several ways, tnsse kokkhe (or kau) tie or t'lre, where were
you? tu kokkhe {or kau) tie or tire, where wert thou? kokkhe tine
(without tusse) where were you ?
Tlie form of the Verb with -re does not appear to be used in
62
Kului.
addressing a woman. 1 do not feel sure of the meaning of tl.ese suf-
fixes. They will well repay investigation, and doubtless there are more
of thera. re, appears to be some particle of address, which one may use
to a man, but not to a woman; cf. Panjabi 6e, which is used by men
in speaking to men. The ne in tine is apparently a suffix having the
force of iiLe, and rendering unnecessary the employment of tmsej ef.
Panjabi je. re may be the same as Hindi re ; cf. also the r in the Sainji
Future tense.
Of the two verbs meaning go, jana is used in composition with
other verhs. i^oshm is used alone for ' going,' though it also enters
into composition.
List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.
bab, babu, father,
am ma, ya, mother,
bhai, brother,
dai, elder sister,
behn, bhau, younger sister,
beta, son,
beti, daughter,
khasm, husband,
lahfi, dzoi, jo, wife,
mard, man.
betrl, woman,
shohr-u, boy.
-i, girl,
puhal, phual, shepherd,
guala, cowherd.
ts5r, thief.
ghor-a, golir-a, horse,
-i, -i, mare,
bold, bauld, ox.
gai, cow.
maishi, mhaishi, buffalo.
bokr-a, goat (he).
-i, „ (she).
bhed, sheep
kutt-a, kutt-a, dog.
_i, -i, bitch.
gahi, ghai, rich, bear.
barag, leopard.
gaddha, goddha, ass.
k?tkk-ar, cock,
-ri, hen.
bral-a, cat (male).
-i, ,, (female),
at, camel.
01 ru, bird,
hathl, elephant,
both, hath, hand,
dzoqga, foot,
nak, nose,
occhi, eye.
muh, face,
dond, tooth,
koiin, ear.
shir, hair,
mund, head,
dzibbh, tongue,
pet, stomach,
pitth, back,
jea, body,
kagad, book,
kalam, pen.
mandza, bed.
ghor, house,
naui, river,
ual, stream,
dag, dhog, hill.
Kului.
63
List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs — continued.
poddhra, plain.
chef., field.
rotti, bread.
pani, water.
konak, wheat.
choHi, maize.
biitta, tree.
eri3, villnore.
shaihr, city.
bon, jnnjj[le.
mofcbi, fish.
bott, way.
phol, fruit.
shikha, meat.
duddh, milk.
danna, danna, eg^.
ghl, ghi.
tel, oil.
chah, buttermilk.
dhiar, day.
rat, rao, night.
dliiara, sun.
dzoth, dzuth, moon.
tara, star.
biiinna, wind.
gash, rain.
dhuppa, .sunshine.
bhrotu, load.
beja, seed.
Iflha, iron.
lamro, shoblila, khara, good
bura, biid.
bodda, big.
hotsha, lioccha. .small,
iilsi, lazy,
gandu, wise,
nikamiiia, alsi, foolish,
tslieka, takra, swift,
ticcha, sharp,
nthra, high,
shoblila, beautiful, clean.
niara, ugly.
thonda, cold.
totta, hot.
niittha, sweet.
shetta, white.
cittha, cfttha, black.
thoru, little.
bohO, much,
bona, be, become,
ena, come.
jana, dzana, go.
noshQa, go, run.
beshna, .sit.
lena, take.
deaa, give.
dzhaurna, jhaurna, fall.
utthna, rise.
khara bona, stand.
hei'na, see.
khana, eat.
pina, drink.
galana, bolna speak, say.
sauna, sleep.
kerna, do.
rauhna, stay, remain.
main a, beat.
pacheanna, recognise.
pMJjna, arrive,
noshi jana, run away,
banana, make,
shadna, call.
dhunna, melna. meet, be ob-
tained,
sikkhna, dzanna, learn,
porhiia, read,
likhna, write.
TMfirna, die.
shunna, hear,
phirl ena, retui-n.
bnuhna, flow,
lorna, fight.
64 Knlui.
List of Common Noons, Adjectivfjs Ai\d Verbs — continued.
jurna, win.
hama, be defeated,
shetna, throw, sow.
bold jnndne, plough,
khiaaa, give to eat.
plana, give to drink,
shineana, cause to hear,
tsorna, grjize.
tsarna, cause to graze,
lumma pauiia, lie down.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
1-ek.
2— diii.
3 — cin.
4— tsar.
5— ponj.
6 — chau.
7 — .satt.
8— otth.
9 — uou.
10— dosh.
11 — jjiara.
12 — bara.
13 — telira.
14 — couda,
15 — pandra.
16 — sola.
1 7 — satara,
18 — tliara.
]9— nib.
20— bih.
100 — shauu.
Enumeration is by twenties up to a hundred.
Sentences.
1. Tera nS ki re ? What is thy name ?
2. Ei ghore ri ketri umbar sa ? How much is the age of tins
horse ?
3. Okkha na Kashmir ketni dur be ? From liere how far is
Kashmir ?
4. TCisre babbe re ghore ketie bete be r* In your father's bouse
how many sons are there ?
5. Havi auj dura na bondi ao. I have come walking to-day
from very far.
6. Mere tsatse (cace) re bete teiri behni sagge biah keru. My
uncle's son made a marriage with bis daughter.
7. Ghora na shette ghore ri kathi he. In the bouse is the white
horse's saddle.
8. Tei ri pittbi pandeh kathi kosha. Bind the saddle on his
back.
9. MaT teire bete be bohu marn. I beat his sou much.
Kulm. 65
10. San bare dhauga na goru bher cara sa. He on the big hill
is grazing cows and sheep.
11. Sail butte heth ghore pandeh bettha hundabe (saK He under
that tree was seafed on a horse.
12. Teiia bliai apai baihni na bodda he(sa). Hisbiotheris biggei-
than his sister.
13. Teiraraul dhai rapayye sa. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mera bapa hocche ghora narauhas. My father lives in a little
house.
15. El be eh rupayya del deii. Give this rupee to him.
16. Teina rupayya moiji^i ana. Ask and bring rupees from him.
17. Toibe ramre marike roshie bonuha. Having beaten him well
bind him with ropes.
18. Bai na pani korha. Draw water from the spring.
19. Mere agge tsol. Walk before me.
20. Taun piclie kosra sholiru enda sa ? Whose boy is walking
behind thee ?
21. TaT kosan raulle leii ? From whom didst fchou buy it ?
22. Grant re eksi dukandaia na leu. I took (bought) it from a
shopkeeper of the village.
THE DIALECTS OF MANDI AND SUKET,
BY
The Revd. T. Qrahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.
INTRODUCTION.
Mandi and Sukefc are two important states lying between Simla
and Kaqgra proper with Kulu for their eastern boundary. They form
part of the central linguistic wedge between Camba and the Simla States,
it being noticeable that north of Kaijgra and south of Suket certain
linguistic peculiarities are found which are not observed in the central
area. The future in I alluded to in the Introduction to the Camba
Dialects (see Appendix to Grazetteer of Camba State) is a good example
of tliis. In the central wedge the future is in g or gh, whereas to the
north and south and east it is in I.
The main Mandi dialect is rather widely spread. It is found with
very little change overall the western and northern portions of the State.
It is also spoken in the capital, and extends without much variation
southwards into Suket. In tlie following pages a grammar of this
dialect is given, followed by brief paradigms to illustrate the northern
dialects. The centre of North Mandeali may be taken to be Jhatir)-
gri half-way between Sultanpur and Palampur. Chota Baijghali, as
alluded to in the following pages, is spoken in that portion of Chota
Baijghal which lies in the extreme northern portion of Mandi State. In
the south-east portion of the State called Mandi Siraj the dialect spoken
is still Mandeali, but it shows resemblances to Inner Siraji, the dialect
of the nortliern half of the Siraj Ta^sil of Kulu.
In Mandeali the genitive is formed by the postposition m, the
Dative by jo, and the Ablative by ge or the.
Although the dialect shows many traces of the influence of Pan-
jabi, it keeps clear of that influence in the Plural of nouns, which is in
the Oblique generally the same as the Singular except in the Vocative
case. In parts of the State we have the special Fem. Oblique form for
3rd Pers. Pronouns so characteristic of Kula and the Simla States.
The future is either indeclinable in — rjg or declinable in — gha.
The Pres. Part in composition is indeclinable, as harU hct, is
doing, which reminds us of the Kashmiri participle karnn. Another
11
resemblance to Kashmiri is in the confusion between e and ye. Thus we
find tes used interchangeably with tyes, es with yes, etthi with iettJii
{yetthi). The interchange of s and h finds frequent exemplification in
the hill states, e.g., in the Pres. Auxiliary ha and sd or dsd. See the
dialects passim.
Mandeali lias a Stative Participle in — irn, thus paird, in the state
of having fallen, pitird, in the state of having been drunk. The pecu-
liarity of the verb hdhnd, beat, has been alluded to under the Verb in
Mfindeali and Chota Bagghali, and under the latter dialect will be
found a reference to an interesting undeclined participle used in the
Passive to give the sense of ability.
In Suket there are said to be three dialects — Paliar, Dhar and
Bahal, but this is obviously an over-refinement. I have not had an op-
portunity of studying them at first hand, and therefore make the
following remarks with some reserve.
The Singular of nouns is practically the same as in Mandeali, but
in the Plural Panjabi influence is shown in the Oblique termination — a.
The Agent Plural, however, ends in — f I. the is used for tlie Ablative
postposition, ge being generally kept for the purpose of comparison of
Adjectives. The pronouns are almost the same as in Mandeali.
In Verbs we find that the Dhar dialect resembles Panjabi in its
Pres. Part, in — dd, and in its Past Part, in — ed. The Bahal dialect
has its Pres. Indie, like Mandeali, 9.s mdra hd, but in the Imperfect has
the peculiar double form, mdra, hd thd, he was beating, mdra he the,
they were beating. The Suketi dialects make their future in gh and
possibly g or ijg, and have the Stative Participle in — ird, as mdrlrd, in
the state of having been beaten. The Auxiliary Present and Past is
the same as in Mandeali.
The system of transliteration is that of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, i denotes the sound half-way between i and i, u italicised in a
word printed in ordinary type is half-way between u and u ; eii simi-
larly italicised represents the sound of e in French /e ; c is the sound
of ch in child, ch is the corresponding aspirate.
T. Grahame Bailey.
25th February, 1905.
MAljrpEAIil. [Mandeall]
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in-a.
Singular.
Plural.
N.
ghor-a, horse
-e
G.
-e ra
as Sing.
D.A.
-e jo
>»
L.
-e manjlia
»»
Ab.
-e ge, the
»>
Ag.
-e
»»
V.
-ea
Nouns in a Consonant.
-do
Singular.
Plural.
N.
ghar, house
as Sing,
G.D.A.L.Ab.
ghar-a, ra, &c.
Ag.
-e
»j
V.
-a
Nouns in-i.
-0
N.
hath-i, elepbant
as Sing
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &c.
J)
Ag.
-is
»
V.
-ia
-io
Nouns in -w, such as hindu, Hindu, are declined like those ia "i
bah, father, is declined like ghar, except that the second 6 is doubled
before any additions.
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
N.
b§t-i, daughter
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra &c.
Ag.
-ie
V.
-15
as Sing.
»
10
2
Mandealt.
Nouns in a
Consonant.
Singu
lar.
Plural.
N.
baih-n.
•
ni
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-ni ra &c.
as Sing.
Ag.
-nie
5»
V.
-ni
-nio
Pronouns.
Singular.
1st
2nd
3id
eh, this.
N.
bau
tu
se
eh
G.
mera
tera
tes ra (or
tyes or tis)
es ra (y(
D.A.
ma jo
tujo
„ &c.
„ &c.
L.
ma bbittar,
raanjhi
I tuddh &c.
>»
>»
Ab.
matbe
tuttbe
>>
>»
Ag.
mai
tai
tine
ine
K
asse
tusse
seo
eh
G.
assa ra,
mh
ara
tussa ra
tinha ra
inha ra
D.A.
assa jo
„ &c.
„ &c.
„ &c
L.
„ &c.
>>
»
5>
Ab,
>»
)»
j>
?»
Ag.
asse
tusse
tinhe
inhe
Singular. Plural.
N. kun, who, jo, who,
Obi. kes, &c. jes, &c.
Ag. kune jine
kyciy what ? has Obi. kiddhl.
Other pronouns are hoi, someone, anyone, kick, something, any-
thing, liar kol, whosoever, har kich, whatsoever.
kun
je§
kinha
jinha
kinhe
jinhe
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives
qualifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending
in any letter other than a are indec. Those ending in -a have Obi. -e.
MattfleRli. 3
PI. -5, indec. Fem. -i indec. It shonld be noted that the genitives of
nouns and pronouns ai'e adjectives coming under this rule.
Comparison is expressed by means of ye, from, than, as A;^ara, good,
es ge khara, better than this, sabbhi ge khara, better than all, best.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative.
erha, like that terha, like that kerha, like what ? jerha, like which
or this or this
itna, 80 much titna, so much kitna, how mnch jitna, as much
or many or many or many ? or many
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. 1'hey then agree with the
subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most important
adverbs other than adjectives : —
Time.
ebbe, hun, now
tebbe, then
kebbe, when ?
jebbe, when
aj, to-day
kal, to-morrow
dothi, to-morrow morning
parsi, day after to-morrow
cauthe, day after that
kal, yesterday
parsi, day before yesterday
cauthe, day befoie that
kadhi, sometimes, ever
kadhi na, never
kadhi kadhi, sometimes
Place.
etthi, here
tetthi, there
ketthi, where ?
jetthi, where
etthi tikki, up to here
ietthi te, from here
iipra, up
bun, down
nede, near
dur, far
agge, in front
picche, behind
bhittar, inside.
bahar, outside
Others are ki, why, idhi re katthB, for this reason, ha, yes, sitSbi
quickly.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of
Mande&li.
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of
both a preposition and an adverb.
par, beyond
war, on this side
•wliittar,manihe, manjh, within
pralle, upon
heth, below
tika tikki, up to
ni§ nede, beside me
mS saijgi, with me
tesjo, for him
others. The same word is often
teie katthe, about thee
ma sahi, assa sahl, like me,
like us.
tinba bakkha, towards them
tetage prant, after tliat
idhi re ore pave, round about
it
tussa barabar, equal to you
mathe parteg, apart from me
Pres.
Past
Put
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
I am &G. Sing, ha, /. hi,
I was &c. ' Sing, tha, /. tlii
Intransitive Verbs,
pauna, fall.
Sing, paiigh -a f. -i PI. -e /. -i, also paugg indecl.
Plur. he,
Plur. the
/. thi.
thi,
Imperat. pau paua
Pres. Indie. paii§ indec. with ha, /. hi.
Impf. Indie.
Past Cond.
Past Indie.
Pres. Perf .
Plupf.
Participle
PL he, hi
the, thi
>> »> >> tha,
paund-a (-i -e -i)
pea/, pei
pea ha, &c.
pea tha, &c.
paizke, having fallen, paunde hi, on falling, falra, in the
state of having fallen, paunde, while falling, paunewaln,
faller or about to fall.
Some verbs have slight irregularities.
hona, be become.
Put. hSgha or hngg
Pres. Ind. hua ha
Past Cond. hunda
Past Indie, hua
anna, come.
Put. aiigha or augg
Pres. Indie. au§ ha
Mandeali. "
Past Cond. aunda
Past Indie, aya
Participle aike, having come, alra, in the state of having come.
jana, go.
Imperat. ja ja.
Pres. Indie, jaha ha
Past Cond. janda
Past Indie, gea
Participle joike, having gone ; gelra, in the state of having gone.
raih^a, remain.
Fut. raharjgha or rahaqg
Imperat. raih raha
Pres. Ind. rahi ha
Past reha
baithna, sit.
• ■ '
Fut, baithgha or baithaijg
Past Cond. baithda
Transitive Verbs,
marna, beat, strike, in general like paund.
Fut. margha or maraqg
Pi'es. Indie, raaia ha
Past Cond. marda
Past Ind. marea, with agent ease of subject, marea agreeing with
object.
Pres. Perf. marea ha, with agent case of subject, marea ha agreeing
with object.
Plupf. marea tlia, with agent case of subject, marea tha agreeing
with object.
Participle marira, in the state of having been beaten.
The passive is formed by using the past part, mdred, with the
required tense oi jdna, go, mdred jdnd, be beaten. The passive is not
very common.
The following are slightly irregular : —
khana, eat.
Fut. khagha or khagg
Pres. Indie. khaliS ha
Past Indie, khadha
Participle khadhira, in the state of having been eaten.
6
Man^eSU.
Past
Participle
pina, drink,
pita
pitira, in the state of havinof been drunk.
Pies. Ind.
denia, give.
dehS ha
Past
ditta
Participle
dittira, in the state of having been given
Fut.
lai^a, take.
larjgha or lagg
Pres. Indie. lahS ha
kama, do.
Past kits
Igauna, bring, like aunli, but
Past lei aya
lei jana, take'away, like jana.
There is a noticeable peculiarity about the past of hahno, beat
strike. (Fut. haharjgha, baharjg). The past is always used in the
Fern. I beat him is mat tesjo hahl. Apparently the verb is in agree-
ment with some fem, noun not expressed. The understood word would
naturally have the meaning of ' blow.' See also under the Baijghali
dialect.
Compound Verbs.
Habit, Continuance, State.
I am in the habit of falling, hau paid karU hd (compounded with
Jcarnd, do).
1 continue falling, haii paundd raJiB> (compounded with raihnd^
remain).
I am in the act of falling, hau paundd lagird hd (compounded with
laggnd, stick).
List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.
ghora, horse. biahu, husband,
bab, bapu, father. lari, wife,
mai, mother. mardh, man.
bhai, brother. janane, women,
bobbo, elder sister. mat^ha, boy.
baihn, younger sister. matthi, girl,
gabhru, beta, son. puhal, shepherd,
beti, daughter. cor, thief.
Mandedli,
List of Common Noons,
Adjectivks and YERbs—Gont
ghora.
dhara, hill.
gliOri, mare.
padhar, plain.
bald, ox.
dohri, field.
gai, cow.
roti, bread.
mhais, buffalo.
pani, water.
bakr-a, he-goat.
kanak, wheat.
-i, she „
challi, maize.
bhed, sheep.
dal, tx'ee.
kutt-a, dog.
grao, village.
-!, bitch.
nagar, city.
ricch, bear.
ban, jungle.
baragh, leopard.
macchl, fish.
gaddha, ass.
painda, way.
sur, pig.
pbal, fruit.
kukk-ar, cock.
mass, meat.
-ri, hen.
duddh, milk.
bill-a, cat (male).
batti, anui, egg.
-i, „ (female).
ghiu, ghi.
ut, camel.
tel, oil.
panchi, pagkheru, bird.
chah, buttermilk.
il, kite.
dhiara, day.
liathi, elephant.
rat, night.
hath, hand
surj, sun.
pair, pa8, foot.
candarraa, moon.
nak, nose.
tara, star.
hakkhi, eye.
bagar, wind.
mSh, face.
pani, barkha, rain.
dand, tooth.
dhuppa, sunshine.
kan, ear.
gird, stormy wind.
sarual, kes, hair.
bhara, load.
niund, sir, head.
bin, seed.
jibh, tongue.
loha, iron.
pith, back.
khara, good.
pet, stomach.
hura,, bad.
sarir, body.
badda, big.
pothi, book.
halka, little.
kalam, pen.
dalidri, lazy.
manja, bed.
akliwala, wise.
ghar, house.
bhaceal, foolish.
daryao, river.
tata, swift.
khad, stream.
paina, sharp.
8
Mandeali.
List op Common Nouxs, Adjectives and Verbs — Continued.
?<cca, higli.
gora, khara, beautiful.
kubliadra, ugly.
tlianda, cold.
tatfca, hot.
eudla, mittlia, sweet.
haccha, clean.
ghat, little.
babut, much.
bona, be, become.
aana, come.
jana, go.
baithna, sit.
laina, take.
dena, give.
paunap, fall.
uthna, rise.
kharna, stand.
dekhna, see.
khana, eat.
pina, drink.
bolna, say.
sauna, sleep, lie down.
karna, do.
raihna, remain.
bahna, mama, beat.
pachanna, recognise.
bujjlma, know.
pwjjna, arrive.
daurna, run.
nhassi jana, run away.
banana, make.
thaina, place.
sadna, call.
niilna, meet.
sikkhna, learn.
parhna, read.
likhna, write.
marna, die.
sunna, hear.
hatna, turn.
hati aana, return.
bewhna, flow.
larna, fight.
jittna, win.
harna, defeated.
calejaoa, go away.
bahna, sow.
hal bahna, plough.
khuana, cause to eat.
plana, cause to drink.
sunana, cause to hear.
cugna, graze.
carna, carana, cause to graze.
]— ek.
2— dui.
3 — trae.
4 — car.
5— panj.
6 — chau.
7 — sat.
8— ath.
9 — nau.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
10— das.
11 — gyara.
12 — bara.
13— tehia.
14 — Cauda.
15 — pandra.
16 — sola.
17 — satara.
18 — tbara.
MandeHli.
Numerals — continued.
Cardinal.
19 — unni.
67 — satahat.
20 blh.
69 — anhattar.
27— satai.
70 — sattar.'l
29 — aaattri.
77 — sateatar.
30— trih.
79 — unasi.
37— satattri.
80 — assi.''
39 — antuali.
87 — satasl.
40 — call.
89 — nauu§.
47 — sataji.
90— nabb§.
49 — anaunja.
97 — satanue.
50 — panjah.
100 — sau.
57 — sataunja.
200— dni sau.
59 — anirhat.
1,000— hajar.
60— satth.
Ordinal.
100,000— lakkh.
1st, paihlu.
paihli ban, first time.
2nd, dujja.
dujji „ second time
3rd,'trijja.
ek guna, onefold.
4th, cautha.
das guna, tenfold.
5th, panjuS.
addha, half.
6th, chatthui.
paune dui. If.
7th, satu§.
sawa dui, 2|-.
10th, dasul.
dhai, 2|.
50th, panjah u§.
sa^dhe car, 4|
deodh, l^.
Sentences.
1. Tera kya na§ ha ? What is thy name ?
2. Eh ghora kitnl barsa ra hoa ? How old is this horse ?
3. Yetfchi ge Kasrair kitna kii dur ha ? Prom here how far is
Kashmir ?
4. Tere babbe re ghara kitne gabhrii he ? In thy father's house
how many sons are there ?
5. 1] hau bare dnra ge handike aya. To-day I from very far
have walking come.
6. Mere caca ra gabhru tesri baihni sauge biaha huira. My
uncle's son is married to his sister.
10 Mandealt.
7. Ghara sufeda ghore ri jin hi. In the house is the white
horse's saddle.
8. Esri pitthi pralle jin kasi dea. On his back bind the saddle.
9. Mai tesre gabhru jo bauht bahi. I beat his son very much.
10. Uppur dhara re sire par gae bakri cara ha (or carae karS ha
or carauda lagira ha). Above on the top of the hill he is grazing cows
and goats (or is in the habit of grazing, or is now grazing).
11. Se tes dala heth ghore pralle baithira. He under that tree
is seated on the horse.
12. Tesra bhai apai baihni ge badda. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
13. Tisra mul dhai rupayya he. Its price is two and a half rupees
14. Mera bab tes halke ghara whittar (manjh) raha ha. My
father lives in that small house.
15. Tisjo inha rapayje dei dea. Give him these rupees.
16. Tinha'dhabbe testi lei la. Those pice take from him.
17. Tisjo bauht marike rassi ke bannha. Having beaten him
well bind him with ropes.
18. Khue ge pani kaddh. Take out water from the well.
19. Mathe agge cala. Walk before me.
20. Kesra gabhru tuddh picche aunda lagira ? Whose son is coming
behind you ?
21. Se tusse kiste muUe lea ? From whom did you buy that ?
22. Grawa re hattiwale ge lea asse muUe. We bought it from
a shopkeeper of the village.
NORTH MA]^TPEALi.
Only those points arc noted in which North Mandeali differs from
Mandeali proper.
Nouns.
The Ablative is formed with ge, from.
dedf sister, is thus declined : —
Singtdar.
N. ded
G.D.A.L.Ab. dedd -a ra, &c.
Ag. -§
Plural,
dedd -a
-a, &c.
-§
Pronouns.
Singular.
Isfc
2nd
3rd
eh, this
N.
• ••
til
• ••
• ••
G.
• ••
t««
fern, tessa ra
esra /. essara
D.A.
munjo
tujS
• • »
• ••
L.
• ••
• ••
• ••
• ••
Ab.
malge
tuddhge
• «•
• ••
Ag.
• ••
ta!
tinie, tine,/, tesse
Plural.
inie, ine,/. esse
N.
• ••
• ••
te5
G.
mhara
thara
tinhara
Ag.
asse
tusse
tinhe
kun, who ? Ag. s. hmle.
JO, who, Ag. B.jinle.
kol, someone, anyone, Ag. kesi.
Adjectives.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative.
ehra, like this or that tehpa kehra jehra
etra, so much or many tetra ketra jetra
12
North Mattdedli.
Adverbs.
porshi, day after to-raorrow
or day before yesterday.
etthi taS, up to here
etthi ge, from here
uphrau, up
bunhe, down
ner, Dear
bhittar
Prepositions.
_
andhar, bic, within
mai nere, beside me
thalle, below
mai kanne, with me
ta^, up to
Pres.
Past
Past
Participle
Fast
Verbs,
Auxiliary.
1st Sing, he, 3rd s. ha or lie
thia PI. thie /. thi.
Intransitive Verbs.
pauna, fall.
paiea, /. paii PI. paie
paiira hoa, in the state of having fallen
ho^a, be, become,
boa
au^a, come.
Fut.
augha
Imper.
a a
ja^a, go.
Fut.
jagglia
Imperat.
ja jaa
rah^a, remain.
Fut.
rahijgha
Imper.
rah raha
Past Cond.
rahnda
Past Ind.
reha
bath^a, bashna, i
Past
batth
Transitive Verb.
diija, give.
Fut.
dfgha
Past Cond.
dinda
Past
ditta
North Mamleali
Isujaa, takoi
Fat.
iSgha, laS
Past Cond.
ISnda
, \
Past Ind.
l§a '
Past
Past
galaya
ianea
galaya, say.
janna» know.
18
lei auna, bring, like anna.
The future does not appear to have the indccl. form found in
Mandeali, proper, e.g., paurjg, mararjg. The 1st S. however has an
alternative forrn in -il, as pauU, hahu, I shall fall, strike.
The partic. faller or about to fall, &c., dispenses with the e in
the middle : thus, mnmivala or bahnwdla, striker.
The past cond. is used for the present Indie., very commonly in
negative sentences and occasionally in affirmative sentences.
babba, father.
ij, mother.
bharearn, bhai, brother.
bet<ihn, sister.
ded, elder sister.
bebbi, younger sister.
mahim, man.
mahtimi, woman.
bold, ox.
kutt-a, dog.
-i, bitch,
gaddha, ass.
suggar, pig.
pair, foot,
shir, hair,
pjet, stomach,
pinda, body,
kagad, book,
nal, stream,
pahar, hill,
bagri, field,
shaihr, city,
jaggal, jungle,
mhachli, fish,
painda, way.
phol, fruit.
duddh, milk.
an da, egg.
gheu, ghi.
bak, strong wind.
beja, seed.
baqka, fine, good, &c.
boclda, big.
darildi, lazy.
seana, wise.
guar, ignorant.
thonda, cold.
mata, much, many.
bathna, bashna, sit.
galana, say,
rahna, remain.
pauhcna, arrive.
nhathna, nhashna, run.
bolna, call.
shikkhna, learn.
shunna, hear.
cale auna, return.
baihna, flow.
khiana, cause to eat.
shunana, cause to hear.
letna, lie down.
14
North Man^eSli,
Numerals.
Cardinal.
S— trai.
6 — chia.
7— satt.
13 — tera.
29 — nattri.
39 — antuali.
49 — nunja.
57 — satunja.
5th, panjfia.
6th, chauua.
7th, sattna.
Ordinal,
59 — naha^.
60 — shatth.
69 — nhattar,
77 — satattar.
79 — nnasi.
90 — nabba.
100 — shau, saikpa.
100,000— lakh.
10th, dasna.
50th panjahM.
deddh, If.
The following sentences are very slightly different from those
under Mandeali proper, but when they happen to have another turn of
expression they are worth recording : —
2. Es ghore rl ketri umar hi ? What is the age of this horse ?
3. Etthige Kasmira taS ketra dur ha ? From here to Kashmir
how far is it ?
4. Thare babba re ghare ketre lapke he? In your father's
house how many sons are there ?
5. Hau bare dura ge handi kanne aya. I have come walking
from very far.
6. Mere cace ra beta esri beuhni kanne biaha hoa. My uncle's
son is married to his sister.
7. Ghara manjhe hacche ghoje ri kathi hi. In the house is the
white horse's saddle.
8. Esri pitthi ml jin kos. On his back bind the saddle.
9. Mai esra beta bara mareS. I beat his son much.
10. Se pahara ri c5ti ml gaia bakri caranda. He on the top of
the hill is grazing cows and goats.
11. fis dala heth ghoje upphar batthira. Under this tree he is
seated on a horse.
12. Esra bhai apni beuhni ge wadda. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
14. Mera bab es halke ghara ml rahnda. My father lives in this
small house.
15. £shj6 eh rupayya dei dea. To him this rupee give.
16. Esge rupayya lei lau. From him take the rupee.
North MandeSU. 15
17. Eshjo bahiS rashie bannho. Having beaten him bind him
with ropes.
18. Bai ge pani kaddb. From the spring take out water.
19. Ma? ge aggecal. Walk before me.
20. Kesra larka tussa piccbe ae. Whoso boy is coming behind
you?
21. Tusse kesge mul lea ? From whom did you buy it ?
22. Grau5 re ek dukandara ge. From a shopkeeper of the
village.
r-v<^vr w^ -^ '
CHOTA BANGHALI.
The following grammatical forms are those in which the Mandeali
spoken in that portion of Chota Baijghal which lies in Mandi State,
differs from North Mandeali generally.
Pronoons.
Singular.
Ist
2nd 3rd
§h, this.
N.
hau, mai
• •• •• •
• • •
G.
• • •
... tisra, / tissa ra
« «•
D.A.
minjo
tijjS
■ • •
Ab.
maijge
tugge
• • •
Ag.
• * •
tai tinni, f. tisse
Plural.
inni, /. isse
N.
asse
tusse
G.
mhara, assa ra
tussS ra
D.A.
ass§ jo
» 20
Ag.
assa
tussS
Adjectives.
efcna,
so much titna
k§tna, jetna
or
many,
Adverbs.
kai, why ?
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, Sing. m. ha
Intransitive Verbs.
pau^a, fall.
Participle. peira, in the state of having fallen
oq.a} come.
Past aya
Chofn Banqhnli.
17
Fut.
Past
jaijgha
reha
ja^a, go.
raihi^a, remain.
Ill Chota Bagorhal also is found that pecirliar fern, past of hshn/l
thus : —
mat tisjo do trai bahl, I struck him two or three blows ; ma? tisjo rlo
trai thapre rl bahl, I struck him two or three blows or slaps.
In expressing the idea of ability with the passive voice, and in
ceitain othei- cases the participle or infinitive is very strangely kept
undeclinerl, as —
eh Icitah ma>jge nth parked j'andi, I cannot read this book.
rotl marjije nth khdyd jdndi, I cannot eat bread.
kharxar nth rridrjge roked jdndi, I cannot stop the mule.
phulke mh min/o onde pakdnd, I cannot cook phulke, {lit. phulke do
not come to me to cook.)
In these cases on the analogy of Urdu and Panjabi we should expect
parhi, khni, roki, pakdne.
The following words taken from the beginnini; of the list show how
slightly Chota Baijghali differs from N. Mandeali.
happa, father,
ij, mother,
bhau, brother,
bebbe, baihn, sister.
munnu, son.
betti, daughter,
khasm, husband.
ISri, wife,
mahnu, man.
janana, woman,
chohr -u, boy.
-i, girl,
gualu, shepherd,
cor, thief,
ghor -a, horse.
-i, mare,
mhaih, buffalo,
bakr -a, he-goat.
bakr-i, she-goat,
bhed, sheep,
kutt -a, dog.
-i, bitch,
ricch, beat .
rairg, leopard,
gadha, ass.
SUV, pig.
kukk -ar, cock.
-ri, hen.
bill -a, cat (male).
-i, „ (female.)
ut, camel,
hathi, elephant,
hath, hand,
pair, foot,
nakk, nose,
hakkhi, eye.
CHAMBA DIALECTS.
BY
The Rev. T. Qrahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.
INTRODUCTION.
From a linguistic point of view the State of Camba is intensely
interesting. Situated, as it is, entirely in the hills, it lends itself to the
pei-petuation of diverse dialects. It is traversed fiora east to west by
the Candra-Bhaga or Cinab River in the north, and the Ravi in the
south, which for part of their coarse through the State are no more
than twenty miles apart. To the north and west lies the State of
.TammS, to the east British Lahul (frequently pronounced by Europeans
Lahaul), to the south the British district of Kaqgra. The area of
Camba is just over 3,000 square miles, yet there are six distinct forms
of speech found within its borders. Speaking roughly we may allocate
them as follows : — in the north-w-est Curahi, in the north-central portion
of the State Paijgwali, in the north-east Camba Lahull, in the south-
west Bhateali, in the south-east Bharmauri or Gadi ; while round about
Camba city, which lies in the south-west (but further north and east
than the Bhateali area) the dialect spoken is Cameali. Of these all,
except Lahull, belong to what is at present called the Western Pahipri
language of the Northern Group of the Sanskritic Aryan Family, while
Lahu]i is classed as belonging to the Tibeto-Himalayan branch of
the Indo-Chinese Family. (See Census of India 1901, Chapter on
Languages.)
The grammar of Cameali is very much what we should expect
from its geographical position. It makes its Genitive in ra, its Dative in
jo, its Future in -la, it has a Stative Participle in ora, thus tirora, in
the state of having fallen, marora, in the state of having been beaten,
for the pai'ticipie with having, it uses hart, as tiri kari, having fallen.
Biiateali has, in consequence of its position, affinities with Dogri,
spoken in Jammft State, and with Karjgri, spoken in Kaggra. In the
Genitive it has da, in the Dative ki or l-ed, in the Future ga or ghd.
(The dialects of Kaggra, Mandi Stsite and Suket State have also a
Future in g or gh.). Like Cameali it uses karl for the participle with
11
having. Its Stative Participle is very interesting ; it has two forms
e.g., feha or peada, in the state of having fallen, dhyd or ayada, in the
state of having come. A form very similar to peha or ahya is found
in Kaggra, but for the form in -ada we have to go all the way to the
State of Baghat, south of Simla, where we find ayada, rirada, with the
same meaning as Bhateali ayada, pedda. Similarly geddd, rBhddd, in
Bhateali correspond to gdddd, roddd (or rohddd) in Baghati, and mean
' in the state of having gone ' and ' remained ' respectively. The accent
of participles in -ddd is on the antepenultimate.
In pronunciation Bhateali very much resembles Camealu Both
employ the cerebral I and n, and in both the sound given to h is mid-
way between the sound in Urdu and Hindi and that in Panjabi. In
Urdu and Hindi h is pronounced practically as it is in English. In
Panjabi, when it appear.s either alone or in conjunction with b, g, j, d,
d, w, m, 11, Z, it has a deep guttural sound not wholly unlike the Arabic
'ain. In Bhateali and Cameali it is half-way between the two, Avhile their
pronunciation of h when it follows a vowel is nearly the same as in
Panjabi, that is to say, h is almost inaudible itself, but raises the tone
of the syllable in which it occurs. The pronunciation of h, found in
these two dialects, is common to many hill dialects.
Curiihi, spoken in the north-west of Camba, has many features
deserving of study. Its Genitive ends in rd or ro, its Dative in m, its
plural is generally the same as the singular, except in the Vocative,
in this reminding us of dialects in Kulu and the Simla States and also
of the Gadi dialect of Camba, Its Pres. Participle ends in -td and its
Stative Participle in -ord. It is remarkable that if we reckon from the
south (near Simla) northwards Curahi is the first dialect we find with
traces of the vocalic change known as epenthesi.s. Thus, khdnd, eat
(inf.) fem. khaim, khMtd, eating, fem. hhaiti. As we go north and
north-west we find epenthesis to a greater extent in dialects like
Bhadrawahi, still more developed in others more distant such as Poguli
and Kishtawari, till we reach the highest stage of bewildering com-
pleteness in Ka.5hmiri. The normal ending of the Curahi Future is
-md, -me in the 1st Pers. Sing, and Plur. and -Id, -le in the Sing,
and Plur. of the other persons, though -md, -me are also found in the
3rd Pers. Sing, and Plur. and occasionally - Id in the 1st Pers. This
matter of the Future is only one example of the deeply interesting
problems arising out of Northern Himalayan dialects. If we take the
distribution of the Future in I, we find that the following dialects have
a Future with I, appearing in every person, Singular and Plural : JammS
Siraji, Bhadrawahi and Padari in JammS, Paijgwali, Cameali and
Bharmauri or Gadi in Camba, Inner Siraji in Kulii, and the dialects of
Jubbal in the Simla area. The following have I in the 2nd and
Ill
3id Persons — Kuliii, Kiatliali (Kitlthal and neighbouring States, includ-
ing the Simla municipal area), the dialect of the British district of Kot
Khai, and Bsighati (Bagliat State). Punchl in Punch State has the
2nd and 3rd Plur. in I, and Bhalesi in JairimS State has I in the
2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur. The dialects which like
Curahi liave m in the 1st Plur. are the Simla States dialects of Kot
Guru, Kot Khai, KiSthal and Baghat, while the Jamnift dialects of the
Siri/j, Bhadrawah and Bhajes have botli m and I combined in the 1st Phir.
We notice then tlie interesting fact that, in the middle of the dialects
which have I in the Future, extending from Punch to Jubbal we have
as a wedge an area which has its Futures in g or gh, compi-ising the
dialects of BhatSal (Camba), Kaqgra, Mandi and Suket, this wedge
extending right up to the Tibeto- Himalayan language area. We notice,
too, that the central portion of the districts, which make the Future in I,
keeps the I purer than the more outlying: thus Curahi and the dialects
beyond to the north and north-west, in common with the Simla dialects
in the south, inti'oduce m.
• The great interest in Curahi lies in the fact that it is the first stage
on the linguistic road to Kashmiri. South and east of Curahi we do not
notice special Kashmiri characteristics, but as soon as we begin to study
this dialect we feel the force of those tendencies which find fuller and
fuller scope as we go north and west till we reach the Kashmiri area.
The Bharmauri or Gadi dialect is spoken by the Gaddis Avho in-
habit the district called Gadheran, which includes Bharmaur in Camba
State and the adjoining part of Kaijgra District. It has been somewhat
fully treated of along with the Karjgra dialect itself in the Appendix
to the Kangra Gazetteer, to which I may perhaps be permitted to refer
the student. To have bound it up with the rest of the Camba dialects
would have unduly swelled the dimensions of this volume in its
Gazetteer form, so I deemed it better to omit it.
To my great regret I was unable when in Camba to meet with
any speakers of Paijgwali, the dialect of Paqgi. Grammatical informa-
tion bearing upon it exists in two manuscripts, both compiled by the
orders of H.H, the Raja of Camba, one a few years ago for the Linguis
tic Survey of India, and one two years ago for myself. These manu-
scripts, however, differ, in important particulars, and while undoubtedly
valuable facts can be gleaned from a comparison of the two, one cannot
feel the same certainty as to the accuracy of the result, as one would if
one had had opportunity of making a personal study of the dialect. It
resembles in a number of details the Padari dialect spoken in the
district of Padar in Jammft State two or three stages further down the
Cinab than Paijgi.
Linguistically the chief interest of Camba centres in Lahuli, spoken
in the north-east portion of the State. In Britisli Lahul to the east of
Camba Lahul, there are three dialects of Lahuli. There the Bhaga
flowing from the north-east in a south-westerly direction is joined by
the Caiidra coming from the south-east in a north-westerly direction.
The united stream flow for some little distance before entering Camba
Lahul. The dialect spoken in the Bhaga Valley is called Banun or
Gari or Gara, that in the Candra Valley is called Rangloi, and the
dialect of the valley of the united stream is known as Patni, Patan or
Mancati. The dialect of Camba Lahul we may call, for want of a better
name, Camba Lahuli. Lahuli will thus be seen to comprise four
dialects. Lahuli bears some I'esemblance to Tibetan, to Kanashi
(the remarkable language spoken in a single village in Kulu called
Malana or Malani), and to Kanawari, spoken in Kanawar in Bashahr
State. The resemblance of Camba Lahuli to the other dialects and
languages mentioned, as brought out by a list of between thirty and
forty common words taken at a random, may be seen at glauco in the
following table : —
Percentage of words in which Camba Lahuli resembles : —
Patni
... 68
Rangloi
... 87
Gari
... 30
Kanashi
... 29
Tibetan
... 22
and in a briefer list of Kanawari words 47. The number of words
in the lists, which appeared identical with the corresponding Camba
Lahuli words, was Patni 14, Rangloi 3, Gari 2, Kanashi 6, Tibetan 3,
Kanawari 3. The lists with which the Camba Lahuli words were
compared are those printed by Mr. A. H. Diack in 1896. Such a com-
parison may lead, however, to an incorrect conclusion. A similar com-
parison between, say, English and German, would yield a very high
percentage of resemblances, yet the two languages are perfectly distinct.
We may feel quite sure that an inhabitant of Camba Lahul would find
it impossible to understand any dialect or language in the list except
Patni.
The chief difficulty of Camba Lahuli lies in its verb. A number
of questions suggest themselves to which I am not at present able to
give an answer. Thus there seem to be two forms of the Present and
Imperf. Indie, each tense having a form connected with the Infin.,
and one connected with the Future, thus: — tezl, strike, beat, (Infin.),
Fut. temog. The Present tense has tgzado and temado, Imperf. tEzadeg
temadey.
kurz, say, Fut. ko {hog). Pres. Ind. kurado, kuado, Imperf.
I
kuradeg, kuadeg. Tn the case of the Verb plpi, arrive, Fut. pipo (pipog)
we have in addition to Pres. pipnJo, and Iraperf. plpadeg, forms from
some other root pljtdo, and pljideg.
The questions suggest themselves — are the forms derived from
the Infin. and the Future identical in meaning or not ? Should we ex-
pect to find them in every verb ?
Tlie Past is even more intei'esting. Tt appears to have seven forms,
ending in -teg, -deg or -deg, -ta, -da, -do, -to, and a shorter form ending
in -g. Thus we have : —
from kuri, say, kuleg, knta, knlg, I said.
„ Ihai, do, Ihateg, IhSg {Ihadeg is probably Imperf.).
„ randl, give, randSg, randa, reg.
„ pipt, arrive pig.
„ shlzl, take away, shlda.
„ ihi, go, ideg, idd.
,, shuhl, become, shutSg, sh/iito.
There is even another form in -ga as khosiga from khosi, be obtained.
We have also re from randi, give. Have all these forms the same
meaning, or do they really repi^esent different tenses ?
The rules for the formation of the negative ai^e sometimes very com-
plicated, or the formation is very irregular. The general rule is that
the negative is formed in the Imperat. by prefixing tha and in other
tenses by prefixing ma, but we have : —
net, I shall know, maierjg, I shall not know.
ideg, I went, neg. tggiemu.
dapog, I shall fall, neg. ma dag.
abog, I shall come, neg. marjg.
ll, go (Imperat.) neg. thel.
adani, come (Imperat, plur.) neg. thUdani.
In iggiemu, I did not go, and dggemu, I did not come, (from andeg
I came), the ?na of the neg. seems to have been changed to mit and added
at the end.
It is worthy of note that the agent case of the subject is employed
with every tense and mood of transitive verbs.
Some of the final consonants, particularly the letter g, are frequently
pronounced so faintly that it is almost impossible to say whether a word
ends in a vowel or a consonant. This doubt arises especially in the case
of the 1st Sing, of various tenses. Possibly in some cases it is equally
correct to insert and to omit g.
An examination of the grammatical forms of Camba Lahu]i which
are given in their place will, it is trusted, reveal many points, in addition
to those mentioned above, which are linguistically of the highest
VI
interest, and which are worthy of full investigation. Tlie grammar of
Laliuli has an Aryan air about it, although the vocabulary is Tibeto-
Himalayan. It might be equally correct to class it as an Aryan
language.
In the Census of 1901 the number of speakers retui'ned for the
Camba dialects was as follows: — Cameali, 37,433; Curahi, 26,859;
Bharraauri or Gadi 26,361; Bhotia 24,299; Paqgwali, 4,156; Lahuli
1,543. It is probable that the Bhateali speakers are included under
Cameali ; the figures returned under Bhotia seem quite incorrect.
There is no literature in any Camba dialect except CamSali, in
which the Gospels of Matthew (out of print), Mark and John, the
Sermon on the Mount and the Ten Commandments have been printed.
The Gospel of Luke is ready for the press. The character used is a
slightly adapted form of Takri.
The system of transliteration adopted in the t'ollowidg pages is that
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, c stands for the sound of ch in child,
ch being its aspirate, sh is sh in shout, while in sh the s and h, are
separate ; a, e, denote a, e followed by nasal n, and so for other vowels ;
r) denotes the sound of ng in singing, i is a sound mid-way between *
and'f, « in italics occurring in a word in ordinary type denotes the
sound half-way between w and fi, and ew in italics denotes the short
sound corresponding to eu.
In conclusion, I have to express my cordial thanks to the Rev.
Sohan Lai, of the Church of Scotland Mission in Camba, for most valu-
able assistance, very willingly given, in connection with the Oameaji
dialect. In following his authority one cannot go wrong. If there are
ir\istakes under the heading of Cameali the responsibility is mine. To
Dr. Hutchison of Camba I am indebted for much personal kindness
while engaged in this work. He lent me a copy of the palpable of the
Prodigal Son in Camba Lahuli, which he had in his possession, and
which, although differing considerably fi'om the translation here given,
was of assistance to me in making it.
The enlightened ruler of Camba, H.H. Raja Bhuri Singh, CLE.
lays all visitors to his territories under a debt of gratitude. In this
work his assistance was invaluable, as he placed his servants and his
subjects at my disposal, and in every way showed the deepest and
most cordial interest.
T. Grahame B41LET,
January 30th, 1903. Wazirabad.
CHAMBA DIALECTS.
NODNS.
Masculine.
Nouna in -a.
Sing.
Plur.
N.
glior-a, horse
-e
G.
-e ra
-&a, ra
D.A.
-e jo
-eS jo
L.
-e bice
-65 bice
Ab.
-e kacha
-ea kacha
Ag.
-e
-eS
V.
-e
Nouns in Consonant.
-65
N.
ghar, house
ghar
G.
ghar-e ra
„ -§ ra
D.A.UAb.
-a jo, &c.
&e.
Ag.
-e
-s
V.
ghar
-6
So also babb, father.
Nouns in -i.
N,
hath -i, elephant
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &c.
-i§ ra, &c.
Ag.
-ie
-in
V.
-ia
-io
Nouns in - u, biccu, scorpion, are declined like hathi, u taking the
place of f.
nS or na, name, has G. Sing, nae ra, N. PI. nS or na G. PI. naS ra
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
Sing.
Plur.
N.
kur -i, girl
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &c.
-iS ra, &c
Ag.
-ie
-ig
V.
-ie
-io
Gameali.
Nouns in Consonant,
Sing.
N". bailin, sister
G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag. bailm -i ra, &c.
V. -i
ga, cow, is thus declined —
N. ga.
G.D.A.L.Ab. ga -i ra, &c.
As. -ie
Plur.
baihn -i or -I
-i or -3 ra, &c.
-o
ga
-iS ra, &c,
-18
dhlii, daughter, bas oblique dhlua.
Many proper nouns, especially less common ones, and many/ of tbe
less common foreign words, such as Hindi religious terms, inflect in the
Singular the Genitive and Agent cases alone.
Personal Prong
UNS.
Sing.
1st
2nd
3rd
eh, this.
N.
hau
tu
se,
eh
G.
mera
tera
usera
isera
D.A.
minjd
tijo
us jo
is jo
L.
mai manjh,
tai manjh.
., manjh,
„ manjh
bice
bice
bice
bice
Ab.
„ or mere
kacha
tai or teie
kacha
„ kacha
„ kacha
Ag.
mal
tai
Plur.
uni
ini
N.
asi
tusi
se
eh
G.
hamara
tumhara
unhera
inhera
D.A.
asS j5
tusS jo
unhS jo
inliS jo
L. ,
„ manjh, bice
,, manjh, bice
,, manjh, bice
„ manjh, bic(
Ab.
„ kacha
„ kacha
„ kacha
„ kacha
Ag..
asS
Interrog
tusI
unhS
Pronouns.
inhS
ATiVE Relative
Sing.
Plur.
N. kun, who P
G. k usera.
D.A.L.Ab. kusjo, &c.
Ag. kuni
je, wlio kun je
jisera, kunhera jinbera
jis jo, &c. kunlig jo, &c. jinhS jo, &c.
jini kunhS jinha
Oameali.
Kotf any one, some oue, has Geu. ktisiau ra, or kusio ra, Agent
Teunlaii.
Kai, what ? Gen. Icudhera ; Oblique Icail (e.rj. kait kane).
Other pronouns kicch, something, anything; sabhh, all ; hor, other;
sahhh koi, everyone ; je koi, wlioever, je kicch, whatever ; sabbh has Ob-
lique sahbhnl', hor has Oblique Plur. horni or hdrnh%.
Emphasis is expressed by the addition of -id, -loi, -iau or -iaul.
(The first i is sometimes short), thus : — seioi or oloi, that very one ; eloif
this very one; usio, usidi, that very one (Oblique); unlaui, that very
one (Agent.)
Ajpu or ayu, is a Reflexive Pronoun, meaning myself, ourselves,
yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself, themselves, and is indecl.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives qualify-
ing nouns are not declined unless they end in -a, in which case they have
Sing. Obi. -e, PI. -e throughout, and Fem. -1, both Sing and Plur. It
sliould be remembered that the Genitives of Nouns and Pronouns are
adjectives coming under this rule.
Compainson is expressed by means of Icachd, from, than, thus : —
khara, good; «s kacha khara, better than he; sabhni kacha khara,
better than all, best.
The following forms are worth noting: —
Demonstrative, ideha, like this or that ; itua ; so much or many.
Correlative. tideha, like this or that ; titna, so much or many.
Interrogative. kideha ) . •
1 i_i _ f jike what ? kitna, how much or many r
jideha. ) .. _ ,
Belative. kusdeha ) '^^^ ^^'"^ ' ^'^^^' ^' ^''^^ °'" "^^"y*
Delia, is sometimes added to other words as dhakhdehS,, a little, &c.
Jiha is used with the Oblique of nouns, and pronouns to express Z^A;e,
as gliorejlha, like a horse, in the manner of a horse.
Adverbs.
Many Adjective are used as Adverbs ; when soused they agree witli
the subject. The following is a list of the most important Adverbs
other than Adjectives.
Gameall.
th
en
abe, now
us wakt
us belle
kakhni
kadhari
jakhni,
ajj, to-day
kal, to-morrow, yesterday
when ?
when
itte
idi
utte
udi
kute
kudi
jitte
jidi
[ here
> there
^ where ?
>• where
idha tikar, up to this, to such an
extent,
Tcudha tikar, up to where ?
jidha tikar, up to where
udha tikar, up to there
idha, kudha, jidha, udha kacha,
fi-om here, where ? where,
there.
Time.
parsu, day after to-morrow or day
before yesterday.
cauth, day after day after to-
morrow, or day before day be-
fore yesterday.
kadi, sometimes, ever.
kadi na, never.
kadi na kadi, sometimes.
bhiaga, in the morning.
Place,
kudi jo, whither ?
titte, tidha, tidi, there, (correla-
tive, see below.^
kutiaii, any where,
uppar, up
ihik
jhikle kanare
nere, nir, near,
dur, far.
agge, in front,
picco, behind,
andar, inside,
bahar, outside,
manjhate, in the middle.
cauhni kanare ) n -j
b kkh' \ °°^'' sides.
Xdowi
»»
tittSy tidha, tidi, are correlative forms corresponding to jittB, jidha
j'idt.
From the forms idha, kudha, &c., interesting Adjectives are-
constructed, as kudhera, or kudha ka, of where ? belonging to where ?
idhera, of here, belonging to here.
Other Adverbs are —
ki
kin jo
kus kari
kih^
1
a
kiha kari
is kari
is karn
is galla kari )
J>why ?
Thow?
1
for this reason.
ihi
ihg kari
is riti kane
tiha,
tihs kari
us riti kane
jihg
jihS kari
in this manner.
in that manner.
in which manner.
Cameali.
ta, then (of reasoning; Panjabi te; juf^ti ")
Hindi to.) jugti kaii i well,
taule quickly Pg<^i ^^^^ J
acancak\ , , , ^^^ jes,
acanak J-su^denly. „g,,|^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^
tabartor, at once, quickly ati, veiy.
nirale manjh, in private, sepa-
rately.
Prepositions.
The principal Prepositions are the following. The same word is
frequently both a Preposition and an Adverb.
ra (PI. re,/, ri) of babat, about, (tai or teri babat,
jo, to about thee.)
bicc_ "^ sahi, like (as§ sahi, like us. )
manjh^ Wn. wirodh, against.
T^'i^^f , 1 -^ .1, ^""^^^ ^"1"^^ *°' (^sere tulea, equal
kacna, rrom, trom beside, than, ^.^ jjj^ \ ^
par, on the other side. barobar equal to, (tus§ or turn-
war on this side, hare bar5bar, equal to you.)]
kacn, beside (mai kach, beside akkhi bakklii "^ " /'
me.) ure pare |rouud about,
kane, with, (maikane, with me.) kauare, towards, (unliere kanare
t'a^^^ Tfor, (usere tikar, for towards them)
|,ju,,) prant, after,(udha prant, after it.)
heth, under. ' '^"^' ^^""^P^' ^^^^^^^ ("^^re sawa,
except me. )
uppar, upon. ^ ^
The suflBx ~n frequently expresses the idea of from, as :
kach, beside ; kacha, from beside, from.
hicc, in ; bicca, from in, from among.
manjh, in ; inavj'ha, minjha, from in, from among.
bakkhi, side ; hakkha, from the side of.
Conjunctions.
The commonest are : —
ate, and. bhae
par, but. bhala k
je, if. ji^ia je, as if.
kiha kari, because. jibi kari, in order that,
ts bhi, nevertheless. ki, that, or.
ki J-although.
Gameali.
The Verb.
Auxiliary Verb.
Pres. Aux. I am, &c. hai liai hai hin hin hin
Pres. Aux. I was, &c. tliiya tliiya tliiya thije thije thiye
Fern, thi, throughout.
Intransitive Verbs.
tirna, fall.
Pres. Cond. I may fall, &c., tir-5 -e -o (or-e) -3 -a -an
Fut. tir-la -la -la -le -le -le
Fern. tii'li
Imperat. tir -tira
Indef. Indie, or Past Cond. tir-da -da -da -de -de -de
Fern, -di
hai Plur. tirde hin.
thiya Plur. tirde thiye.
/. tiri Plur. tire /. tiri
hai Plur. tire hin.
thiya Plur. tire thiye.
Participles tirda, falling ; tirea, fallen ; tirora, in the state of having
fallen; tifi hart, having fallen; tirde hue, while falling; tirnewdla,
faller or about to fall; tirde i, falling.
Verbs in general are very regular but some are slightly irregular.
po -a -a — n.
Pres. Ind.
Sing.
tirda
Imperf.
Sing.
tirda
Past. Ind.
Sing.
tirea
Pres. Perf.
Sing.
tirea
Pluft.
Sing.
tirea
piina, pauna, fall.
Pres. Cond.
poa
poe p6
Fut.
pola
Imperat.
VO
poa
Indef. Ind.
pSda
Past. Ind.
Sing
pea /.
Plur. pe /. pei
Participles jpSfirt, falling; pelkari, havin<^ fallen ; peora, in the state
of having fallen ; punewala, faller, about to fall.
huna, be, become,
hoe ho hoa hoi hun
hOa
Pres. Cond.
hoi
Fut.
hola
Imperat.
ho
Indef. Ind.
hunda
Past Ind.
hua
«f>:«l
Cameali.
ind come.
Pres. Cond. iS iye iyo (iye) iS ia in
Fut. ila
Imperat. a ia
Indef. Ind. inda
Past Ind. aya /. ai PI. ae /. ai
Participles, aiA;an, having fallen; achora or aora, in the state of
having come.
J ana, go
Pres Cond. j§ jae jao (jae) jS ja jan
Fat. jalla
Imperat. ja ja
Indef. Ind. janda
Past Ind. Sing, gea /. gei PI. ge /. gei.
Participles gachora, geora, in the state of having gone.
rehna, I'emaiu.
Pres. Cond.
rehS, &c.
3rd plur, raihn.
Fut.
raihla
Imperat.
raih
reha
Past Ind.
reha
Participle
rehora, in
the state of having remained.
haihna, sit.
Pres. Cond.
behS
Fut.
bailila
Imperat.
baih
b§ha
Past Ind.
baitha
Participle
bathoi-a, in
I the state of having sat, seated.
Transitive Ybrbs.
maxn^, beat.
Marna is conjugated exactly like tirna, but in the past tensed, like
all other transitive verbs, has a special construction.
Past. Ind. marea agreeing with the object of the verb.
Pres. Perf. marea hai „ „ ,, ,, „ ,,
Plupf. marea thiya ,, „ „ „ „ „
When the object is governed by the preposition jo, the verb does
not agree with it, but remains in the masculine singular form.
8
(Jamealz.
Passive.
The Passive is expressed by the Past Partic. marea, with the
required tense of jan^, go, the veib agreeing with its nominative, thus
hau man j'alU, I ( / ) shall be beaten or killed.
The following are slightly irregular : —
khdnd, eat.
Pres. Cond. kht khae, &c. 1st PI. khS.
Indef. Ind. khanda.
Past Ind. khaya.
pindf drink.
Indef. Ind. pinda.
Past. Ind. pita.
dend or daind, give.
Pres. Cond. 3rd PI. din.
Indef. Ind. diuda.
Past Ind. ditta.
lend or laind, take.
Pres. Cond. 3rd PI. lin.
Indef. Ind. linda.
Past Ind. lea.
galdnd, say, speak.
Pres. Cond. gal§, galae, &c. 1st PI. gall.
Indef. Ind. galanda.
Past Ind. galaya.
chuhnd, fouch.
Past. Indie. chuhta.
karnd, do.
Past. Ind. kitta,
leiind, bring, and leljdnd take away, are conjagated like ind and
jdnd and are treated as Intransitive Verbs.
It will be noticed that —
i. Verbs whose stem (formed by dropping the nd of the Infin.) ends
in a vowel, or a vowel followed by 7i, add n to the stem
before the dd of the Indef. Indie, and Pres. Part, as khnna
khdndd, galdnd galdndd.
ii. Verbs whose stem ends in d or ah tend to shorten d to a in the
Past. Indie., e.g., galdnd galayd. khand khayd, uthdnd tithdyd,
hanand banayd, cdhnd caked.
Cameali.
Such verbs generally drop the fl of the stem before the a of the
1st Sing, and 1st- Plur. Pres, Cond. thus —
gala for galaa, ja for jaa.
Habit or continuance is expressed either by the Past Partic. with
the required tense of karna, do, in which case the Past Partic. is indecl.
or by the Pres. Partic. with rehna, remain. In the latter case both
verbs agree with the nominative. Thus : —
se pea kardci hai, he is in the habit of falling.
se pea kardl hai, she is in the habit of falling.
se f-udl raihndl Jia'i, she continues falling, she is always falling.
Very interesting examples of what appears to be the organic
passive in i are found in some verbs, e.g., cahfda hai, from cohna^ wish,
it is needed or fitting or necessary ; samjlndd hai, from samryVma, under-
stand, it is understood, &c. Cahiyo generally stands for the Hindi
cShiye.
In Cameali practically every Infinitive is pronounced with cerebral
n, the ending being na. In Panjabi after r, r, rh, rh, and in some parts
of the Panjab after I, n is changed to 71. In Urdu there is no cerebral »
Numerals.
Cardinal.
1— ikk.
2— do.
3 — trai.
4 — caur.
5 — panj.
6 — chi .
7 — satt.
8— atth.
9 — nau.
10 — das.
11 — yara.
12 — bara.
13 — tehra.
14 — Cauda.
15 — pandra.
16 — sola.
17 — satara.
18 — athar?.
2
19 — unni.
20— bill.
27— satai.
29 — unattri.
30— trih.
37 — satattri
.39 — untali.
40 — cali.
46 — chatali.
47 — satali.
49 — anunja.
50 — panjah.
53 — trapunja.
57 — satunja.
59 — unalit.
60— satth.
67 — sataht.
69 — unh attar.
10
Gameall.
70 — sahattar.
77 — sathattar.
79 — unasi.
80 — asi.
87 — satasi.
89 — uaanfie.
90 — nabbe.
97 — sataniie.
100 — sau,
200 — do sau.
900 — tiau sau.
1000— hajar.
100,000— lakkh.
1st, paihla.
2nd, duwwa.
3rd, triyya.
4tli, cautha.
5tli, panjuS.
ik wex'i, once,
do weri, twice,
paihli weii> first time,
duwwi weri, second time,
do guna, two fold.
trai guna, three fold,
addha, half.
Ordinal, 8fc.
{chatlia.
cbathua.
7th, satua.
10th, dasul.
50tli, panjahuS.
daidh, 1|.
paune do, 2|.
sawa do, 2j.
dhai, 2i
sadlie caur, 4|.
ikk pao, i-
4-
trai cauthai -
It should be noted that in sathattar, seventy-seven, the t and h are
pronounced separately. The word is sat-hattar, not sa-thathar.
Ordinal numerals are ordinary Adjectives declined like Adjectives
in -a ; those ending in -a retain their nasalization when inflected.
Even cardinal numbers ai'e generally inflected when used with
nouns in an oblique case. Thus the inflected form of do is dauh, of trai
trazh, of caur cauli, of chl chia.
There is still a further inflection sometimes seen in the Locative case,
as cauhni bakkhz, on four sides, all round.
to, is sometimes added for emphasis, dolo, the two of them.
Sentences.
1. Tera n§ kai hai ? What is thy name ?
2. Is ghore ri kitni umr hai ? How much is the age of this horse ?
3. Idha kacha Kashmir (or Kashmira) tikar kitng {or kitni) dtir
hai ? From here to Kashmir how far is it ?
4. Tere babbe re ghare kitne puttar hin ? How many sons are
there in your father's house ?
11
Cameuli.
6. Hau ajj bare dura kaclaa handi aya. I today from veiy far have
walking come.
6. Mere cace ra puttar useri bailini kane bihora bai. My uncle's
son is married to (with) his sister.
7. Ghare hacche (or citte) gliore ri kathi hai. In the house is the
white horse's saddle.
8. Useri pitthi par katlii kasa. Upon its back bind the flarldle.
9. Mai asere puttra jo mate korre mare. I beat his .son much.
10. Se parbate ri coti uppar gai bakri carda hai. He on the hill's
top is grazing sheep and goats.
11. Se us bute he^h gliore uppar bith5ra hai. He under that tree is
seated on a horse.
12. Usera bhai apni baihni kacha bara hai. His brother is bigger
than, his sister.
13. Usera mul dhai rupayye hai. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mera bab us nikke ghara andar raihnda hai. My father lives
in that small house.
15. Usjo eh rupayya del dea. Give him this rupee.
16. Se rupayye us kacha lei lea. Those rupees take from him.
17. Usjo jugti mari kari jori kane bannha. Having beaten him well
tie him with a rope.
18. Khulie kacha pani kaddha. From the well draw water.
19. Mere i\gge cala. Walk before me.
20. Kusera kola tere picco iii rehora hai ? Whose boy is coming
behind thee ?
21 Se tusS kus kacha muUe lea ? From whom didst thou buy that?
22, Grae re ikk hatwanie kacha. From a shopkeeper of the village.
VOCABDLARY.
{Ghiefly Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.)
adr, i-espect, honour. anhSna, impossible.
agrina, meet. athwara, week.
akar, image, resemblance. auhri, mustard.
akarn, unreasonably, causelessly. bab, babb, father.
aklibala, wise. bachora, separation, division.
alakh, lazy. . baghear, wolf.
amma, mother. bahna, throw (net, <&c.).
anda, egg. baihn sister.
anek, many. baihna, sit.
annhi, storm. bail, ou.
12
CameaU.
baijni, purple.
bakhera, dispute.
bakra, /. ( -i) goat.
bal, hair.
ban, jangle.
bana, sow.
banana, make.
banaut, making, making up. -
banda, open, openly.
bandna, divide.
bani, voice.
bannhna, biud.
bara, big.
barb, year.
bari, garden.
barkhia, rain.
barnan, account, story.
bataibra, builder.
batliri, kind of fine cloth.
batolua, gather.
batt, way.
bauS, left (hand).
bela, feeble.
ber, delay, length of time.
besudhh, mad.
bhai, brother.
bhair, (ai short) bher, sheep.
bha], expectation.
bhandar, treasury.
bhandavi, master of ceremonies.
bhauna, break.
bhar, load.
bharori, sheep pen.
bhati, manner.
bhawikhyatbakta, prophet.
bhawikhyatbani, prophecy.
bhiag, morning.
bhrabu, red bear.
bhramana, lead astray.
bhuiS, on the ground.
bhukhana, light (fire).
bhumi, bit of land.
bi, seed.
biar, wind.
biari, evening meal.
bibastha, law.
bihalna, seat.
billa (/-i) cat.
binnhna, piei'ce.
bisram, rest, Saturday.
bolna, say, speak.
buddhiman, wise.
buhar, custom, tradition.
bujjhna, understand, ascertain.
bunna, weave.
bura, bad, ugly.
buta, tree.
cahrhna, raise, shut (of door).
cakki, mill.
call jana, go away.
candarma, moon,
carna, graze.
carna, cause to graze,
caskna, be angry.
ceta, remembrance.
cliail, beautiful.
Qhah, buttermilk.
chal, deceit.
chala, jump.
chali, wave.
chama karna, forgive.
chatti, roof.
chekna, tear.
chikna, pull, draw.
chinn bhinn karna, scatter.
chuhna, touch.
cicalna, call out.
cind, cinda, noise, shout.
cinh, sign.
cirn, little bird.
cor, thief.
corna, steal.
cugana, cause to graze.
cug^a, choose, graze.
Cameali.
13
dan, gift.
dand, tooth.
dand, ox.
dand, punishment.
dandwat, entreaty.
darati, sickle.
darja, river.
deh, body.
dena, give.
dhakh, a little, gently, slowly.
dhalakna, move away, be pushed
away,
dhami, feast,
dhan, herd, flock,
dharas bannlina, be cheerful,
dhaula, white (of hair.)
dhehna, fall,
dhiu, daughter,
dhramna, tread upon,
dlirumna, draw,
dhuna, wash,
dhupp, sunshine,
dhur, dust,
dikkhna, see, look,
din, day.
dind, dinda, noise, shout,
diuta, lampstand.
dokh, dos, accusation, blame,
duar, door.
duata, where two ways meet,
dubhda, doubt,
dubna, cover,
duddh, milk,
duggha, deep,
duprani, pregnant,
durgandh, stench,
ga, cow.
gadha, ass.
galana, say, speak,
gandhna, knot,
garthi, shirt, coat,
ghar, house.
gharna, carve, engrave.
gliat karna, kill.
ghati, watch.
gheu, ghi.
ghora (f-i) horse.
ghrina, go down (sun, etc.)
gri, village.
gual, gualu, shepherd.
guana, lose.
gundaa, weave, plait.
guppha, cave.
gupt, secret.
hacclia, white.
hakh, eye.
hakka, noise, call.
halka, small.
hal jotarna, plough.
halla, crowd.
liarna, be defeated.
hathi, elephant.
hati ina, return.
hatia, murder.
hatna, turn, turn back.
hatth, hand.
hesa, part.
himmat, daring, courage.
hil5lna, shake.
liiund, winter.
hotla, stammerer.
hiina, be, become.
idi udi, here and there, scattered.
ill, kite.
ina, come.
jagat, boy.
jahal, ignorant.
jal, net.
jalha, dumb.
jalna, be burned.
jamna, bear, be born.
jana, go.
jarjgh, leg. [procession.
jauetar, member of marriage
14
janht, knee.
3 anna, know.
jas, respect, honour.
jhalora, mad.
jliambna, dust.
jhari, rain.
jibbli, tongue.
jimi, ground.
y.ttna, win.
juta, shoe.
kabulna, accept.
kacla, soft.
kahana, be called.
kahu, olive tree.
kalam, pen.
kalotti, black bear.
kanak, wheat.
kandl.a, edge, border
kann, ear.
kanneS, girl.
kar, toll.
karna, do.
kast, ti-ouble.
katbor, hard.
katborta, hardness,
katthan, difficult.
kes, bair.
khakh, cheek.
khalarna, stretch, spicad
khana, eat.
khara, good.
kharS buna, stand.
khei, rust.
khettar, field.
khijna, be tired.
kbindna, spread.
khita dena, hasten, run.
khokh, bosom. ^ ^■'
khuana, cause to eat, feed.
kbuhna, pluck.
khulhna, be opened.
khusna, seize.
x-*"-..
killa, alone.
kilna, nail.
kittba, together.
kola, boy.
konial, meek.
kororna, hew.
kukkar, (/. kukkri,) cock.
kukkri, maize.
kumana, complete, do.
kuna, corner.
kund, pond, pool.
kuri, girl.
kusuthra, ugly.
kutta (/.-i) dog.
lakk, waist.
lamme puna, lie down.
lara, bridegroom, husband.
lari, wife, bride.
larna, fight.
lata, lame.
lata phata, property, goods.
leha, insect that destroys cloth.
lena, take.
letna, lie down.
likkhna, write.
liptani, rolling.
loba, iron,
lop karna, disregard (law, &c.).
lukna, hide oneself, be hidden.
lunai-i, reaping.
luqg, blade (of grass, etc.).
lunka, salted.
lunna, reap.
macchi, fish.
maihma, honour, glory.
niakbir, honey.
mandli, = moudli.
manliS, man.
mani, measure.
manja, bed.
mard, man.
mar^a, die.
15
Cameali.
marna, beat.
mas, meat.
mata, intention, advice.
mats, much.
megh, rain.
mel, connection, meeting.
mhai, buffalo.
milna, meet, &c.
mittha, sweet.
mondli, assembly, meeting.
mora, dead.
mall, face.
mugtiari, abundance.
mukaina, refuse, deny. .
mund, head.
nadi, stream.
naggar, city.
nahitlia huna, stoop*
nakk, nose.
nal, stream.
nar, male.
narl, female.
nhasna, run.
nijor, weak.
otli, lip.
pacheanna, recognise^
padlira, plain, level.
pain da, way.
painna, sharp.
pair, foot.
palan karna, keep, preserve.
paletna, wrap.
pandori, foot (of bed, &e.).
pani, water.
paraiilina, guest.
parbat, hill.
parhna, read,
parkhna, try, tempt.
parkliiini, trial, temptation.
parnam karna, bow down.
parol, door.
pasac, viricked spirit.
patar, vessel.
pathieala, stony.
patka, girdle.
pet, stomach.
phfigura, fig tree.
plieliu, fox.
piana, cause to drink.
pina, drink.
pir, pain.
pirhi, generation.
pinda, body.
pitth, back.
phal, fruit.
phiri ina, return,
pothi, book.
puhal, puhalu, shepherd.
pujeala, priest, worshipper.
pujiina, rub, wipe.
pujjna, arrive.
punruthna, resurrection.
puna, fall.
pur, upper or lower millstone.
puttar, son.
puttri, daughter.
racna, make, produce.
rachia, protection.
rakkhna, place.
ralana, mix.
ralna, be united, meet.
randi riini, widow.
rarhna, be angry.
rat, night.
rehna, remain.
rikkh, black bear.
roti, bread, food.
rukkh, tree.
rulkana, roll.
runa, ciy.
rurhna, flow, be poured.
sadna, call.
saf, clean.
sahaita, help.
16
Gameali.
saTna, large number of men.
sakhna, empty.
samadh, grave (particularly of
Hindus).
sar)ga|, chain.
santan, offspring.
sapha, foam.
sar, head.
sarhana, head (of bed, &c.).
saith, sign.
sasu, mother-in-law.
sauhra, father-in-law.
serna, moisten, wet.
sewa, service,
shaihr, city.
siana, intelligent.
sihi, leopard.
sit, cold.
sikholna, teach.
sikkliia, knowledge.
sikkhna, learn.
silla, ear (of corn, &c.)
sinna, knead.
sirual, hair.
sobhna, please.
sog, lamentation, sadness.
sogi, sad.
sohara, husband.
sokkar, ox.
sothi, stick.
srap dena, curse.
suhta, spring (of water).
sujakha, able to see.
sukhala, easy.
sumti, circumcision (from sunnat).
suna, sleep.
sunana, cause to hear, relate.
sundai% beautiful.
sunna, desert.
sunna, hear.
suphal, advantageous.
sur, pig.
suraj, sun.
taihl, service.
takna, bow.
takrai", confession, agreement.
tali, piece of cloth.
tara, star.
tatta, hot.
taul, quickness.
taula, quick.
tauna, deaf.
tear, ready. .
tel, oil.
thakna, blame, rebuke.
thauda, cold.
thind, ignorant.
thora, little.
tiagna, leave, give up, divorce.
tirna, fall.
topna, look for.
trakta, leaven.
trihna, thirsty.
tucch karna, despise.
tunda, armless.
ubherna, rip open, rip.
ubhreua, incite.
ucana, raise.
ucca, high.
udhrar, tear.
ugrahna, collect (taxes, &c.).
ulamha, reproach.
updrab, oppression.
urnu, lamb.
"at, camel.
utthna, rise.
wairi, enemy.
warna, enter.
fBHATEALI.
Noons.
Masculine.
Nouns in-a.
Singular.
Plural,
N.
ghor-a, horse
-§
G.
-§da
-e§ da
D.A.
-e kea or ki
-e§ kea or ki
Loc.
-e bice
-ea bice.
Ab.
-e kacba or kicba
-eS kacha or kicha
Ag.
-ai or -%
-ea
V.
-ea
Nouns in Consonant.
-eo
N.
gbar, house
ghar
G.D.A.L.Ab.
ghar-e da, &c.
ghar-l, &e.
Ag.
-ai or-e
-a
V.
-a
Nouns in-i.
-0
N.
hath-i, elephant
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i da, &c.
-i§ da, &c.
Ag.
-laT or ie
-iS
hdbh, father, is declined like ghar.
na, name, is indecl.
Nouns in -m, such as biccH, scorpion, hindil, Hindu, ave declined
like hathi (Ag. hiccHaz, &c.).
Feminine,
Nouns in-i.
N.
kur-i, daughter, girl
-ia
G.D..AL.Ab.
-ia da, &c.
-ia da, &c
Ag.
-ia
-ii
V.
-ie
-is
3
18
Bhafeali.
Nouns in Consonant.
N.
bbai
n, sister
-U or
-%
G.D.AL.Ab.
bbaia-u da, &e.
-3 or
-% da, &c.
Ag.
-u
-S or
-1
V.
-e or-XL
-5
gau, cow, is thus declined —
N.
gau
gaul
G.D.A.L.Ab.
gai
da, &c.
gaui da.
&c.
Ag.
gau
i
gang
Pronouns.
'
Singular.
•
1st
2nd
3rd
eh, this
N.
mai
tu
se
eh
G.
mera
tera
us da
is da
D.A.
mikea, miki
tukea, tuki
us, &c.
,, &c.
L.
mere bice
tuddh bice
•>
>»
Ab.
tnai or mere
kacha or kich
a
tai, tere kacha
or kicha
" .'
jj
Ag.
mai
tuddh, tai
Phiral.
unni
inni
N.
asS, asi
tusS, tusi
se
eh
a
sarii
tuhara, tusara
unhS da
inhg &
D.A.
asa kea, ki
tusa kea, ki
„ &c.
M
L.
„ bice
„ bice
!)
>I
Ab.
„ kacha, kicha
„ kacha, kicha
5>
55
Ag.
asi
tusS
unhi
inhS
kun, who ? has Obi. kus, Ag. hum.
je, who, which, has Obi. jis Ag. jiiii.
kya, what ? Gen. kaida.
Other pronouns are koi, someone, anyone, kicch, something, any-
thing, harkol, everjone,jekot, whosoever, /e kicch, whatsoever.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives quali-
fying nouns are indecl. except when they end in -a (/. -I). Then the^
19
Bhutefi]!.
are declined like masculine nouns in -a and femin. nouns in -i, as
hura jagat, bad boy. Ag. S. biiri jagntS, Gen. pi. burSd, jdgatB, dn.
Khan kuri, good girl, Gen. S. kharno kurln da,j5f/ate dea ghorca ked, to
the boy's horses.
Comparison is expressed by means of karha, from, than, as khaiil,
good, is kacha khard, better than this, sabhua kachd khara, better than
all, best.
Demonstrative.
Correlative.
Relative.
Interrogative.
inya, ?hS, like tinya, tili§, like kinya, kihS, like jinya, fih%, like
this that what ? which
itna, so much titna, so much kitua, how raucii jitua, as much
or many or manyj or many ? or many
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the
subject of the sentence.
The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than
adjectives : —
Time.
ibbe, now
us wele, then
kalhn, kadhari, when ?
jalhii, when
ajj, to-day
kal, to-morrow
parsu, day after to-morrow
cauth, day after that
picchllL kal, yesterday
kadi, sometimes, ever
kadi na, never
kadi na kadi, sometimes
Place.
itthe, here
utthe, there
kuthe, where ?
kutahS, whither ?
jitthe, where
itthe tikkar, up to this
itthl^kacha, from here
uppar, up
thalle, downj
nere, near
dur, far
agge, in front
picche, behind
andar, inside
bsihar, outside
Others are kait, why ; is galla, for this reason ; 7?a, yes ; neht, no
not; jugtl or jug ti karl, well ; khirdei, quickly; issd sahf, in this \Vay,
thus.
20
BhateMl.
Prepositions.
The commonesb prepositions have been, given in the declension of
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is often
both a preposition and an adverb.
par, beyond
w^ar, on this side
bice, in
uppar, upon
heth, below
tikkar, up to
mai kach, beside me
mai kanne, with ms
us waste, for him
till bakha, about thee
sare sahi, like us
ndhe parant, after it
ndhe ure pare, round about it
unhS de kanare, towards
them
mere sua, apart from me
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres.
I am, &n.
ha hai hai
h§ hg
han
Past
I was, &c.
Sing, tha f. thi
Plur. the
/. th!3
Pres. Cond.
Put.
Imperat.
Past Cond.
Pres. Ind.
Impf.
Past Indie.
Pres. Perf.
Plupf.
Parti c.
Intransitive Verbs.
paiigia, fall.
pau -5 -e — e -S (or -ie) -a -n
po -o:ha -gha -gha -ghe -ghe -ghe
paugha, &c.).
pau poa or pauo
ponda ( -i -e -iS)
-e -iS) with Pres. Aux, hs, &c.
-e -i§) „ Past. „ tha, &c.
PI. pe /. piyyi or peiS
(or
(
1
n ( -i
pea /. pel
pea hS, &c.
pea tha, &e.
pelkari, having fallen ; pelici, peUda, in the state of having
fallen; pauuda, falling; paunewala, faller, about to
fnll.
Some verbs have slight irregularities.
haui^a, be, become.
Put. huqgha
Imperat. ho hoa
Past Cond. hunda
21
Bhiifeali.
Past Ind. hoea /. hoi PI. hoo /. hoiS.
Paitic. hoi karl, having become
auna, come.
Fat. augha
Imperat. a aua
Past Cond. aunda
Past Ind. aya /. ai PI. ae /. ail
Paitic. nyddd, dynda, ahya, in the state of having come.
jana, go.
Pres. Cond. js jae jae jS or jaie jaa jan
Fut. jaqgha
Imperat. ja jaa 07- jao
Past Cond. janda
Past Ind. gea or ga /. gei PI. ge /. geia
Partic. geha oi' g&add, in the state of having gone
raihna, remain.
Pi'es. Cond. I'ehS raih§ raihe rehl or rehie reha raihn
Fut. raihijgha
Imperat. raih leha
Past Ind. reha
Partic. rehada, in the state of having remained
baihna, sit.
Pres. Cond. bauhs, &c.
Past Ind. baithea
Transitive Verbs.
mama, beat, in general like paund.
Fat. mahrgha
Past Cond. marda
Past Ind. agent case of sabject with marea, which agrees with subject
Pres Perf. ,, „ marea liai „ „
Plapf. „ „ marea tha „ „
Passive is formed by using mdred with the requisite tense of jdna,
go, as, m.at mdred jatjghd, I shall be killed.
The following are slightly irregular : —
kha^a, eat.
Past Cond. khanda
Past Ind. khadha
22
Past Cond.
pin da
Past Ind.
pita
Past Cond.
dinda
Put.
dir)gha
Past Ind.
ditta
Past Ind.
lea
Past Ind.
galaya
Past Ind,
kitta
Bhateali.
pina, drink.
dena, give.
laina, take.
galana, say, speak.
karna, or karna, do.
iBi auna, bring; lei jana, take away, are conjugated like
auna &ndjand.
List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.
bapu, baba, bawa, father,
amma, mother.
bhae, brother.
b5bbo, bebbe, elder sister.
bhain, younger sister,
puttar, son.
dhi, daughter,
khasm, lara, husband,
trimat, Jari, wife,
mard, man.
trimat, woman,
jagat, lauhra, boy.
kuri, girl.
gual, puhal, shepherd,
cor, thief,
ghor-a, horse,
-i, mare,
dand, ox.
gau, cow.
mhai, buffalo,
bakra, he-goat.
bakri, she-goat.
blied, sheep,
kutt-a, dog.
-i, bitch,
rikkh, bear,
sih, leopard,
bhagear, wolf,
khota, giidba, ass.
siir, pig.
knkk-ar, cock.
-ri, hen.
bill-a, cat (male).
-i, „ (female),
iit, camel,
pakhrii, bird,
ill, kite,
giddar, jackal,
hathi, elephant,
hattb, hand,
pair, foot,
nakk, nose,
hakkhi, eye.
mfih, mouth.
2H
Bhateali,
dand, tooth.
kann, ear.
siral, k§s, hair,
sar, head.
jibh, tongue.
pet, dhiddh, stomach.
pitth, back.
deh, body.
pothi, book.
kalain, pen.
manja, bed.
ghar, house.
darya, river.
nal, stream.
dhar, pahar, parbat, hill.
dhadd, precipitous slope.
padhra, plain.
khettar, field.
roti, bread.
pani, water.
kanak, wheat.
kukkri, maize.
rukkh, biita, tree.
girl, village.
saihr, city.
ban, jungle.
macchi, fish.
batt, way.
phal, fruit.
mas, meat.
diiddh, milk.
anda, egg.
gheo, ghi.
tel, oil.
chah, buttermilk.
dihari, day.
rat, night.
dihara, sun.
cann, moon.
tara, star.
bat, biar, wind.
b^rkha, rain,
dhup, sunshine.
nheri, storm.
bhar, load.
bi, seed.
loha, iron.
khara, good.
buia, bad.
badda, big.
lanhka, small.
susfc, lazy.
dana, hoshyar, wise.
nakara, foolish, ugly.
chora, swift.
painna, sharp.
ucca, high.
chail, beautiful.
thanda, cold.
tatta, hot.
mittha, sweet.
saf, clean.
tear, ready.
ghatt, little.
mata, much.
hauna, be, become.
auna, come.
jana, go.
bauhna, sit.
laina, take.
dena, give.
pauna, rirkna, fall.
utthna, rise.
khara hauna, stand.
dikkhna, see, look.
khana, eat.
pina, drink.
galana, say, speak.
sauna, sleep, lie down.
karna, karna, do.
raihna, remain. .
marna, beat.
pucheanna, recognise.
janna, know.
24
pujna, arrive,
nhasna, run.
nhasi jaaa, run away,
banana, make,
rakhna, place,
sadna, call,
sikkhna, learn,
parhna, read,
likkhna, write,
marna, die.
sunna, hear,
hatna, turn,
hati auna, return.
Bhateall,
bagna, flow.
lapna, fight.
jittna, win.
harna, be defeated.
calijana, go away.
rahna, sow.
dand jotne, plough.
khuaaa, give to eat.
piai.ia, give to drink.
sunana, cause to hear.
cugna, graze. ^
cugana, carna, cause to graze
Numerals.
Cardinal.
1— ik.
37 — satattri.
2 do.
39— untali.
3 — trai.
40 — call.
4 — caur.
47 — satali.
5 — panj.
49 — ununja.
6— chi.
50 — panj ah.
7 — satt.
57 — satunja.
8— atth.
59 — unahat.
9 — nau.
60— satth.
10— das.
67 — satahat.
11 — nyara.
69 — unhattav
12— bara.
70 — sahattar.
13 — tehra.
77 — sathattar
14 — Cauda.
79 — unassi.
15 — pandra.
80 — ass!.
16 — sola.
87 — satassi.
17 — satara.
89 — unanue.
18 — thara.
90— nabbe.
19 llTITli.
97 — satanuS.
20— bih.
100 — sau.
27 — satai.
200 -d5 sau.
29 — unattri.
1,000— hajar.
30 trihi.
100,000— lakkh.
25
BhafeSli.
Ordinal.
Jst, pailila.
2nd, diiwwa.
3rd, triyya.
4tli, cantha.
5th, panjuS.
Gtli, cliittlia.
7th, satuS.
10th, dasu§.
ik beii, once.
paihli beii, first time.
duwwi beri, second time.
addha, |.
paune do, If.
saua do, 2j.
dhai, 2i.
daidh, 1|.
sadhe car, 4^.
ik pa, i.
Sentences.
1. Tera nS ke hai ? What is thy name V
2. Is ghore di kitni umbar hai ? How much is this horse's age V
3. Itthe kacha (o?- itthii) Kashmir kitne dur hai? From here
how far is Kashmir ?
4. Tuare babbe de ghar kitne jagat ban ? In your father's house
how many sons are there ?
5. Mai ajj bare dura kacha {or dure kicha) haiidi aya. I to-day
from very far have walking come.
6. Mere cace da jagat usdi bhainii kane biaha hai. My uncle's
son with his sister is married.
7. Ghare hacche ghore di kathi hai In the house the white
horse's saddle is.
8. Usdia pitthi par kathi bannhi dea. Upon his back bind
the saddle.
9. MaT usda jagat mata marea. I beat his son much.
10. Se dhare de reha uppur gaul bakriS cuganda hai (or cugae
karda hai). He upon the hill's summit is grazing (or in the habit of
grazing) cows and goats.
11. Se us rukkhe heth ghore uppur baithea hai. He under that
tree on a horse is seated.
12. Udda bhai apnia bhenn (or bhena) kacha badda hai. His
brother is bigger than his sister.
13. Usda mul dhai rupayye hai. Its price is two and a half
rupees.
14. Mera bab (bapti) us halke ghare andar raihnda hai. My
father in that little house lives.
1 5. Uskea eh rupayye dei dea. To him these rupees give.
26
BhateSli.
16. Se rupayye us kacha lei lea. These rupees take from him.
17. Uskea jugti kari maro j5ria kanne banuho. Beat him well
and bind Lira with a rope.
18. Kliuhe kacha pani kaddlio. Draw water from the well.
19. Mai agge calo. Walk before me.
20. Kuda puttar tuare piccbe aunda hai ? Whose son is coming
behind you ?
21. Se tuddh kus kacha mulle lea hai? Erom whom liast thou
bought that ?
22. Girae de hatia bale kacha. From the shopkeeper of the
village.
CURAHI.
Nouns.
'
Masc.
Nouns in-a.
Sing.
Plur.
N.
ghor-a, horse
-e
G.
-e ra or ro
as Sing.
D.A.
-e ni
)>
L.
-e majh
>»
Ab.
-e kana
»
Ag.
-e
»>
V.
-ea.
Nouns in a Consonant.
-eo
N.
gbar, house
as Sing.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
ghar-e ra, &c.
» j»
Ag.
-e
Nouns in-i.
?> 5J
N.
hath-i, elephant
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &G.
-i ra, &c.
Ag.
-i
-ie
V.
-ia
-io
Nouns in w, such as biccu, scorpion, Jiindu, Hindu, are declined like
hathl. Bahb, father, is thus declined : —
N.
babb
as Sing.
G.
babb -e ra, &c.
»> 5J
D.A.L.Ab.
—a ni, &c.
» ?>
Ag.
-e
?i >>
V.
babb
babbo
', name has G.
nayye ra. PI. na, nayye.
Feminine.
Nouns in-i.
N.
kul-i, daughter
-i
G.D.A.L.Ab.
-i ra, &c.
-ia ra, &c.
A.G.
-ie
-ie
V.
-ie
-io
28
N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag.V.
Gurahl.
Nouns in Consonant.
bhin, sister
bbini, &c.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.
V.
dheu, daughter, is thus declined.
dhe-ii
-iia ro, &c.
-Tie
-lie
ga, cow.
N. ga
G.D.A.L.Ab. ga-i
Ag. -e
bhinj
-ue
-ua ro, &c.
-tie
-uo
ga-i
-ia, &c.
-ie
Note. — The postposition for of, when following a plural noun is
sometimes hard, instead of ro, thus gaia ham ghar, the cows' house. For
this kara cf. Bhadrawahi gJwre ru of a horse, gliora heru', of horses,
Bhalesi glioreu, ghor keu ; Padari gliorar, ghori Tear. This dependence of
the form of the genitive not merely on the word following but on the
word preceding is a characteristic of Kaslimiri and some neighbouring
languages.
Pronouns.
Sing.
1st
2nd
3rd
eh, this.
N.
au
tu
se
eh
G.
minda
tinda
usera
essera
D.A.
moni
tau ni
us ni
es (/. esse) ni
L.
mo majh
„ majh
„ majh
„ majh
Ap.
„ kana
„ kana
„ kana
„ kana
Ag.
m!
t!
uni
ini
N.
asse
tue
se
eh
G.
asra
tuara
unhera
inhera
D.A.
assu ni
tua ni
unha ni
inha ni
L.
„ majh
,, majh
„ majh
„ majh
Ab.
„ kana
,, kana
„ kana
„ .kana
Ag.
asse
tue
unha
inha
20
Cttrahi.
Sing. Plur.
N. kanii, who ? je, who ka nu jg
G. kosera jasoia kunhera jinhura
D.A.L.Ab. &c. kos, &c. jas, &c. kunha, &c. jinha, &c.
Ag. kuni jini kunlia jinha
kot, anyone, someone G. kiserd Ag. kcnni
kitil, what, G. kedrd
Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something, /e kO, whosoever,
je kicch, whatsover.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives
qualifying nouns have the following declensions : — All adjectives ending
in any letter other tlian-a, are indecl. Those ending in-a have Obi.
Sing. Masc.-e, Pl.-e, indecl. Fem.-f indecl. The genitives of nouns and
pronouns are adjectives coming under this rule.
Comparison is expressed by means of kand, from, than, used with
the positive : as, khard, good; es kand khard, better than tliis; sahhnd
kand khard, better than all, best.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Tielative.
itea, like this, utea, like that, kitea like what ? jitea like which,
etroyea, so much utrorea, so much ketrofea how much jetrorea as much
or many. or many. or many ? or many.
For numerals see at end of list of words.
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the
subject of the sentence.
The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than
adjectives.
Time.
ebbe, now cauthe, day after that
tidheo, then bi, yesterday
kidheo, when ? parhs, parshu, day before
jidheo, when. yesterday
ajj, to-day cauthe, day before that
dotte, to-morrow kidheo, sometimes, ever
parshu, day after to-morrow kidheo na, never
kidheo kidheo, sometimes
30
etthi, gfi, here
otthi, ten, there
koi, kori, where ?
jetthi, jeri, where
eri te!, np to here
erha, from here,
ubre, up.
Curcthi.
Place,
inde, down
nir, liidhe, near
dur, far
aggar, in front
picco, behind
antar, inside
beir, outside
Others are kelni, why ; es galla kari, for this reason ; jngie kari,
well, chili, quickly.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently
both a preposition and an adverb.
par, beyond
war, on this side
pran, upon
hetth, tale, below
majh, manjh, within
muh kane, beside me
mSh sariga, with me
nsere tei, for him
assii sahi, like us
unhere kanare, towards them '
usere ueiidi pendi, round about
it* , ■:.)
Verbs.
;'*
Auxiliary.
Pres.
I am, <fcc.
a (/. do.)
a or ate
a or ate
ate
Past,
I was
Sing thea
/. thie
PI. thie
f. thi
ate ate
Intransitive Verbs,
jharnu, fall.
Fat. jliari -ma (or -la) -la -la -me -le -le
Iraperat. jhar jhara
Past. Cond. jhan -ta /. -te PI. -te /. -ti
Pres. Ind. jharta aorajharta (f. jhartea, &c.) PI. jhartate or ate
jharte.
31
CiirSlii.
Impf. Ind. jliart -a thea (/. -e thie) PI. -e tliie /. -i tin
Past Ind. jliar -ea /. -e PI. -e /. -i.
Pres. Perf. jharea a, &c.
Plupf. jliarea tliea, &c.
Participle jharlo, falling ; j'hari J:ar!, having fallen ; jharorS, in tlie
state of having fallen, jharnehdla^ faller, about to
fall.
Some verbs have slight irregularties.
bhonii, be, become.
Put.
bho-ma -la -la, &e.
Past Cond.
bhonta
Past Ind.
bhoa /. bhoi
Pai'ticiple.
hhora, in the state of having become
ainu, come.
Put.
aima
Imper.
aeh aicha.
Past Cond. eita
Past Indie. yah /. yae PI. yae /. yai.
Participle atchl Icari, having come ; einebala, comer, about to come.
gahnhti, go.
Put. gammha or galha (/. -e) gallia f^alha, &c.
Imperat. gah gaha or gaa
Past Cond. gStha
Past Indie. gea /. gei PI. gee /. gel
Participle gahlhari, having gone; geord, in the state of having gone ;
gahnehala, goer, about to go
raihnhU, remain.
Fut. remha or relha relha lelha, &c.
Imperat. rehl rehi
Past. Cond. rehuta
Past. Ind. reha
beshnu, sit.
Put. beshma
Past Cond. be.shta
Past. Ind. betha
32
OuraJn.
Transitive Verbs.
xnanu, beat, almost exactly like jharnu.
Fut. malima or mamma or marela marela marela, &c.
Past Cond. mata (pronounced mat") .
Past Ind. raara, with agent case of subject, mara, agreeing with
object.
Pres. Perf. mara a, with agent case of subject, mara a agreeing with
object.
Plupf. mara thea, with agent case of subject, mara thea agreeing
with object.
Participle, marora, in the state of having been beaten.
The following are slightly irregular ; —
khann, eat, (in agreement with fem. noun khainl).
Past Cond. khSta /. khaiti
Past Ind. khau /. khai, PI. khao
penu, drink
Past. Cond. pita
Past. Ind. petu.
denu,|give.
Put. dema dela, &c.
Past. Cond. deta
Past Ind. ditta
lainu.
Fut. lemma lela, &c.
Past Cond. laita
Past. Ind. lea
Past. Cond. botta
Past Ind. bolu
bolnu, say, speak.
kahnu, do.
Fat. kahma
Pres. Ind. kahta a
Pastlud. kea
Participle keora, in the state of having been done.
jaEL^u, know.
Past Ind. janu
lei einti, bring and lei gahnhti, take away are like alnu and
galmlm.
83
CurShi.
The change otkhnnii to khnini, and khatd to khaiti gives us examples
oF that epenthetical vowel change so common in Kaslimiri. If wo count
from the South East, Cai-ahi is the first lani^uage (so far as I know)
that has this change. It becomes increasingly common as we go North
and West as, for example, in such dialects as Bhadrawahi, Paclari, Jam.mu
( Doda) Siraji,Rambani and Pogull, and finds its fullest development in
Kashmiri.
List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.
babb, father,
ma, mother,
bhae, bhaii, brother,
daiddi, elder sister
bhin, younger sister
puttar, son.
dheu, daughter,
munsh, husband,
jo, wife,
mardii, man.
tremat, woman,
gabhru, boy.
kuli, girl.
gual, pual, shepherd,
ghor-a, horse.
-i, mare,
dant, ox.
ga, cow.
mliai, buffalo,
bakr-a, he-goat.
-i, she „
bhradd, bheddu, sheep,
kutt-a, dog.
-i, bitch,
rikkh, bear,
sih, leopard,
brahg, mirg, panther,
gadha, ass.
kukkh-ar, cock.
— ri, hen.
bera-], cat (male).
-li, ,, (female).
ut, camel.
5
pakhru, bird,
ill, kite,
siali, fox.
hathi, elephant,
hatt, hand, .
paid, pair, foot,
nak, nose,
tir, akhri, eye.
muh, face..
dant, tooth,
kann, ear.
shirual, ke.sh, hair,
shir, head,
jibh, tongue,
pait, stomach. .
pitth, back,
pinda, body,
pothi, katab; book,
kalm, pen.
manja, bed.
ghar, house,
daryau, river. .
gadd, khol, stream,
dhar, hill,
padhr, plain,
patti, field,
roti, bread,
pani, water,
kinak, wheat,
kukhri, maize,
butt, tree,
gira, field,
naggar, qity.
..:..;)
34
GurShi.
ban, jungle,
machi, fish,
bat, way.
phal, fruit,
mas, meat,
duddh, milk,
andherii, egg.
gheu, ghi.
tel, oil.
cbab, buttermilk,
dib, day.
rat, night,
dih, surj, sun.
shukli, moon,
tara, star,
byar, wind,
jhari, maigh, rain,
dhup, sunshine,
bharotu, bbara, load,
bi, seed,
loha, iron
khara, good,
bura, bad.
badda, big.
mathra, small,
daliddri, lazy,
hosear, wise,
mara, ignorant,
taula, swift,
pina, sharp,
uthfa, high,
cbel, beautiful,
aira, ugly,
tbanda, cold,
tatta, hot.
mittha, sweet,
ujla, clean,
taiar, ready,
thora, little,
mata, much,
bhonii, be, become,
ainu, ainii, come.
gahnbu, go.
beshnu, sit.
laina, take.
dena, give.
jharnti, fall.
uthnu, rise.
kbare uthnu, stand up.
heina, look, see.
khan a, eat.
penu, drink.
bolna, speak.
kahnu, ,,
raihnbu, remain.
manu, beat,
paryanna, recognise.
janna, know.
pujna, arrive.
nashna, run.
nashi gahnbu, run away.
banana, make.
I'akhna, place.
bak pana, call.
milna, meet.
shikhrna, leavn.
parhna, read.
likhna, write.
marna, die.
shunna, hear.
hathna, tux'n.
call einti, return.
bbirna, fight.
jitna, win.
barna, be defeated.
call gahnbu, go away.
bana, bahna, sow.
dant jukarne, plough.
khalaiia, give to eat.
peoana, give to drink.
shunana, cause to hear.
carna, grave.
carna, cause to graze.
Curahi.
35
Numerals.
Cardinal,
1 — ak.
2— doi.
3 — trai.
4 — cour.
5 — panj.
6 — che.
7 — satt.
8— atth.
9 — nao.
10— dash.
11 — yahra.
12 — bahra.
J 3 — tehra.
14 — coudlia.
15 — pandhra.
16 — sh5la.
17 — satahra.
18 — athalirai
19— unn!h.
20— bih.
27 — satiri.
29 — unattrl.
30— trihi.
1st, peiWa.
2nd, dul.
3rd, treS.
4th, coiitha.
5th, penjui.
6th, cheuS, chatha.
7th, saitu§.
10th, daisua.
37—
39-
40-
47-
49-
50-
57-
59-
60-
67-
69-
70-
77-
79-
80-
87-
89-
90-
97-
100
200
100,000
satattri.
-untali.
calhi.
sattali.
-ununja.
-panj ah.
•satunja.
-unahat
-shatth.
-satahat,
-unhatthar.
-satthar.
-sathattbar,
-unasi.
-asi.
-satasi.
-unainue.
-nabbe.
-satainue.
— sau.
—doi san.
— lakkh.
Ordinal.
ak beri, once,
doi berl, twice,
peihli beri, first time,
das guna, tenfold,
addha, half,
paune doe. If.
saua doe, 2j.
adhae, 2|.
deddh, li.
sadhe cour, 4|.
In the word sathaWmr, 77, the first t and h are pronounced sepa-
rately. The word is not sa-tliatthar, but sat-hatthar.
3!6.
Curahi.
Sentences.
,T , , , . . . - . ,
1. Tinda na kitu a ? What is thy name ?
2. Is ghofe ri ketrori urabar a ? How much is the age of this
horse ?
3. EfhS Kashmir ketrore dm- a ? From here hpjv- far is Kash-
mir ? p
4. Tinde bobbere (babbere) ghare ketrore larke.J,nte ? In thy
father's house how many boys are there ?
5. Au aj j diir kina hanthi yah. I to-day from far have walking
come. ~ r;
6. Minde cacera gabhru useri bhini sauga behoraji. My uncle's
son is married to his sister.
7. Ghare hacebe ghore ri kathi a. In the house is the saddle of
the white horse.
8. Useri pittlii pran kathi char. Upon his back put the saddle.
9. Ml usera puttar mata mara. I beat his son much.
10. Oh dhara ri coti pran gayya bakri cata a. He on the summit
is grazing cows and goats.
11. Oh us bntta lietth ghore pran bethora a. He under that
tree on a horse is seated.
12. Usera bbae apni bhini kina badda a. His brother is biggei-
than his sister.
13. Usera mul adhae rupayye. Its price is two and half rupees.
24. Minda babb us mathre ghara majh basta a. My father lives
in that small house.
J 5. Usui oh rupayya dei dea. To him give that rupee.
\6. Oh rupayya us kina lei lea. That rupee take from him.
17. Usni jugte kane marikari dora rashi kane bannha. Having
beaten him well tie him with ropes.
18. Khiiha kina paui kaddha. From the well draw water.
19. Mft agrhi cala. Walk before me.
20. Kusera gabhru tuarepicche {or picore) einta ? Whose boy is
coming behind you ?
21. Ob tiie kus kina mull lea ? From whom did you buy that ?
22. Giraiyye re ekki hattiwale kina lea. From a shopkeeper of
the village.
LAHULi. (Lahuli),
.■ '
Nouns.
Masculine.
. .'
rhi, horse.
Singular.
Plural.
N.
rhl
rhan
G.
rbanii
rhane du
D.A.
rhapbi
„ di
Log.
rhi andrez
„ andrez
Ab.
rha dots
,, dots
Ag.
rhats
rhanez
V.
rli3
hatbi, elephant.
rhan ere
N.
hath-i
-i
G,
-i
-i du
D.A.
-i vi or bi
-idi
Ag.
-i
ba, father.
-iz
N.
ba
G.
bao
D.A.
babi
Ab.
bad dots
Ag.
bae
V.
ba
Feminine.
milyo, daughter.
N.
mil-yo
-yor
G.
-yo
-yo du
D.A.
-yo vi or bi
-yo di
Ab.
-yo dots
-yo du dots
Ag.
-yoe
-yoz
V.
-yo
-yore
38
Ldhuli.
N.
G.
D.A.
Ab.
Ag.
V.
1st
N.
ge
G.
geu
D.
ge vi, ge bare
A.
ge vi, ge
Ab.
geo dots
Ag.
gi, ge
N.
yer
G.
ye du
D.
yer vi, ye du
A.
yer, yer vi
Ab.
ye dots
Ag.
yez
rbii), sister.
rbig
rbir
rbig
rbire du
rbi vi or bi
„ di
rbiu dots
„ du dots
rh!
rbfz
rbiij
rhIrS r§
Pronodns.
Singular.
2nd
3rd
ku
du
k§
do
kS vi, ka bare
do hare
ks vi, kS
do vi, du
ki dots
do dots
k§
d5i
Plural.
ker
dor
ke du
do du
ker vi, kedu hare
dor vi, do du hare
ker, ker vi
dor, dor vi
ke dots
dod dots
kez
doz
geo, keno, eno, appear to be used for my, thy, his, &c., instead of
geu, ka, do, v?heu vefeiTing to the subject of the sentence, but
this rule does not seem to be observed with absolute strictness
art who ? G. adu Ag. az.
Other pronouns ai-e cht, what? cha, something, anything.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns ai-e declined as nouns, but when they
qualify nouns they are not declined.
Comparison is expressed by means of ve, than, as more, big, rJitrj ve
more, bigger than the sister.
dlma, like this or that, chan, like what ?
ci/io, so much or many, chirl, bow much ? teml^ how many ?
39
Lnhuli.
Adverbs.
Most adjectives may be used as adverbs. The following is a list of
the commonest adverbs other than adjectives : —
Time. Place.
ente, ente, now
dora, dhorS, after that, then
abe, when ?
abela, when
to, to-day
raiida, to-morrow
[^ mra, day after to-morrow
muii'a, day after that
yere, yesterday
p tura, day before yesterday
der, here
dur, nuar, there
nuhe, there, in that place
already specified
aiir, where ?
kinu, where
dots, from here
tori, up
tsambi, near
ohetar, ohetar, far
tiiri, in front
thalar, behind
toijg, tof, inside
dathi, dahthiri, outside
Others are chart, why, do thcile or 'du gappa Ihoji, for the reason
that, oe, yes, ma, no, not, darbar, quickly.
tui tura, day before that
abela ma, never
tiii, formerly
tS, then, after that, therefore
Prepositons.
The commonest have been given in the declension of nouns. Sub-
joined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently both a
preposition and an adverb.
nura, on that side giu hare, beside me
dii^a, on this side gera sade, with me
andrez, bijha, within dobi, do vi, for him
tothi, upon giu tui, in front of me
poea, under - kS thale, behind you
do thale, for his sake
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c.
or
Past I was, &c.
shuk
shun
shud or shu
shunni
.shunni
.^hur
todo
tod on
tod
todoni
todoni
todor
toig
toin
toi
toini
toini
toir
40
La hull.
Intransitive Verbs.
dapi, fall (from a horse, &c.).
Fut. dapog dapoii dapdo dapoiii daponi dapor
Imperat. dapa dapani
Pres. Tnd. dapa-do or-dog -don -d -doni -doui -dor
Impf. dapa-deg -den -de -deni -deni -der
Past, Ind. daje -deg -den -de -deni -deni -der
Fut. N'eg. ma dag ma dan ma dad ma dani ma dani
ma daur
Imperafc. Neg. dau tha dapeni tlio
Other tenses. For negative pre6x mn.
bajesi, fall dawn,
Fut. bajesog, &c., like dapog
Imperat. bajesa bajesani
Pres. Ind. bajesa -d5 oi- -dog
Impf. bajesadeg
Past bajesdeg
Fut. Keg. ma bajes -ik -in -id -ini -ini -ur
Imperat. Neg. bajesu tha bajeseni tho
For other tenses prefix ma.
shubi, be, become.
Fut. shog
Pres. Ind. shua -do or -dog
Impf. shuadeg
Past Ind. shuteg (like dapadeg)
or shut -6 -on -o -oni oni -or
abi, come.
Fut. ab -og -on -do or -du -oni -oni -or
Imperat. adeuh adani
Pres. Ind. abad -6 or -6g
Impf. abadeg
Past andeg
or adig adin adi adini adini adir
or aiija anjad used only in the 1st and 3rd Sing.
Fut. Neg. maqg man man mani mani mandur
Imperat. Neg. thsdeMli tliSdani
Pres. Ind. Neg. mSbado ^
41
L^hrdi.
Irapf. Neg. mlbadgg
Past Ind. Neg. from aiideg agg^mu anii^mu annSrau
aiiniemu anniemu anniemu
ibi, go. J<r^
Flit. ySg you yfidu yoni yoni yor
Imperat. 11 H^ni
Pres. Ind. yuad-o or -og
Impf. yuadeg
Past Tud. ideo-
o
or
ido idou ilea nr ilead idoni Idoni Idor
Fnt. Neg. melig melin mehl mehni mehni mehlur
Imperat. Neg. thel thelani
Pres. Ind, Neg. mayyuado
Impf. Neg. mayyuadeg
Past Ind. Neg. from ideg iggi^uui inn^mu il^mu
inni^mu luni^mu iluremu
braf, sit, live, stay.
fit. brau bi'auoii braudti brauoni brauoui brauor
Imper. brau braini
Pres. Ind. brSd(5
Impf. brSdeg
Past Ind. bretho
Neg. Prefix tha to Imperat. and ma to other parts
pipi, arrive.
Put. pipo pipon pipudu pTpoiii plponi pipoi'
Pres, Ind. pipadd
pijido
Impf. plpadeg
pi j ideg
Past Ind. pig pin pi pini pini pir
khosi, be obtained, meet.
Put. khosay -o -on -lidu -oni -oni -or
Impf. . khositeg
Past kliosiga kbosina khosiri kliosiiii khosiui klioslra
krabi, weep.
Put. krabog krabon kiabudu kraboni kraboni krabor
Pres. Ind. krabado
Impf. krabadeg
6
42
Lrthuli.
Transitive Verbs,
tezi, beat strike.
Fat.
tera -6g -on -do, &o.
Imperat.
teu tireni
Pres. Ind.
tezad -0 or -og
or
tern ad -6 or -6g
Impf.
tezadeg
or
temadeg
Past Ind.
t^ijgadeg
Fut. Neg.
ma teqg or tezi ma ten ma teu
ma teni ma teni ma teuf
Other tenses. Piefix tha for Imperat. and ma for the rest.
ze, eat. /
Fut.
zauo
zau zau
zauni
Pres. Ind.
zauad -
■6 or -6g
Impf.
zauadeg
Past Ind.
zedeg
or
zed a
zedan zedo
randl, give.
zedani
Fut.
ramo
Imperat.
rail
rani
Pres. Ind.
randad
-0 or -og
zani
zani
zedani zedor
Impf.
ram ado
rnndadeg
ram ad eg
Past Ind.
rand eg
or
ran da randan
rando
randani
randani r-andor
or
reg ren
re reni
reni
ler
or
rg ren
re reni
reni
Si
rer
kuri, say.
Fut.
kg kSn
kudo
koni
koni kor
Pres. Ind.
kuado
kurado
Impf.
kuadeg
ktifadeg
Past Ind.
knteg
kuta kutan
kuto
kutani
kutani kutor
kuig kuin
kui
kuini
kiiini kiiir ,
43
Lnhuli.
Ihai, do.
Fut.
Ihau
Ihauaii
Ihaudo
Imperat.
lliao
Ihani
Pres. Ind.
lliad5
Impf.
111 ad eg
Past
1 ha teg
Iheg
Ihen
Ihe
Ihega
Iheiia
Ihe
Neg. Imperat.
thalo
thalaui
kei
ri, leave.
Fat.
kio
kieii
kiodo
Iiiipei-.
keo
keoani
Pres. lud.
kerado
Impf.
keradeg
llieni
11
leiu
Iher
I)
Past
kieai
kieni kier
keta ketan keto ketani ketaui ketar
nezi, know. ^^
Fut.
neo
neu ne5 ueui
neui
neor
Pres. Ind.
iiewado
Impf.
newadeg
Past lad.
^_"eg
nen ne ueni
neni
ner
Fat.-Neg.
maieqg
maieoi
maieua maia
maieni maiora
tizi, see, look.
Fut.
tamo
tamon tamdo &c.
Pres. Ind.
tizado
Impf.
tazSdeg
Past
taqg
khaadj, see, look.
Fut.
kliamo
&e.
&c.
habi, bring.
Fut.
liabo
habon habdo, &c.
Imperat.
hadeii
hadani
Pres. Ind.
hands
or
habado
Impf.
hand eg
or
habadeg
Past
handa
liandan hando handani
handani
handor
u
Lnhuli,
sMzi, take awaj'.
Fafc. sho slion shudo shoni shoni sliOr
Imperat. shil shilani
Pres. Ind. sliido
Impf. s^ideg
Past shida -an -o -ani -ani -or
Fut.
Pies. Ind,
Impf.
Past
Past
tsatsi, send.
tsap5
tsapon, &c.
tsapado
"tsatsado
tsapadeg
tsatsadeg
tsatta
tsattan tsatto, &c
thazi, hear.
thateg
tliaig
thai 11 thai, &c.
Necessity and Habit.
In order to express Necessity, the necessity of doing a thing, a
construction very similar to that of Panjabi is employed, viz., the Agent
case with the Iiifin. Cf Panjabi os ghallna haiveda, he will have to send.
gl ibl toig, I had to go ; k§ ze tadan, thou hast to eat ; dot randi shu
he has to give.
Thus we have gl ihl tada or io or ta or shuh, I have to go.
gi ihl toig or tareg, I had to go.
These auxiliaries are inflected according to the subject, as : —
tada tadan <ado tadoni tadori tador
tareg tarea tare tareni tareni tarer
toig toiii toi toini toiiii toir
shuk .sliun shu shuni shuni shur
For shuk, &c., the 3rd Sing, (shii) is also used indecl. This may
apply to the others also.
The negative of ibi tada is mehi tada
and of a if tada (have to come) mabl tada.
Habit is expressed by combining Uidi, do, make, with the Infin.
I
45
Ldhuli.
(slightly modified) of the verb which gives the thought required:
thus : —
tha ddpa l/iao, do not make a habit of falling.
ge aha Ihado, I am iu the habit of coniiuc'.
doz leza Ihdder, they were in the habit of beatino-.
hahsi tha'lawa Ihani, do uot tell lies {Ihai, compounded with itself.)
Gompound Verbs.
Compound Veibs are very common. As a rule they add emphasis
to the meaning.
randi, give and Jceri leave, gi rani keta, I gave left, gave altogether
kei% leave „ „ „ gl kezh keo, I shall leave-leave, leave
altogether.
tSzt, beat, kerl leave, kg terj ketan, thou beating leftest, thou beatest
much.
Ihal, do and kert, leave, Ihaji hefl^ do leave, do thoroughly,
randi, give and Ihai, do, doi rcima Ihdte, he giving made, he gave
(cf. Fat. ramo).
tSzi, beat and Ihai, do, ke tema Ihao, beating make, beat thou, (cf.
Fut. tBmog) kg m? tema thalo, do not habitually strike anyone
{lit. thou man striking not do.)
shubl, become, and ibi, go, shtijido, shujideg, shuj'yo, I become, I
became, I shall become.
Thus nenz habi, and nenz shizi, are emphatic forms of hSibi, bring,
and shiz'i, take away.
aza is compounded with ibi, go to express the Hindi calna (cala
jana). ge azays, I shall go av?ay.
haza with dbi, come, expresses ' again ' * back,' come back or return,
gi rnUdd Tiazd abi tada, I have to return to-morrow.
phae randi, divide, phuge keri, spoil, waste, shi^ ibi, become alive.
Conditional sentences. — I did not notice any special forms for
conditional moods. Ordinary tenses appeared to be made to express
the idea of condition, du dbade gi du iemo, if he had come I would
have beaten him. (lit. he was coming, I will beat him,)
Negation is expressed by prefixing tha, to the Imperative, and ma,
to other parts of the verb. In a number of verbs this leads to compli-
cated changes. Examples are given in the conjugation of the different
verbs.
The agent case of the subject is used with all parts of all transitive
verbs. This reminds us of Nepali where the Agent case is employed
46
Ld,huli.
with transitive verbs in all tenses except those in which the Auxiliary
verb am, was, &c., is used.
Verbal forms ending in -eg may also be made to end in -eg.
The Future is used for the Pres. subjunctive as in Kashmiri.
List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.
Natural RelationsMps, etc.
ba, father.
ceje ba, (small father) uncle,
younger than father,
ya, mother,
kag, elder brother
nua, youugor brother.
rhi, sister,
yo, son.
Animals.
rhs, horse (common gender),
tshah, horse (m).
nabrhS, mare,
bar), ox.
venz, calf,
rahd, cow.
mhei, buffalo,
yag, yak.
rhiz, goat (male),
la, „ (female),
kats, sheep (male),
ma, „ (female),
khui, dog, (common),
ba, dog (m.).
milyo, daughter,
ru, father-in-law.
gahsezi, husband,
mez, wife,
galmu, mi, man.
mez mi, woman,
karu, yo, boy.
milyo, girl,
cor, thief,
puhal, shepherd.
rikkh, black bear.
omu, red bear.
thar, leopai'd.
sharjkhu, kind of wild cat.
kar, ass.
str, pig.
kiiga, cock, hen.
bhir, cat.
tarbhir, cat (male).
fir, ur, camel.
pya, bird.
ill, ill kite.
gna, jackal.
hathi, elephant.
me, bitch.
gur, hand,
kunz, foot,
il, nose,
til", eye.
mob, face.
a, mouth,
rif, ear.
Parts of the Body.
kra, hair.
punz, head.
Ihe, tongue.
khog, khop, stomach.
thakh, back.
phug, body.
LShtiU
47
pad, book.
mfishadan, pen.
manni, bed .
cumh, house.
bendi, river.
gar, stream.
rai), hill.
patthar, plain.
rlii, field.
ran, bread.
tl, water.
chna, wheat.
kugi, maize.
buttli, tree.
palanz, saddle.
nngav, village, city.
banh, jnngle.
matsh, fish.
amli, way.
mal, property.
cij, thing.
desh, mulkh, country.
aijga, famine,
mansa, intention,
habsi, lying.
c5ri, theft,
kam, work,
biah, marriage,
mir), name,
laha, price,
kharc, expense.
Gommon Objects.
kliam, clothes,
gutbab, ring,
paular, shoe,
sha, meat,
panu, milk,
tigli, egg.
mar, ghi.
tiell, oil.
bodi, buttermilk,
hari, shop,
tai), tar)g rupee,
nihr, day.
niurodb, night,
, yegi, sun, sunshine,
laza, moon,
karh, star,
lanh, wind,
mug, rain. •
kurb, load,
be, seed,
nilam, iron.
A bstract Nouns.
gunah, sin.
dab, pity,
tehl service,
niab, answer,
hugam, order,
khushi, happiness,
cal, sound,
barsh, year.
Adjectives.
mtb, good, beautiful, clean,
madam, bad, lazy, ignorant,
more, big.
ceje, bae, kuajh, little,
dralda, sti-aitened.
(5nyi, hungry.
tslioi, fat.
jSshi, befitting,
shil, wise,
rush, swift,
tsanji, sharp,
raijgi, high,
sohi, cold.
48
LdhtiU.
tor, hot.
gur, sweet,
tliofe, little,
jama, togetljer,
shubi, shubi, be, become.
abi, come.
ibi, go.
brai, sit, live.
sliizl, take, take away.
habi, bring.
randi, give.
dapi, fall (from horse, &c.).
bajesi, fall down.
khaya shubi, rise, stand up.
khandi, tazi, see look.
ze, eat.
tumi, drink.
kuri, say, speak.
kushi, sleep.
Ihai, do, make.
tezi, strike, beat.
sezi, recognise.
haje, much, many,
yue, bater, all.
sSsi, white.
Verbs.
-itti, i.
-shum.
1-
2-
3- _
4— pi.
5 — i)a.
6— trui.
7 — nhi.
8— rhe.
9— ku.
10 — sa.
11— seidi.
12 — sani.
13 — shashura.
1st, tfimi,
2nd, jurnji,
nezi, know,
pipi, arrive.
( dro randi, run.
poshibi, run, run away,
adkiiri,call (Zif. say 'come ' ?),
khosi, be obtained, meet,
parephi, read.
[/tsezi, wiite.
^ si, die.
thazi, hear.
haza abi, return (come again),
guah randi, embrace,
au randi, kiss.
aza ibi, go away.
har tsSzi, plough,
tsatsi, send.
V krabi, weep,
keri, leave.
Numerals.
Cardinal.
Ordinal.
1/14 — sapi.
15 — sar).
16 — satrHi.
17 — sahni.
18 — sare.
y 19 — soskii.
I 20— nizz.
I 100— ra.
200— nirha. (700?)
900— kurha.
1,000— sara.
100,000— lakh,
3rd, shummi.
4th, pimi.
I
4e
LShuli.
5tb, ijanii.
6th, truimi. khanni, half.
7th, nhiml. dhai, 2|.
10th, sami.
Above 20, numbers are estimated by scores up to 100.
Sentences.
1. Ke mil) chi shu P Thy name what is ?
2. Di rhgphi temi shui ? This horse's how much (age) is ?
3. Dets Kashmir cbirl ohetar tC ? From here Kashmir how far is ?
4. KS bao dor temi yo tod ? In thy father's house how many
sons are there ?
5. Ge to 5hetare audo. I to-day from far walked.
6. Geu ceje bao yoe do rhlra sade biah Ihato. My uncle's (young
father's) son with his sister made marriage.
7. Cuqli {or cumh) sSsi rhan (or rhSphi) palanz tod. In the
house the white horse's saddle is.
8. Do thakhari palanz tsbu. On his back the saddle bind.
9. Gi d3 yo haje teggadeg. I his son much beat.
10. Ra§ pjtnzari tral ghuan pauhale ruatsade. On the hill's top
the shepherd is grazing cows and goats.
11. Buttho poea du rhan tothi tezi toi. Under the tree he on a
horse was seated.
12. Do nua eno rhig ve more t5. His young brother his own
sister than bigger is.
13. Do laha dhai tar). Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Geu ba bae cumhu hvU. My father in a little house lives.
15. Dobi di tagg rani keo. To him this rupee giving leave.
16. Du tagg do dots nenz hadet*. That rupee him from take.
17. Do ke haje teu thazeran tshu. Him thou much beat with
ropes bind.
18. Baini ti hund. From the spring water draw.
19. Giii tui jo. Me in front of walk.
20. Kg thale aduh yo abad ? Thee behind whose boy comes ?
21. Ke du ado dots handan. Thou that whom from tookest.
22. Gi hari dots handa. I shop from took.
The Parable op the Prodigal Son.
Dors doi kute (kui) : i miS jur yo toi ; ceje
Then he said : one man-to two sons were young
50
LahuU.
y5i bara kui, e ba anyo mal gebi pipa gebi rau ;
son father to said, Father what property me-to ari'ive me-to give
(loi eno mal phae rando. Dots thals thora dine cej§
lie own property dividing gave. From- that after few days young.
yoi yui cij jama Uiate (Hie), ohetar mulkliarl ide. Dore
son all things together made, far country-to went. There
doi madam kam lliato, eno mal phage kefco. Da bela ri
he bad work did, own property wasting left. That time at
bate kharc shujldg do desha I'i bina arjga shute (shujide or ide)
all spent became that country in gi^eat famine became.
Doi'a du dralda shujide. Dora do deshari i sahukarS
Then he straitened became. Then that country of one money lender
dore ide. Doi eno rhiri sfirar ruatsi tsatte. D5 mansa tSi
near went. He own field swine to graze sent. His intention was
du shag s^raz zauader eno khog pimadeg. Azla dobi
that husk-food swine were-eating own stomach I might fill. But him-to
challa ma ramader. DorS dobi hoshari (hosh) ande
anything not they were giving. Then hira-to sense in (sense) came
tl kute : Giu ba5 anyo kamlhaza di (dumbizar)
then he said : My father-of how-many work-doers to (workers)
Laje rofi tod. Ge der ^ onyi siuado, ge khae atsa ge§
much bread is. I here hungry am dying, I stand arising own
bao dor yog, woi gi dobi kog : — gi sargo kS
father near will go, also I him-to will say : — I heaven-of thy
ganah Ihega. Ente di joge mad haza kS yo kuri, gebi
sin did. Now tliis worthy not-am again thy son to-say, me
kS (keno) kam Ihazadu sahi Ihao. DorS atsa eno
thy (own) work doers like make. Then having-risen own
bao dor ili (ide). Ente du ohetar toi da tSri do bab
father near went. Now he far was him having-seen his father-to
dah adi, doi dro re, doi muthn guah re, masfc au re.
pity came, he run made, he neck-to embrace made, much kiss made.
Yoi dobi kui : — gi sargo ks gun ah Ihega. Ente di jSge
He ^ hira-to said : — I heaven-of thy sin made. Now this worthy
mad, haza kg yo kufi. Do bae nokarari kiii ruthe
not-am again thy son to say. His father servants-to said good
ru^he kham hunj hadani, kez debi kham rahni,
good clothes taking-out bring, ye him-to clothes put-on (give?)
I
51
Lahuli.
gui guthab ralini, kSnzavi paular rahni, more r6nz shareni
hand-to ring put on feet to shoes put on fat calf kill
yez zauani khushi Ihauani, du gappa Ihaji di giu
we shall-eat happiness shall-make this matter making this my
yo ' side toi eatS haza shii) ili, tiii [hiSshtS §nte khosa
son dead was now again alive-went, formerly was-lost now has-been
ilea. Dora doz khushi Ihater. Do more yo rhiri tSi,
obtained. Then they happiness made. His big son field-iu was,
aii ghari cumh kacha pi (adi) gido garpi mi cal
what time house near arrived (came) singing dancing of also noise
that§ (thai). DsrS i cagara bi ad kute rhugade : — chi shujad.
heard. Then one servant to called asked : — what became.
D5i dobi kiii : — Kl nua anjad, ks bae tshSi
He him- to said : — Thy younger-brother came, thy father fat
renz' shaiado, d5 thale dii raji baji khosiri. Du
calf is killing that for he well was obtained. He
roshe shiri toijg m§liade. Do ba datlii anji du
became-sulky in not-went. His father out having-come him
chSndi. Doi babi uiab lhat§. Dh8 barsh ki
persuaded. He father-to answer made. So-many years thy
tehl Ihateg, gi kS hugam thuasi ma, kl abela i la
service I did, I thy order rejected not, thou ever one goat
gibi ma randen ( (rSshi ) keno yarada sade khushi gappa
me-to not gave thy-own friends with happiness talk
Ihau: abela ks di kam adi, doi kS mal madam
make: when thy this son came he thy property bad
kammari kharab Ihaji, ke do thali renz shaiaden.
works in evil having-made thou him for calf killedst.
Doi dobi kiii : — e yo kii hamesh giu kacha todon ; gin
He him-to said : — O son thou always me near art ; mine
tod du ka shu. Khushi Ihai, khushi shubi jftshi
is that thine is. Happiness to make, happiness to be fitting
toi. KS di nua side toi eute haza shiq '' ili,
was. Thy this young-brother dead was now again alive became,
tiii hiSshte ente khosa ilea,
formerly was-lost, now has been obtained.
BHADR/VWAHI, BHALfiSI AND PADARI DIALECTS.
Introduction.
These three dialects are spoken in the eastern portion of Janini5
proper. Bhadrawah, i\, jngir of Raja Sir Amar Singli, brother of the
M;i,haraja of JammS and Kashmir, lies immediately to the north-west
of Caraba State and soutli of the Cinab river. By Bradrawahis tliem-
selves the district is called Bhadhlfi, with the accent on the second
syllable, while Kashmiris call it BodarJcnh. Bhsiles is the name of
a valley a few miles to the east of the town of IHiadrawah. Padar,
separated from Bhales by a valley only six or seven miles across, lies
north of and contiguous to Paggi in Camba State. From Paijgi it is two
or three marches down the Cinab to Padar ; Kishtawar is four stasres
lower down the river. Another three mnrches will bring us into the
heart of the Bhalesi country immediately to the west of which Blia-
drawahi is spoken.
All these dialects enable one to study the process of transition
from Panjabi to Kashmiri. Nevertheless, while they exhibit points of
connection with Kashmiri, not one of them can be chissed as a dialect
of that language. They belong distinctly to tlse Panjabi-Hindi type.
They resemble Kashmiri in having, in common with Curahl, the
vocalic change known as epenthesis. For examples of this, the notes
at the end of the verb in the different dialects should be consulted,
as also the note under Curahi, and the Introduction to the Camba
Dialects. Padari has epenthesis to a larger extent than any of the rest.
They have g for ; in the verb go ; thus Bhadrawahi gahnU, Bhalesi
gahnu, Padari ghen ; cf. Kashmiri gatsun. Bhadrawahi zannfi, say, zannu
know, Bhalesi dzanu, dzfinnu, remind us of Ksishniiri dopun and
zanim. Padari has further resemblances in its half vowels, represented
in Roman by the letters being written above the line, as han'^, hin'*, is or
are ; the", was {cf. the grammar passim) ; in its introduction of y before e
or ^■, as lyekhan, write, Kashmiri lyekhun ; dyen'^, I sha.]\ g\ve, dyitto,
gave, Kashmiri dyima, dyut ; in some of its pronouns, as, meeun or men.
my ; teeun, ten, tliy ; lievn, our, tohn, jour ; cf. Kashmiri myon, con, son,
tuhund ; in its 3rd person neuter pronoun tath, Kasjimiri tath ; and in
its word for ' why,' kye-, Kashmiri kyazi. The introduction of y is not
always regular. Thus they say both ij and ^JJj, motlier ; pifth and
pifitth, back ; ikk and yikk one.
In the presence of r instead of r in the adverbs of place, one is re-
minded of the Sisi dialect which has kare, where ? jare, where. For these
54
■wonls we hnve Bluidiawahi kori, zan ; Blialpsi kore, dzefe ; Padnrl kor,
zar. Foi- here and there, iiowever, Sssi di'ops tiie r and luis tth, whereas
these di:i]e(!ts keep to r. We are sigain reininde'l of Sa-i ia the
Bhadrawalii [H'onouns oh, lie, she, it, tliaf, and rh, tliis, which in their
Agent Sing, have cerehial n, unl and inl, keeping tlie n through all the
Oblique Plural. The Sisi corresponding pronouns do precisely the
same, having Agent Sing, un and in and n in the Oblique Plural (Agent
Plur. wno, ino).
An interesting feature of these dialects is the frequent preference of
dl (or dl) and dhl to hr or hhr, and of tl (or tl) and thl to tr. Thus we
have Bhadrawalii dhlihbu, red beat-, dhln, brother-, cUnhg, leopard, for
what in other dialects would be hhrahu, bhrd, and barnhg. We notice
also dlaoro, in the state of Iniving been married, for bidhd hud. The
very name for Blmdrawali, Bhadhld, illustrates this. In Bhalesi we
have dhJiblihu, red bear, ding, leopard ; also dhledd, sheep, for bhed.
In Padaii there is diaindhe, bind, for bdndho.
Again we find in Bhadrawalii thli, woman, tlrie, three, thledi, day
after to-monow (lit. third day), thlih, thirty, tlehbi, twenty-thi-ee; cf.
strl, trai, trljjn din, trih, trei. In Bhalesi we have tledht, for the day
after to-moirovv, and in Padari tide for three, and tlean ior i\\e (\.a,j
after to-morr()w\ I do not remember having noticed these two features
in any other dialect, although the mere intercharge of I and r and of I
ftnd r is very common.
Bhadrawalii makes its Genitive Sing, in ru, Genitive Plural
in karu, Dative in jd, Locative in tyiU, Ablative in kara. The
Accent Sing. Masc. is in -e and the A<_'ent Plur, both Mmsc. and
Fern, in ex. It has I throughout in the suffix for the Futurt-, the 1st
Plur. having ml, and bus Feminine forms for the Future, Pres. Cond.
and Pies. Iiid. in addition to other parts where we more ofien find
Feminine foims. Its Stative Participle ('in the state of) is in -ord.
Bhalesi very much resembles Bhadrawalii. It has its Genitive
Sing, in -eu. Genitive Plui-. in keii,; its Dative Sing, in -e, and Dative
Plur, in -mi; its Ablative Sing, in - a and Ablative Plur. in -dn, while
its Agent case has almost always -e in both the Sing, and the Plur.
The Future has I in the 2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur.,
the 1st Plur. having ml. Feminine forms are noticeable in the Future
and Pres. Ind. The Stative Participle ends in -So, and the Conjunctive
Participle {having fallen, etc.) in -oi.
Padari has -ar for the Genitive Sing, ending and kar for the
Genitive Plur., as for the Dative Sing, and apparently no t-uding for
the Dative Plur., el for tbe Ablative Sing., and kal for the Ablative Plur.
Its Future takes I throughout with nl in the 2nd and 3rd Plur. The
55
Future has two forms for the Ist Sing, ending respectively in -ui
when tlie root of the verb ends in a consonant, itnd in nasiil n when the
root ends in a vowel ; see the note at the end of the verba. Feminiue
forms are found in the Future and Pres. Coud. or Pres. Jnd. The
Stative Participle ends in -or or -awr, and tlie Conjunctive Participle
in -* kar.
The Padari word for devil, harmon, is reraarkaljic. Whether
there is any connection with Ahriman., the Zoroastrian spirit of evil is
doubtful, but tlie similarity of the two words is striking.
In connection with the Future in /-, the inti-oduction to the Gamba
Dialects should be consulted, pp. ii, iii.
BHADRAWAHi
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in -5.
Sing.
N.
ghor-6, horse
G.
-e ru
D.A.
-e 36
L.
-e mi
Ab.
-e kara
Ag.
-e
V.
-a
Plur.
-e
-a karu
-an jo
-an mi
-an kara
-e5
-au
Nouns in a Consonant.
N.
ghar, house
G.
ghar ru
D.A.Ab.L.
ghar-e jo, kara, &e
Ag.
-e
Nouns in -i.
N.
hatlii, elephant
G.
liaithe ru.
D.A.Ab.L.
haithe jo, kara, &c.
Ag.
liaithe
V.
haitha
Nouns in -u.
N. hind -ii, Hindu
G. -e rii
Ag. -e
nan, name, is thus declined : —
N. uaii
G. naiie ru
ghar
ghar karu
ghar-an j5, &c.
-e!
hathi
hatlii karu
hatlii jo, &c.
haithe
haithau
-u
-e karu
-ei
naii
nau karu
58
Bhadrawahi
Feminine.
Nouns in -i
N.
kui, daughter
G.
kiii -e ru
D.A.
-ejo
L.
-e mS
Ab.
-e kara
Ag.
V.
-e
Nouns in a Consonant.
N.
baihn,
sister
G.
baihn
-e ru
D.A.
-i jo^
L.
-i mS
Ab.
-i kara
Ag.
-a
V.
-e
kui -a
,, karu
„ jo
„ mi
„ kara
-ei
-au
baihn -i
-i karu
-ijo^
-i mS
-i kara
-ei
-au
batsM, cow, calf, is thus declined : —
N. batshi bewtsh -i
G. bewtsh -e ru -i karu,
Ag. -a -ei
o'
Note. — The postpositions for of, viz., rH, when following a singular
noun, and karu, when following a plural, are declined according to the
number and gender of the nouns which they precede.
Thus ru, karu, are followed by sing. masc.
rn, karu, ra, kara, „ „ ,, plur. masc.
ri, keri „ „ „ sing, or plur. fern.
They are not inflected for the oblique case, thus : —
knie ru. ghSre rii ghar, the house of the girl's horse,
kuie rii gliora karu ghar, ,, ,. ,, ,, „ horses.
kMe ru ghoeMre rn ghar, .. „ ,, „ „ mare,
kui® ru ghoewri karu gliar, .. .. „ „ ,, mares.
4
Bhadraivah) .
59
1st
Pronouns.
2nd
Sing.
8rd
ih, this
N.
G.
D.A.
L.
Ab.
ail
tu
oh
ill
mero, meru,
teru
useru
iserfl
ml
till
us, us jaS
is, isli jail
„ ma
tui mS
U8 ma
is mi
„ kara
tS kara
^f iCofrHi
„ karu
mi
tai
uni
ini
Plur.
as
tus
iinha, Snha
inha
ishii
tishii
un karu
in karu
asan or
tusan or
unan. or
inan or
asan jaS
tnsan jo
unan jau
inan jo
asan ml
tusan mS
unan ma
inan ma
„ kara
„ kara
„ kara
„ kara
asei
tusei
unei
inei
N.
G.
D.A.
L.
Ab.
Ag.
There is a»iother form of the 3rd pers. pron., possibly correlative,
which is thus declined : —
Sing. N. tai, G. tisera, D.A. tus, tash jau, L. tas ma.
Ab. tas kara, Ag. iaim.
Plur. N. tana, G. tan karu, D.A. tanan jau, L. tanan ma,
Ab. tanan kara, Ag. tanei.
Sing.
N. kaun, who ?
G. kisero
Ag. kaini
fcof, anyone, someone,
Flur.
zai, who, kaun
ziserii kain karu
zaini kenei
G. ketceru Ag.
zana
zain karn
zeiiei
ketce
kiiu, what ? G. kolhero.
Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something, sai koi, whosoever,
zai kicch, whatsoever.
60 BhadrawUhi.
Adjectives.
Adjectives employed as nouns are declined as nouns, bub adjectives
qualifying nouns liave the following declensions : — All adjectives ending
in any letter other than -w, -au, -6 are indeclinable. Those ending
in -u, -au, -0, have obi. sing. m. -e. Plui-al -e, indeclinable. Feminine
—i indeclinable.
Comparison is expressed by means of kara, from, than, used with
the Positive: kharau (kharo), good; is kara kharau, better than this ;
sehhan kara kharau, better than all, best.
Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative.
erhii, like this teihu, like that kerhu, like what ? zerhu, like which
aitrn, so much or taitru, so much kaitrii, how much jaitru, as much
many or many or many ? or many
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with
the subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most
important adverbs other than adjectives : —
Time. Place.
hun§, now. ^ itthi, eri, ira, here.
tes, then. uri, ura, taj-i, tara, there,
kes, when ? kori, kora, where ?
zes, wlien. zaj-i, zara, where,
kala, to-morrow. iri tai, up to here,
thledi, day after to-morrow. ittha, from here,
tsoiithe, day after that. bah, up.
hij, yesterday. bunh, down,
prez, day before yesterday. nero, near,
tsordiharebliiie, day before that, dur, far.
(lit. four days ago). ^g^h i" front,
kadi, sometimes, ever, pattri, behind,
kadi na, never. an tar, inside,
kadi na kadi, sometimes. behr, outside.
The adveibs are kujo, why? a, yes; neth, no; Zws^f, quickly ; is
galld kere, for this reason ; m sdre, ain sare, thus ; kliare scire, well.
Bhadraiunhi. 61
Prepositions.
The conimonest prepositions have been given in the declenHion oi'
nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of ntliers. The same word is
fi^equently both a preposition and an adverb.
par, beyond. tere lei, about thee.
war, on this side. ishi salii, like us.
hetth, below. unan ka, towards them.
mS, witliin, us pati, aftpr liim or that.
mi kei or ka, beside me. tisere ware pare, round aI)out it.
mi sathi, mi sili, with me. tusan barabar, equal to jon.
tes waste, for him. mere bagair, without me.
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c. ai as ahe ahm ahth ahn
Past I was Sing, thio, /. thi PI. thie /. thi
Intransitive Verbs.
bitsharnu, fall.
Pres. Cond. bitshar-au or -i -as -e -am -ath -an
Fern. -1 -i -i -am -ath -an
Fat. bitshar -alo -alo -alo -male -ale -ale
Fern. -a^lai, &c.
Imperat. bitshar bitshara
Pres. Ind. bitshar -ta -ti -te -tam -tath -tan
Peni. -ci -c3 -ce -cam -cath -can
Impf. Ind. bitshar -to thi5 (fem. -ti thi) PI. -te thie (fcm. -ti
thi).
Past Ind. bifsh -aro /. -eri PI. -are /. -eri
Plaf. - bitsharo thio, &c:
Part. hitsharto, falling ; bitsharfd, havinsj fallen ; bitshaforo,
in the state of having fallen ; bitsharnSbnlo, faller,
about to fall. • .
62 Hhadrawahi.
Some verbs have slight irregularities,
bhonu, be, become.
Pres. Cond. bliau -i -s -e -m -th
Fut. bho -l6 -lo -lo bhau-mle -le -le
Past Iiid. bhuo
Part. bhuoro, in the state of having become.
-n
e]nu. come.
Pres. Cond.
ejji, &c.
Fut.
ej -elo -elo -elo -mele -ele -ele
Imperat.
ei eja
Pi'es. Ind.
etta
Impf. Ind.
etto fchio
Past
au
Part.
etta, having come ; oro, in the state of having come.
gahnn, go.
Pres. Cond.
gei gas gahe gabm gatath gan
Fut.
gelo gelo galf) gamale gale gale
Impf, Ind. gahto thio.
Past jau je
Part. gehta, having gone ; joro, in the state of baving gone.
rehnu, remain.
Pres. Cond. rebi rahs rabe rabra rahth rahn
Fut. reh -lo -lo -lo rahmle reh -le -le
Imperat. rab raba
Transitive Verbs.
kutnu, beat.
Pres. Cond. kut -tau -tas -te -tarn -tath -tan
Fem. -ti -ti -ti -tarn -tatb -tan
Fut. kut -alo -alo -alo -male -ale -ale
Fem. -ailai, &c.
Imperat. kut kutta
Pres. Ind. kut -ta -ti -te -tarn -tath -tan
Fem. -cE -ca -ce -cam -cath -can
Impf. Ind. kutto thio. PI. kutte thie. Fem. kntti thi
Past. Ind. kutta or kutto with agent case of subject, kuttii or
kutto agreeing with tbe object.
Bhadrawahi. fty
Pres. Perf. kuttu (&c.) ahe with agent case of subject, kutta
ahe agreeing with object.
Plapf. kuttii thio with agent case of subject, kuttu thio
agreeing with object.
Part. as for bitsharnic, kuttoro, in the state of having been
beaten.
The following are slightly irrejj^ular : —
khanu, eat.
Past Ind.
khau
pinu, driuk.
Past Ind,
pift
denti, give.
Fut.
delo
Past Ind.
deS
zaunu, say.
Put.
zolo or zaulau
Past Ind,
zaS
^airnn, do.
Fut,
kerlo
Past Ind.
1 -Ci
kiu
zannu, know.
Put,
zanlo
Past Ind.
zanS
annti, being.
Fut.
ainalo
Past Ind.
anfi
nainu, take away.
Put.
nelo
Past Ind.
nefl
Habit is rendered as follows : —
au gahta bhauta, I am in the habit of going,
tai gdhto bhaute, he is in the habit of going.
tai gahti bhauoe, she is in the habit of going.
Present action is thus expressed : —
tai gahne laro ai or gahne lagoro ai, he is in the act of going.
This, translated into literal Urdu, would be wuh jauB
laga hua hai. In this example the words gUhng lard or
lagoro are indeclinable for all persons and numbers.
64
Bhadrawahi.
The epenthetical vowel change in hath'i, Tiatthe ru ; batshl,
bentshe ru ; kaun, kaini (see declension of nouns and pronouns), and in
bitsliardld, bitsharnilai ; kutalo, kutailai ; annu, ainalo (see above, verbs)
should be noticed. See note at end of verbs in Curahi dialect.
For the Infinitive of Verbs -u and -u are used interchangeably.
Similarly in the last syllable of nouns and adjectives, mi, a, o are freely
used for each other.
In the 17th and I9th sentences below will be noticed interesting
forms for the Imperative : — Sing, banhd or hanhda ; plur. banhddth or
banhdthet.
List of Oommon Nouns,
babo, father,
haj, mother,
dhla, brother,
baihn, baihn, sister,
ko, matthu, son.
koi, kui, daughter,
munash, husband,
thli, wife,
mafd, man.
thli, woman,
matthu, boy.
koi, kui, girl.
g5ran siqgha, cowherd,
puhal, shepherd,
tsaur, thief,
ghor -o, horse.
-i, mare,
dant, ox.
batshi, cow.
bhai, buffalo,
tshero, he-goat,
tshailli, she-goat
bhaidd, sheep,
kut-ar, dog.
-ri, bitch,
itsh, black bear,
dhlabbu, red bear,
dlilahg, leopard,
khauthau, ass.
sur, pig.
Adjectives and Adverbs.
kuk-kur, cock,
-kari, hen.
bal-a, cat (male).
-ai, „ (female),
tint, camel.
tsafoUi, bird,
shen, kite,
gidar, fox.
hathi, elephant,
hatth, hand,
pao, foot,
nakk, nose,
etshi, eye.
tuttar, face,
ash, mouth,
dant, tooth,
kann, ear.
shiral, hair,
dog, head,
zibbh, tongue,
pait, stomach,
pitth, back,
jind, body,
katab, book,
kalam, pen.
khat, bed.
ghar, house,
niru, river,
gad, stream,
dhar, hill.
I
Hhdtirtiirnhi.
65
paddhru, plain.
tshethl, field.
rotti, bread.
pani, water.
gah^a, wheat.
kukkri, maize.
buta, tree.
djaii, tield.
.shahr, town.
ban, jungle.
masli, fish.
batt, vvay.
meuo, fruit.
mas, meat.
duddh, milk.
thul. egg'.
ghi, ghi.
tail, oil.
tshah, buttermilk.
zhez, day.
dlaz, night.
diharo, suu.
canani, moon.
taro, star.
biio, wind.
deu, rain.
dhupp, sunshine.
andliaru, storm.
bharo, load.
bidz, seed.
lahft. iron.
chail, beautiful, good, clean.
buro, ugly, bad.
baddo, big.
nikro, little.
shnst, lazy.
takro, wise.
jahli, ignorant.
tikkha, tez, swift.
tliandii, cold.
tattu, hot.
mitthu, sweet.
fear, ready.
kani, little.
maste, much.
bhOau, be, beoome.
ejnu, come.
gahnii, go.
nainu, take.
dean, give.
bitsharnu, fall.
utliiiu, lise.
kharo bhonii, stand.
hairnu, see, look.
khanii, eat.
pinu, diink.
zaunu. say.
zhiilnn, sleep.
katrnu, do.
rehnu, remain.
kutnu, beat,
pushaauu, recognise.
zannii, know.
puznu, arrive.
nashnii, run.
nashi gahnu, run away.
bananu, make,
rakkhnii, place.
kujanu, call.
malnu, meet.
shiklinu, learn.
parhuu, read.
likkhnu, write.
shuunu, hear.
nisna, turn.
aznu, return.
tsalnu, flow.
larnu, fight,
zitnu, win.
liarna, be defeated.
tsalu gahnu, go away.
baihnu, sow.
lial lana, plough.
khuanu. cause to eat.
66
Bhadrawahi.
pianii, cause to drink,
shuaanii, cause to hear,
tsarnii, graze.
tsaranu, cause to graze,
zhulnu, He down.
NCMKRALS.
CunJinul.
1— ak.
15 — parne.
2 — dui.
16 — shore.
8— tlai.
17 — satare.
4 — tseuur, tsour.
18 — athare.
5 — pants.
19 — uniii.
t) — -shall.
' 20 bih.
7— satt.
23— tlebbi.
8— attb.
27 — settei.
9 — nail.
29 — ^unattei.
10— dash.
30-^thlih.
11 — yahie.
100 — shauu.
12— bahre.
1,000— bazar.
13— tehre.
100,000— lakkh.
14 — tseaude.
Ordinal.
1st, paihlu.
5th, pantsaix.
2nd, duiau.
6th, sheiafi.
3rd, tleiau.
7th, satau.
4th, tseurau.
10th, dashafi.
addliu, half.
sua dui, 2^.
daddh, 1|.
dbai, 2i.
panne dui, If.
.'sadhe tsour, 4|
sons
Sentknces.
1. Tero nau kun ai ? What is thy name 't
2. Bs ghofe rl ketli umr ai ? How inucb is this horse's age ?
3. Ittha Knshmir ketii diir ai P From heie bow far is Kashmir ?
4. Tisbo baua re ketia mattha an ? How niany are his father's
?
5. Ail a/, dura haiatta au. To-day I fj'om far w;ilking came.
Bhadrawnhi 67
6. Mere cac§ ro ko tiseri bshni satl>i dlaoro ai. My uncle's 8on
with his sister is married.
7. Grhare chitte gliore ri kathi ae. In tlie lionsc the white horse's
saddle is.
8. Tisere thlio-^g pnr katlii latli. On liis back bind tlie saddle.
9. Ml tiseiu matthu inasl kuttu. 1 l)cat his son niiicii.
10. Tai dhari pur betshi tsiielli tsarte. On that hill lie is crraziii','
cows and sheep.
11. Tai biite h'y/«th t,rhore pnr bisliMro ai. Under that tree he is
sitting^ on a horse.
12. Tiseru dhla apai behni kara baddo ai. His brother is big^^er
thaji his sister.
13. Tiseru mul dhai rupayye aii. Its price is two and a half rupees.
14. Mairo babo ns nikre ghare mR bishte. My father in that
little house lives.
15. Tes eh rupayyo de. Give him this rupee.
16. Tai rupayye tes kararau. These rupees l)iing fioni him.
17. Tes mast kutti sheli 8? ban lid or bauhda. Having beaten
him much bind thou him with a rope.
18. Khuh5 pani kaddh. From the vpell take out water.
19. Mf agri tsalath or tsalth§I. Before me walk (you.)
20. Kisero ko tusan pitora oro ai ? Whose son is coming after
you ?
21. Ta? kas kara muUe aao ? From whom hast thou bought it?
22. piaul re ekki hetribale kara. From a shopkeeper of the
village.
BHALRSI (Rhajesi).
Nouns.
MuiiXuUne.
Nouns in -o.
Sing.
Plur.
N.A.
^hor -0. horse
ghore
G.
-eu
ghor keii
D.
-§
g'hor -an
Ab.
-a
-an
Ag.
-e
Nouns in a Consonant.
-e
N.A.
ghar, bouse
tfhar
G.
gbar-6n
cfhat keu
Ab.
-a
gliar -an
Ag.
Nouns in -i.
-an
N.A.
hatli -i, elephant
-i
G.
-eu
-i k§u
Ag.
-ie
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
-ie
N.A.
kui, girl
kuia
G.
kui -eu
kiii keu
D.
-e
kui -an
Ab.
-a
-an
A-.
-G
Nouns in a Consonant.
-e
N.A.
bbfiin, sister
bliain
G.
bliaiu -eu
bhain -i keu
D.
-e
-in
\h.
-a
-ian
A-.
-e
-ie
Bhalesi.
69
i^
RONOUNS.
Siny.
1st
2nd
3rd
f'h, this
N.
a€
tfi
sp. oh
Pb
G.
meu
teu
usen
iseu
D.A.
me!
tni
us
is
L.
,, ma
„ mS
,, mS
,, ma
Ab.
111 era
tera
usa
isa
Ag.
mel
tei
Plv/i:
uni
ini
N.
as
tus
una
ina
G.
aseru
tuseru
un ken
in keu
D.A.
ahan,
asan
tubfin,
tusan
nnan
iiian
L.
asau 1
mfT
tusaii
ma
., ma
„ msT
Ab.
asan
tusau
unan
inan
Ag.
aban,
asan
tuiiau,
tusan
unbe
iiihe
There is another form of the 3rd Pers. Prou. te, which is thus
declined : —
Sing. N. te. G. taseu. D.A. tas.
tasa. Ag. tent.
Plur. N. tenn. G. ten keu. D.A. finan
ma. Ab. finan. Ag. finhe.
L. tas ma. Ab.
1j. ttnan
Siny. Plwr.
N. kanu, who? dze, who kanu dzena
G. kiseu dziseii kin keu dzin kSu
D.A.L.Ab. kis, &c. dzis, &c. kin, &c. dzin, <fcc.
Ag. keni dzeni kunhe dzinhe
k'n, anyone, someone. G. keu^ii. D. ketce.
ki, what F G. kut'Bu.
Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something ; dzekdt, whosoever ;
dzS kicch. wbatsoever.
The abl. pi. of the personal pronouns reminds us of tbt- Kului
dialect, wheie wv Hml asann oi' nasn na. tt^asdn or tussd na, fniha
na. inha na.
70
Bhalesi.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns ai-e declined hs nouns, but adjectives
qualifying nouns have the followinsj declension : — All adjectives ending
ill any letter othei- tlian a, ii, au, o, are indeclinable. Those endintj
in any of these letters change it to -e for Obi. s. m., and N. pi. m., and
i for Fem. Sing, or Plur. The genitives of nouns and pronouns come
under this rule, as ghorei zin, the horse's saddle.
Comparison is expressed by the positive of the adjective used with
the ablative of the noun or pronoun with which comparison is made as
chitta, white (cf. Panjabl, cittn ; Kului shettd, and shitta in Kulu Siraj)
Ufi chitta, whiter than this.
DemonstraUve. (JorreLatwe. Interroyiitive. Relative.
ehu, like this tehn, like that kehii, like what? dzeha, like
which
ethur, so much tetkur, no muc\\ ta^^w, how much dzethnr, a,H much
or many
or many
or many
or many
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the
subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most important
adverbs other than adjectives.
(Time.)
huphe, now.
tessa, then,
kessa, when ?
dzessa, when,
adz, to-day.
kala, tomorrow.
tied hi, day after tomorrow,
tsouth. day after that,
hi, yesterday.
par§, day before yesterday,
tsoiith, day before that.
ere, here.
ore, tere, there.
kore, wheie ?
Place.)
dzere, where,
iria, fi'oni here.
BhtilSsi. 71
Vbrbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c. hew hjis ha ham hath ahan
Past I was Sing. m. thio /. the PI. rn. fliie /'. thi
Intransitive Verb."!.
khirkau, fall.
Pres. Subj. khirk -a -as -6 -am -ath an
Fut. khirk -an or -en -al or -el -el -kamal -el -an
Fern. -erm -eul -eu\ -amettl -en\ -Him
Imperat. khirk khiika
Pres. Ind. khirk -tau or -tii -tus or tos -tau or tu
-tarn -tath -t§
Pem. -te -te -te -tarn -tath -ti
Impf. Ind. khirk -tau thio (/'. -te the) PI. -te thie (/". ti thi)
Past. Ind. khirk -0 -o or -au -6 or -au -au -au -e
Fern. -6i
Pres. Perf. khirko heu or ahew, &c.
Plupf. khirko thio, &c.
Past khirkoi, having fallen
Some verbs have slight irregularities.
bhonu, be, become.
Pres. Sulij.
bho -a -s bho
bho -
m -til
—
Pres. Ind.
bhdt -Hu or -6 or -n
Past Ind.
bhiiO
ainu, come.
Pres. Subj.
eiS eis eie em
eith
ein
Put.
ein eySl eyel eimel
ejel
ein
Imperat.
eul eia
Pres. Ind.
ein to, &G.
Past Ind.
au5 /'. auoi
Partic,
enebalo, comer, about to come.
gahnu, go.
Pres. Ind.
gab —a -as -e
-am
-ath
-an
Put.
gab -an -al -al
-mal
-al
-an
Imperat.
ga if ah a
Pres. Ind.
gabato
Past Ind.
geti PI. ge F. Sing. & PI. gei
72
BkalSsi.
Transitive Verbs.
kutnu,
beat.
-as
-0
-am
-arh
-an
-tfil
-tal
-nial
-tal
-tan
-tus or -tos
-tath -ti
Pres. Siibj. kutt -^
Put. knt -tail
Irnperat. kut kutta
Pres. liid. kut -fau (or -tu or -to)
-tau or -tu or -to
-tarn -tatli -te
Fern. -te -te — te -tarn
Impei-f. Ind. kut -tau thin (f. -te -the) PI. -te thie (/. tl thi )
Past Ind. kut -to (/. -te PI. te /. ti) witli agent case of sub-
ject, kutto agreeing with object.
Pres. Perf. kntto ha with agent case of subject, kutto ba
agreeing with object.
Plupf. kutto thio with agent case of subject, kntto tliio
agreeing with object.
Partic. kuttaii, beating ; kutto or kiitfm, beaten.
Some verbs exhibit minor divergences.
khano, eat.
Past. Tnd. khgto.
Put. khan.
Past khau.
Partic, khdu or khrino, eaten.
Pres. Ind.
Put.
Past Partic.
pi to.
plan,
peou.
pino, drink.
Pres. Ind.
Put.
Past
dito.
den.
dittou.
deno, give.
Pres. Ind.
Put.
Past
dzota.
dzon.
dzoS.
dzonu. say.
Bhalesj
78
karnu, do.
Pres, Ind.
karto.
Fut.
karn.
Past
keS.
dzannu, know.
Pres. Ind.
dzantu.
Put.
dzanan.
Past
dzanu.
anno, bring.
Pres. Ind.
an to.
Fut.
anau.
Past
ono.
neno, take, take a^
Pres. Ind.
Fut.
neto.
nen.
Past
neo.
Verbs appear to have two past participles, thus from khano, eat,
we have khau and hhaud ; from gahnu, go, geu and geuo. Probably the
shorter is the ordinary past participle, and the longer the stative parti-
ciple, the meaning here being eaten and in the state of having been eaten,
gone, and in the state of having gone.
The Pres. Subj. with a negative is used to express the sense of a
negative Pres. Ind., tu kujeroti na khas, why art thou not eating bread ?
The Past Cond. is rendered by the Pres. Subj. with thio : — tit es
hio au kutta thio, if thou hadst come I would have beaten thee.
In the sentences below a^eii and ahe or ahe will be noticed for
hen and ha in the present auxiliary. Probably a may be prefixed all
through the tense. .
Bhalesi does not differ greatly from Bhadrawabi. The following
words as compared with tlie corresponding words in the Bhadrawahi
list will show the approximation.
bab, baji, father.
hai, mother.
kak, brother.
bhei,
binyi, sister.
bhain, ,,
bokut, son.
kur, daughter.
kui,
ron, husband.
meMuash, husband.
.. i
74 Bhalesi.
zanan, wife. S^^> cow.
rautear, man. bhai, buffalo,
ku^nsh, (nasal «), woman. tsherjo, he-goat,
ko, boy. tshelle, she-goat,
kui, girl. dhledd, sheep,
gor, cowherd. kutar, dog.
puhal, shepherd. kutre, bitch,
tsor, thief. eutsh, black bear,
ghor -o, horse. dhlibbhu, red bear.
-e, mare. dlag, leopard,
dant, ox. khotrii, ass.
Sentences.
1. Teu uau ke ha ? What is thy name ?
2. Es ghorei kethri umbar ha ? How much is this horse's age ?
3. Iris Kashmir kethri ha ? From here how much is Kashmir ?
4. Te habe ghare math kethar ahan ? In thy father's house
how many sons are there ?
5. Aii adz durua hanthi ano ahew. I to-day from far walking
have come.
6. Meii pitlao ko tisei bhain sathea biaho ahe. My uncle's son
is married with his sister.
7. Ghare madz chitte ghorei zin ahe. In the house is the white
horse's saddle.
8. Tisei pitthe putth zin kasha. Upon its back bind the saddle.
9. Mei tiseii ko mato kutto. I beat his boy much.
10. Tedhare putth gaua tshelli tsarto ahe. He upon the hill cows
and goats grazing is.
11. Us butte hetthe ghore putth te bishon ahe. Under that tree
upon a horse he seated is.
12. Tiseu bhei apni bhaina baro ahe. His brother is bigger than
his sister.
13. Tiseii mul adhai rupayyo ha. Its price is two and a half
rupees.
14. Men babo us nikru ghare madz bhots. My father lives in
that little house.
15. Us rupayye deth. Give him rupees.
16. Usa rupayye eni tshadd. From him take (those) I'upees.
17. Te hacchS kuttath te shell sai bannhath. Beat him well and
bind him with ropes.
BJialesi. 75
18. Khiiha paai keudh. From the well take out water.
19. Mera agre tsala. Walk in front of me.
20. Kiseu k5 teia patte einfco. Whose boy comes bcliind thee ?
21. Te! kisa muUe ano ? From whom hast thou brought it ?
22. piaua hattibale kanoa a^o. From the village from a shop-
keeper (I have) taken it.
PApARt.
/
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in -d.
Sing.
Plur.
N.
G.
ghor-a, horse
-ar
ghor-e
-i kar
D.
-as
-1
Ab.
-el
-i kal
Ag.
-e
-i
Nouns in a Consonant.
N.
badhel, ox
badhel
G.
badhel -ar
badhel kar
D.
-as
badhel
Ab.
-el
badhel kal
Ag.
-e
badhele
bab, father,
has
G. babbar ; D.
babbas
; Ab. babbal ;
Ag. bahbe.
Nouns in -?..
N.
haith*
hathi
G.
haithiar
haithi kar
Ag.
haithi
Feminine.
Nouns in -i.
haithi
N.
koi
kui
G.
kuy -ar
kiii kar
D.
-as
kiii
Ab.
-al
kiii kal
Ag.
kni
kui
ghori, mare, has G. ghurer ; D. ghures.
Nouns in Consonant.
bhBn, sister, has G. bhBnar ; PI. bhin ; G. bh'ini kar.
Pd^arl.
77
Pronouns.
Sing.
1st
2nd
3rd
N.
an
tu
oh
G.
meean,
men
tee&n, tea
tasar
D.
mettf, mai
tou
tas
Ab.
mal
tal
tasal
Ag.
malf
ta!
teini
eh, this
eh
a8 al-
as
asai
eini
Plur.
N.
as
tus
uhn
eeohn
G.
hiean
tohn
tai kaf
ai kar
D.
ase
tuse
tainhe
ainhe
Ab.
as kal
tus kal
taf kal
ai kal
Ag.
asS
tuse
tanhe
ainhe
k&nh, who ? has G. kasar ; Ab. kasal ; Ag. kein.
kt, what ? has G. kurer.
Other pronouns are dzB, who ; kick, something, atiy thing ; dze kutiB,
whoever ; dzB kich, whatever.
There is a neuter form of the 3rd personal pronoun, sometimes
used in the locative (with postpositions) for inanimate objects; as tath
kuthi andar, in that house. It is found also in Kashmiii.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns ; otherwise they do
not appear to be declined. See sentences 4, 6, 7, 8, 12 at the end.
Comparison is expressed by means of the positive of the adjective
with the ablative of the noun or pronoun with which comparison is
made, as : — cheta, white ; tasal cheta, whiter than that.
Demonstrative.
ewrh, like this
attar, so much
or many
Correlative.
tourh, like that
tattar, so much
or many
Interrogative.
keorh, like what ?
kattar, how much
or many ?
Relative.
dzeorh, like
which
dzattar, as
much or many
78
Padari.
Adverbs.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. The following is a list of
the most important adverbs other than adjectives : —
{Time.)
himmi, novp.
tapal, then.
kapal, when. ?
dzapal, when.
shui, tomorrow.
tlean, day after tomorrow.
tsouthi, day after that.
(Place.)
ieur, here.
eeul, „
ettb, „
tar, t5r, there.
61,
otth, „
tatth, „
tal, ,,
kor, whei'e ?
kol,
kotth, ,,
hi, yesterday.
pare, day before yesterday.
tsouthi, day before that.
ka*d*, sometimes, ever.
ka*d' na, never.
ka*d' ka*d', sometimes.
dzal, where.
dzatth, ,,
ien.r tikar, up to here.
ifi, from here.
bih, up.
naind, down.
nere, near,
dur, far.
agar, in front.
pa'ittar, behind.
andar, inside.
bahr, outside.
..;;
dzar, where.
Others are kyes, why; S, yes; na,no; cfeer, well ; /in!.5aZ, quickly ,
is galar ddstt, for this reason.
Conjunction.
dzai, if.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been mentioned in the declension
of nouns and pronouns. The same word ig frequently both a preposition
and an adverb.
par, beyond. mai peur, near me.
war, on this side, mai samet, with rae.
andar, in. tasar dosti, for him.
pad, beneath. tane pewr, towards them.
pettr, upon.
P&dari. 79
Verbs.
Auxiliary .
Pres. I am, &c., mas. han<», fem. Iiin*, all through.
Past I was. Siug. m. the", /. thi, PI. theg, /. thi.
Intransitive.
dzharan, fall.
Fut. dzhar -al -al -al dzhujul dzhar -nal -nal
Fem, dzhair -el -el -el dzhur-el d/.hair -neM' -ueM'
Imper, dzhar
Past Cond, or
Pres. Ind, dzhar -na, PI. dzhairne,
Fem. dzhairni, all through.
Impf. Ind. dzharua the«, PI. dzhairne thee
Fem. dzhairni thi.
Past Ind. dzliara, PI. dzhaire.
Fem. dzhairi
Part. dzharna, falling ; dzhair^-kar. having fallen.
The following show slight variations : —
bhon, be, become.
Fut'. bhol bhol bhfil bhol bhonal bhonal
Fem. bhoM bhune*l»
Past Cond. or
Pres. Ind. bhouna, /. bhu'nn*
Past Ind. bho, PI. bhoe, /. bhui.
adzan, come.
Fut. ozul ozul ozul ozul aznal aznal
Fern. azil eznil
Imperat. aih adzai
Pres. Ind. azna. PI. azne, /. aizni
Past a, /. ae, PI. ae, /. ei.
ghen, go.
Put. ghau ghel ghel, &c.
Imperat. gah ghe
Pres. Ind. ghena
Past ga, /. gei, PI. gae, /. g§i.
80 Padari.
beshan, remain, sit.
Fut. bishul beshal beshal bishul beshnal beshnal
Fem. beshel
Imperat. besh beshai
Pres. Ind. beshna
Past betha
Part. bithor, in the state of having sat.
Transitive Verbs.
kotan.
Fut. ku^al kotal kotal kutal kotnal kotnal
Fem. kutal koetel koetel kutal kutneM' kutne*!'
Imperat. kot kotai
Pres. Ind. or
Past Cond. kotna, PI, kotne, fem. koetni
Imperf. kotn -ath -ath -ath -etb -eth -gth
Fem. koetneth*, all through.
Past kotta (PI. kotte, /. koetti), with agent case of
subject ; kotja agreeing with the object.
Part. kotna, beating ; kotta, beaten ; kotor, in the state of
having been beaten, koitikar, having beaten.
khan, eat.
Pres. Tnd. khanna
Past kha, /. khaii.
pin, drink.
Pres. Ind. pinS
Past pia, /. pi
Part. pior, in the state of having been drunk.
din or den, give.
Pres. Ind. dyen^
Fut. daii deal, &c.
Past dyitta
lei^, take.
Pres. Ind. lena
Fut. leS leal, &c.
Past lea
Part. leaur, in the state of having been taken.
bola^, speak.
Pres. Ind. bonna
Part. bolor, in the state of having spoken.
Pndnri,
81
karan, do.
Pres. Ind. karna.
Fut. korul
Past kea
Part. keatir, in the state of liaving been done.
ghin (ghm) aclzan, bring, and glun ghen, take away, arc conjugated
like adzan, come, and ghen, go, lespectively. With tliis ghin, having
the sense of take, should be compared Lahnda ghinna, take.
It will be noticed that two forms of the 1st Sing. Fut. are found,
one ending in nasal n, apparently confined to verbs whose roots end in
a vowel, as ghaii, from ghen, go; daii, from din or dBn, give; leU, from
iBn, tnke ; the other being the ordinary form in -I or -ul, as korul, from
karna, do; hlshul, from beshan, sit.
Epenthetical vowel changes are not uncommon. Thus from hannn,
make, we have hanain den or hanainl den (Urdu, hana dSnn); from
rakkhan, place, raikh tshar or raikhl tshar (Urdu, rakh char) ; from
parhan, resid, parhain de or parhaini de (Urdu., parh de). So khalan,
cause to eat, changes to khalain when in agreement with a fern, noun ;
dzhSrna, falling, has pi. dzhairne and fem. dzhairn^, and dzhair^ kar
having fallen ; fut. dzharnal has fem. dzhairneH^ ; hhonna, being, has fem.
bhu^nn^ ; fut. bhonal (I shall be) has f. bhuuFP ; see verbs passim.
The e in thee and koetnl above and in hine and hane below (sen-
tences 4 and 13) should, strictly speaking, be above the line. On
account of difficulties of type it is printed on the line.
Numerals.
1 — yak.
2— dui.
3— tlae.
4 — tsour,
5 — panz.
6 — tshai.
7 — satt.
8 — atth.
9 — nau.
10— dash.
J 1— yarah.
12 — barah.
13 — teirah.
14 — caudah.
15 — pandrah.
IG^shorah.
17 — satarah.
18 — atharah.
19 — 'Unnih.
20— bih.
The first syllable of dui and tlae and shorah is pronounced very
long. It is probable that the common people count by scores and do
not use separate numbers between 20 and 100 (sum)- '•'''«* following
numbers used by some are doubtless due to commujiication with towns.
82
Pndnr'i,
27 — sataii.
67— satath.
29 — unaitri.
69 — nnliattar.
30— trih.
70— sahattar.
37 — safcattri.
77 — .'iathattar (pro-
39— un tali.
nounced sat-h attar)
40— calih.
79 — unasi.
47 — satali.
80— as.si.
49 — 'ununja.
87 — -satasi.
50 — •pjtnjah.
89 — unanme.
57 — satunja.
90— iiabbe.
59 — vanath.
97 — .satanme.
60— .shatth.
100— sau.
List op Common Nouns,
Adjectives and Verbs.
l)ab, father.
sur, pig.
ij, motheir.
kokkar, cock.
bliae, brother.
kokat'r, hen.
l>hen, sister.
bala, male cat.
kua, son.
balai, female cat.
koi, daughter.
fith, camel.
dhaini, husband.
pokkhar, bird.
dzail, wife.
glez, kite.
mauhnu, man.
suga'l', fox.
kliiho", woman,
ghionu,
geobliar, boy.
koi, girl.
hathi, elephant,
hat, hand,
khur, foot,
nakk, nose.
pahal, shepherd,
tsor, thief.
tir, eye.
totar, face.
ghor-a, horse.
dann, tooth.
-i, mare.
kann, ear.
badhel, ox.
lotth, hair.
ga, cow.
niagir, liead.
innih, buffalo.
dzebh, tungue.
bakr-a, he-go;it.
pet, stomach.
-"), she-goat.
pyitth, back.
tlaii)ij;i, sheep,
kof-ar, dog.
jan, body,
katab, book.
-er, bitch.
kalara, pen.
yatsh, bear.
manza, bed.
dlahg, leopard.
ghar, house.
gadha, ass.
gador, liver.
Pndurj.
83
paain, stream (water).
phat, hill,
itiadaii, plain.
baig*, field.
ruait', bread.
paain, water.
geoh, wheat.
kukkur', maize.
bott, tree.
thao, village.
shaihr, town.
ban, jungle.
macch', fish.
bat, way.
phal, fruit.
mas, mefit.
duddli, milk.
thul, egg.
ghiii (accent on second
syllable), ghi.
tel, oil.
tsliali, buttermilk,
disu, day.
rat, night,
dius, sun.
tsainne, moon,
tara, star,
bat, wind,
megli, rain,
dhupp, sunshine,
bhara, load,
bedza, seed,
loh. iron.
cber, good, clean, beautiful,
bura, bad.
bora, big.
mathar, small,
nimta, lazy,
khara, wise,
betal, ignorant,
ha sal, swift,
pain, sharp.
adham, Iiigh.
alag, ugly.
atara (accent on .st^coml
syllable), ugly,
tlianda, cold,
latta, hot.
mettlia, sweet,
tear, ready,
kam, less, little,
mata, more, much,
sobh, all.
bh5n, be.
adzan, come,
ghen, go.
be.shan, sit, remain,
len, take,
din, den, give,
dzharan, fall,
kliarbhon, stand (/tV. become
standing),
heran, see, look,
khan, eat.
pin, drink,
bolan, speak, say.
uijhan, sleep,
karan, do.
kotap, beat, strike,
paryanan, recognise,
puzhan. arrive,
nashan, run.
nash ghen, run away,
banan, make,
rakkhan, place,
hak den (din), call,
{lit. give call. )
mean, meet, be obtained,
shitsan, learn,
pafhiin, read,
lyekhan, write,
maran, die.
khunan, hear,
ghiran, move away.
84; Pddari.
paiti adzan, come back. dzote den, plough.
liHiidan, flow. khalan, cause to eat.
shatsan, fight. pian, cause to drink,
dzittan, win. khunan, cause to hear,
haran, be defeated. tsaran, graze,
handi ghen, go away. tsaran, cause to graze,
tsharan, sow. uqhan, lie down.
Sentences.
1. Tau ni ki han« ? What is thy name ?
2. Eh ghorar kat barli han^ ? How many years has his horse ?
3. Iri Kashmir kateri diir haim ? From here how far is
Kashmir ?
4. Tieuii babbar kat gobhar hine ? How many sous has your
father ?
5. Adz ail bara diiral aur han*. To-day I from very far have come.
6. Miean mathar babbar geobhur taser bheni samet beah keo na
(or keor han*). My uncle's (small father's) son has married his sister.
7. Gih cheta ghorar kathi hin*. In the house the white horse's
saddle is.
8. Taser pitth par tshare. Put it on his back.
9. Mai tasar koa mata kota. I beat his son much.
10. Se phat pewr gei te heu^kev tsarna. He on the hill is grazing
cows and goats.
11. Se tas botte pad ghore pe?<r bithor han". He under that tree
is seated on a horse.
12. Tasar bhae apan bhenal bora ban*. His brother is bigger
than his sister.
13. Tasar mul tlae rupae bane. Its price is three rupees.
14. Miean bab tath mathar kuthi andar han«. My father is n
that small house,
15. Tas rupae del tshare. Give him rupees.
16. Tasal rupayye ial adzai. Froni him bring rupees.
17. Tas maihn koitikar radzuri ki dlaindhe. Having beaten him
well bind him with ropes.
18. Khuhal paain kaddh. Prom the well draw water.
19. Mai agar agar hand (handh). Before me walk.
20. Tieun penittar kasar koa ban® ? Whose boy is behind you ?
21. Se kasal mulle ana ? Fi'om whom did you buy that ?
22. Thawar hati ettah ana. From the shopkeeper of the village I
brought it.
SANSI GLOSSARIES.
INTRODUCTION.
In the Panjab census of 1901 no less than 18,180 person were I'e-
turned as belonging to the criminal tribe of the Sasis. In describing
them perhaps I may be permitted to quote words I have used elsewhere.
" The Sisis are a deeply interesting people. Sunk low in the scale of
civilisation, addicted by nature and education to criminal habits, cling-
ing to traditional beliefs peculiarly their own, living in the midst of,
yet holding aloof from, other races, they invite the attention of stu-
dents of ethnology and students of comparative religion alike. But
their linguistic interest is paramount. Being criminals, they conceal
their language with scrupulous atid extraordinary care. The Sisi dia-
lect may be subdivided into two, the main dialect and the criminal
variation. While the former will certainly repay time spent on it by
students of language, the chief interest lies undoubtedly in the latter.
Here we have the remarkable phenomenon of a dialect which owes its
origin to deliberate fabrication for the purpose of aiding and abetting
crime. Sssis themselves are unaware of its source ; yet in the pre-
sence of strangers they unconsciously use a dialect which is not a
growth but a conscious manufacture. So much has his now become
part of themselves that SSsls from all parts of the Panjab will speak
the same dialect, and be ignorant of the fact that what they call their
language is partially, at least, a conscious imposture, a deliberate fraud,
a carefully laid plot to keep in natural darkness deeds which would not
bear the light."
The difference between the criminal variation and ordinary dialect
consists mainly in the greater use in the former of strange words and in
the systematic disguising of common words. In every-day speech they do
not specially disguise their words ; but it must not be forgotten that
their dialect is different from Panjabi or Urdu or Hindi. It is not a
thieves' argot: it is a distinct dialect. An account of its grammar, which
I wrote seven years ago, will be found in the Journal of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal, Vol. LXX, Part I, No. 1, 1901, p. Iff. Young children
speak the ordinary dialect ; they are not able to make the necessary
criminal alterations. In fact I am inclined to think that the crimiual
86
variety will come to be less and less used as the Sasis habituate them-
selves more and more to the practices of respectable society. At present
most of them, in the Panjab at any rate, live in Government Reserva-
tions under strict discipline. Many, hov?ever, on special license live
scattered here and there in various towns and villages.
There is no doubt that their grammar and vocabulary are affected
by surrounding languages. The glossaries here given consist of words
used by Sssis who live in the Panjab. They certainly l)ave a Panjabi
colouring which would be lacking in the speech of SSsis who had never
been out of tlie United Provinces. Yet the great majority of the words
must be the same for all.
For convenience sake I have divided the words into two parts — first,
those which appear to me to be natural SssI words, and second, those
which appear to have been deliberately altered from Panjabi or Urdu or
Hindi words. Opinions may differ as to which are original words and
which are disguised, but it is not a matter of great importance. This
division, which in any case will be approximately correct, has been made
merely for the sake of facility of reference.
The altered words call for some explanation. Sasis can, when
there is need, change the form of any word, and a vocabulary to include
all such changed words would be co-extensive with a dictionary of the
language of Panjabi villages. In this glossary I have inserted only
those not very numerous words whose altered forms have become so
stereotyped as to be virtually new words.
The following are the commonest changes. The Roman numerals
refer to the section of the glossaries : —
g is sometimes inserted when r or r is both followed and preceded
by a vowel (h not being considered) : — as, jehrgd, kShrgS, merga, terga,
mharga, tuhdrga, nhdrga, from jehfa, kehrd, mera, terd, mhdrd, tuhdrd,
sard (all in XVIIV It is inserted also in koggi (XVIII) from kol.
Words beginning with a frequently change d to ko ; as, kodmi (X).
kom (XIII), konnd (XIV), kodhd and koth (XVII), koj (XVII), from
ddml, dtd, anna, ddhd, dth, dj. Gf. also khoth (XII ), from hath.
Words beginning with a often alter it to ku ; as, kiikkhi (XII),
kurji (XIV), kugge and kundar (XVIII), from akkhi, arji, ayge, andar.
Cf. also km (XIV) from hatti.
Kahnd and rahiia become kauhgnd and rauhgnd (XVI), hond, dend,
lend become hopnd, depnd, lepnd (XVI).
Words beginning with a vowel or with h followed by a vowel, often
87
prefix 6 (oi- siihstit-,iite it for h) as, hindU (XK bek, beil (XVTT\ hue,
heihi (XVIII), for Hindu, eh, efl, iw, etln.
Words beginning with p generally change p to n, an nair, nSt
{XW),nagg (XIV), narhna and nuchnn (XVI), na7ij, nncc and nanjah
(XVII), narso (XVIII), nhitta, ho]u pnir, pet, pagg, parhna, piichnri,
panj, pane, panjnh, far so, phiita.
Words beginning with 6 gjenerally change 6 to c or cfe ; as, chattu
(X), chnha (XIV), coll {XY),chatma(XVl),rhaiiht (XVU), chalak,:im\
chahar (XVIII), hom. Bhattii, biiha, boll, hatnnn, bahuf, bhalakbnhnr.
n is nsed as a disguising letter for various other words, ns, nhik
(XVII) from thik, nhanednr (X) from thanedar, uhana (XIV) from
thana, vikat (XTV) from tikaf, nombu (XIV) from tombu, nalll (XIV)
from lalll, na\l (XVII) from cMl, non (XV) from corf,nhdlle (Xfll)
irora chdlle, 7ihtkhnn {XYl) fvoTxi si khnn, nhir (XII) from .s'lV, nhakkn
( XYIl) irom. sakka,nahb (X) irom snhb (^nhib), naihr (XIV) h-omshakr.
Different letters are changed to kh.
khiTchna (XVI) from likhnd : kharji (XV) from marji; khlkn,
khns, khis, and kliassl (XVII) from nikn, da^, his, and assl.
khn is more or less indisciiminately prefixed to words as kluunju
(XVII) for rnjl; khadifha for ditha, seen; kliadeparjgra for depnrgrn
= deuga, I will give.
kh is prefixed in khilpar, khupara (XVIII) from npar.
dha is similarly employed, as dhagalh, from galli, tliroat.
Some words transpose prominent consonants, as comi from mod (X)
and chami from machi (X).
k is changed to r in runj'l and rhat (XIV), from kunjz and khnt.
b is employed in bendra (XIV), from jandrn ; ban ( XV), from san ;
and baunna (XIV), from sona.
There are still other changes which hardly admit of classification.
Tlius from car, we get caug ; from ca-Qga, rerjgnn ; and fi-om hhtikhn
jhukha (all in XIII), from Musalman, Dhumalmdn ; and from sipahl,
gupahl (X) ; h'omsanduq,nadhuk,iindiivo\n lathi, barlathi (XIV) ; from
nikalnn, khtgalnn ; and from mkhid, rekhwand (XVI); from u-nihrd,
chaihr or chaihra (XI) ; from dnhai, duhangi (XVIII).
Pronunciation calls for a few remarks. In the Panjab Sasi
pronounce most words as Panjabis would pronounce them. There are,
however, special points to be noticed. They have, in some words, a
peculiar fashion of shutting off a long vowel. These words, so far as
I have noticed, are monosyllabic. In the glossaries which follow, this
88
vowel is indicated by the doubling of the consonant which follows ; thus,
ndtt, load of grain ; hass, boiled fat ; khupp, salt ; bapp father ; putt, son ;
gandd, anus. Verbs which end in ana, have the first a greatly leng-
thened in the present participle. Thus mgumata and batata, from gumana
and batand, tlie middle vowel is strangely prolonged. A similar remark
applies to the first vowel of some past participles. Thus, hua, kiyd,
diyd in Urdu, become huwwa, kiyyd, d'lyyd in SSsi, the first vowel being
very long. This is t!ie case also with the u of kud, well (see V).
In the vocabularies interest attaches to the legal words cdrdwd, ad-
^'ocate; cardwt the cardioa's wages ; gaddi, plaintiff or defendant ; hindd,
ordeal ; dho, fee of one rupee ; sair, legal statement ; saihl, notice or
warning ; rd-; B^ndjat, justice or judgment ; berdsi, injustice. The words
relating to stealing or cattle-poisoning are also worthy of notice. They
are baut and gazm, thief ; cliaggl, dauti and lakri, poisoned stabbing
instruments ; goli, teari and thlmd, poison ; gaund, place in the inside
of the throat for concealing coins ; iombu, ' jemmy ' ; kokd, sign ; pirjgl,
following up a thief ; bauti and gaiml, theft.
The glossary of original words contains 300 words including femin-
ine forms, or, excluding the latter, 265 words. I cannot hope that
I have secured all the special words employed by Panjab Sasis, but I do
not think their vocabulary can be much more extensive than is here re-
presented. The glossary of disguised words comprises 126 words, exclud-
ing feminine forms. These figures do not take account of the Appendix.
It is interesting to reflect that the vocabulary of a criminal tribe is, after
all, not very large, even in the case of a dialect so well composed
and so clearly defined as that of the Sasis. Owing, however, to the
system of disguise, it is quite impossible for one not initiated to
understand anything at all of a Slsi conversation when the speakers
do not desire to be understood. The linguistic interest of the dialect
is out of all proportion to the extent of its vocabulary.
This is not the place for entering upon a discussion of the linguis-
tic position of the Sisi dialect. It is sufficient to say that it, like
Gujuri, is closely connected with the Rajasthani system of dialects.
These in turn have a marked resemblance to the forms of speech found
between Camba and Simla. The causes of this connection are still
in obscurity, but we may look for a scholarly and valuable pronouncement
on the subject from the pen of Dr. Gr. A. Grierson in one of the forth-
coming volumes of the Linguistic Survey of India. Dr. Grierson has
referred briefly to the matter in the chapter on Languages in the lieport
89
of the Census of India, 1901. On pp. 70-72, of Part IV of this Volume,
I have mentioned some of the points of resemblance between SS.si and
other dialects. It seems hardly profitable at present to continue
the investigation much further on the same lines, but those desirous
of working out further similarities may compare the sketch of Sssi
Grammar referred to above with the dialects treated of in Parts I to III
here. In the meantime the following comparative table, supplementary
to pp. 70-72 of Part IV will be sufficient. Tlie practical identity of
the Sisi Future with that found in Mandeali, Suketl atid Bilfispini (see
below) is very remarkable.
1st Per
•. Pron Nom.
1st Plur. Gen.
2nd Plur. Qen.
Sisi "^
hau
rahara
tuhara
Baghati
ail
mahra
tahra
Kiathali
1
mahro
Kot Grurui
mahro
tharo
Inner Siraji
hi
mharau
tharau
Outer Siraji
hft
mharo
tharn
Mandeali
had
mhara
Kaggri
ha
mhara
Bhateali
tuhara
Kuliii and Sainji have liaii, Curahi, Bhadrawahi, Bhalesi and
Padari ail; Eastern KiSthali ciE; and Kotkhai a.
The SSsi Agent Sing, ends in -e. In Kaijgri it generally ends in tlie
same way.
The SSsi future ends in ngT^ or rjg : thus we have horjgrd or
horjg I shall be, marar/gra, or mararjg, I shall eat. The Future in rjg
is reproduced exactly in Mandi and Suket, where we have Mrjg (or hUgha)
and maraijg (or mdrgha), that in jjgrd is found in Bilaspiir, the state ad-
joining Suket on the south, where we get hdrjgra and mdrarjgro.
W. Bilaspur has hurjghra and mararjghrd. Compare with this Kaqgri
hurjghd and mdrghd, Bhateali hurjghd and mdhrgha.
The following is a table of Adverbs of place : —
here
there
when ?
where ?
Sisi
etthi
otthi
kare
jare
Curahi
etthi
o^thi
kore
jere
Bhadrawahi
korl
zari
Bhalesi
kore
dzere
Padai-i
kor
zar
90
Pronouns he, she, it or that, and this.
Agent Sing. Oblique Plur.
Sisi un in n retained throughout
Bhadrawahi uni ini n retained throughout
The dialects which, like SIsi, make their Pres. Pai't. in -fa are
Ciirahi, Bhadrawahi. Bha}esl and Padari.
GLOSSARY OF SANSI WORDS
Nnte. — References to other Sasi words are to the same section of the Glossary
unless when otherwise speci6ed.
I
I.— People.
badia, snake-cliarmer, /. badiani.
bogra, watchman (caukidar) or
police inspector (thanedar).
bahn, sister,
baila, Cuhra, /. baili (see cucnci,
goUa, nokh).
bapp, father.
ba»mi, wife.
baut, thief (see gaim).
bhataai, Sssi woman.
bhattu, SSsi man (in the Cuhra
aigot bhatu). [ktniH).
bitri, khattri, /. bitrani (see
bogna, faqir.
bora, boy (see mundd, neokla).
bori, girl (see mundl^ neokU, nikki).
chamk, Brahman, /. chamkani.
carawa, advocate in S3si dispute
(see gaddi ; also carawi, dho, sair
in V, and saihl in VI).
cyur, Sikkh, /. cyurani.
cucna, Ciihra (see baila), f. cucoi.
dhamnS, husband.
gaddi, plaintiff or defendant (see
ciirdwa) .
gaim, thief (cf. Qasai word gaimb
or gaimbd (see baut).
gajeta, non-Iowcaste boy.
gajeti, non-lowcaste girl,
golia, Cuhra, /. gollaa (see baiJd).
kajja, J at, /. kajji (English
codger ? See kheta).
kaka, father's younger brother,
kaki, wife of preceding.
kheta, Jat, /. kheti (see kajjd).
kinia, khattri (see bitri). f. kiniani.
kumbhla, potter ( Urdu /c/tm/u//).
/. kumbhlani.
mauti, mother,
munchi, wiiter, &c.
munda, boy (see horn).
mundi, girl (.see bori).
naithi, barber (Urdu ndl).
neokla, nekla, boy (see born).
neokli, nekli, girl (see hori).
nikki, little girl (see bori; and
nthd in VIII).
n5kh, Ciihra, /. nokhni (see bailn).
phupha, father's sister's husband.
pUtt, son.
tli5ka, carpenter (cf. Paiijabi
thdknd, to hammer).
II.— Animals.
balea, cat (accent on la.st syllable),
/. baleai (see gaunn, kuned).
bhukal, dog, /. bhukli (seekiitn),
possibly onomatopoetic.
chabra, m. goat, /. chahri.
culkna, m. cock, /. culkni.
dhebra, m. cat, /. dhebri.
dofa, m. iyuana, /. doph (Pjiiijabi
goh); dofn, hikan, jhandn and
sirsd, are names of different
kinds of iguana.
edri, /. sheep.
gaddar, m. jackal, /. gaddap.
gauna, m. cat, ass. (See baled,).
hikan, m. kind of iguana (see dof^)-
92
Glossary of Sasi Words.
jaggar, m. feeble, poor animal
(ciittle) alive or dead, used by
Culiras of dead cattle,
jhabbar m. jackal,
jlianda, m, kind of iguana (Panjabi
jhandaul, see dofa).
jhau, TO. bedgeliog, /. jhaihii.
kabra, m. goat, /. kabri.
kaijgal, m. bull; /. kaijgli {^eelaud).
khimat, /. buffalo,
kiidra, horse ; /. kudri.
kukar, m. cock ; /. kukkri.
kuiiei, m. cat (accent on last
syllable, see baled).
kiita, dog ; /. kiiti (see hhiikal).
lalsi, /. cow (see laud).
laud, lauda, bull ; /. laudi (see
kdrjgal, lalsi).
nokb, m. mongoose, /. nokhni.
sirsa, in. kind of iguana, /. sirsi
(Panjabi hatjgird, see dofd).
tandli, m. louse (see tusU).
thUb, m. camel.
tiinda, m. pig,
tusli,/. louse (see td^idli).
III.— Parts of the Body.
[In this list h stands for human, a for
animal, b for both human and animal,
according as the words refer to the parts
of the human body or the parts of ani-
mals, generally cattle.]
atts, /. pi. entrails (b). If the
entrails are cut up into pieces
each piece is called att, f.
bahapa, foreleg (a),
banda, penis (6).
bandi, vagina (6).
bapeandar, /. anus with adjoining
parts (a).
bellar, m. skin (a),
bet, m. skin (a).
caura, m. hind leg (a), used also
by Cuhras.
dhuddi, /. pelvis with flesh
attached.
dokla, m. woman's breast.
gandd, /. anus.
gauna, )». hollow place in throat
formed by practice where small
coins are concealed (word used
also by gamblers).
kagar, /. spine (a).
gicli, /. knee-joint with flesh at-
tached (a; used also by Cuhras).
kanheri, /. clavicle with flesh
attached (a).
kanna, m. back of neck (a), Ciihra
kaund.
karoH, /. breast (a),
khum, m. face (h ; perhaps mukh
inverted).
khura, m. lower half of leg (a),
krumbli, /. scapula with flesh
attached (a). [Cuhras.
mohra, »». breastbone (a), used by
patri,/. lower part of back (a).
ramba, m. scapula with flesh
attached ( a).
rukra, TO. kidney (6), Cuhra rukrd.
sammi, /. lower part of back (a) .
tambla, to. woman's breast.
tenda, to. coccyx with flesh at-
tached (a).
IV.-Pood.
bagOUe, m. pi. gram.
bass, /. boiled fat.
bera, m. meat.
cai, m. water.
cumbli,/. rice (in the husk).
dhandha, m. carrion.
dhuUa. m. gur (coarse sugar).
kanji, /. soup.
khissii, khisu, /. wheat.
khupp, TO. salt.
kunj, /. wheat.
Glossary of Sasi Words.
93
kurkni, /. maize {kukhri in various
hill dialects. See Simla and
Camba dialects ; also dialects in
JammS State sucli as Bhadra-
wahi).
raijii,/. unboiled fat (Cuhra minj).
paijgat, m. ghi (claiified butter).
raiqk, m. meat.
tandal, m. rice.
tandli, /. straw.
taphle, m. pL, fodder.
tasli,/- bread.
timi,/. bread. [see next word).
tugra, 111. food (Panjabi tnkra
tiik, m. food.
tusle, m. fl. barley.
wassal, m. onion.
V. — Common Nouns.
atthar, m. quilt (placed below the
sleeper). [dialects.
ba, /. wind. Of. various hill
bai, /. word, matter (Urdu hat),
abuse (Urdu gall), see gappni.
bagela, m. half a pice. [bit.
bageli, /. eight annas, eight-anna
balua, m. rupee (see chill, lahha,
ruknn ) .
badewela, m. early morning.
bena, m. shallow brass vessel ( Pan-
jabi channa).
binda, m. ordeal. Two kinds of
ordeal are common. According
to one the persons concerned
dive into water or hold their
heads under water. The one
who stays under longer is
deemed to have rig:ht on his
side. According to the other a
pice and a rupee are hidden in
different lumps of dough. The
truth lies on the side of the one
who draws the rupee.
bindi,/. ear ornament, ear-drop.
bogmS, /. wealth.
hurkiia. »i. hiKiqa, as(>d also by
Qasais an.l Cuhras, cf. t^arablers,
bnrkfl. 'V\\e word is onoraato-
poetic (see togna).
carawi, /. wages given to carawa,
q. v. [.
caughli, /. four annas, four-anna
bit.
chaggi, /. piece of stick about a
foot and a half long, with a poi-
soned needle at the end, used for
poisoning other people's cattle
with a view to securing the flesh
and skin: (see daUtj, ffoU, lakri,
teari, fhlma) a word used by
Cuhras.
chik,/. sneeze (see chikna VII).
chill, m. rupee (see halun), cf, gam-
blers' word chillar, Panjabi chill.
daut, m, early morning.
daftti, /. same as chaggi, q.v., ex-
cept that the stick is only a
couple of inches long.
dhama, m. village.
dho, w. rupee paid by each party
on beginning a Sssi law case,
(see caraivd in I).
dhormi, /. two annas, two-anna bit.
dhumk, /. bad smell.
dokla, m. pice.
gl, TO. village. (Urdu gSB).
gappni, /. word, matter (Urdu
bat), abuse (Urdii gali), see hai.
gedi, /. instrument for carding
cotton (Panjabi jhamnt).
goli, /. poison, used chiefly for
putting into the food of culti-
vators' cattle (used by Cuhras).
guliiba, m. tobacco.
jiwi,/. land.
karjgri, /. movable mud fire-place.
khahta, m. way.
khat, /• bed (khaf in Kashmiri,
Punchi, Kairali, Doda Siraji,
Bhadiawahi),
94
Glossary of SUsi Words.
khaula, m. house.
khludh, /. quilt used, to cover the
sleeper.
khunta, m. iron and wood instru-
ment for digging.
kohd, m. large silver circle for the
neck (see kuhdi).
koka, m. sign,
kondh, m. dark half of lunar
month, i.e., from about the 22nd
of one lunar month to the 7th of
the next.
kothli, /. tobacco pouch.
kua, well (w pronounced very long,
see riia XIV).
kSdhi, /. earthenware cooking pot
(Panjiibi taart or handi).
kudra, m. earthenware waterpot
(Urdu ghard).
kudri, /. load of sheaves of corn,
&c. (Panjabi bharl).
kuhdi, /. small silver circle for
neck (see kohd.)
labba, m. rupee (see balud).
lakri, /. cattle-stabbing instrument.
same as cluiggl, q.v.
lalli, /. night, c/. Arabic laila.
lamkna, m. earring. (Panjabi
lamTcna, hang).
leokri,/. wood (Urdu lakri).
nahd, in. village.
natt, /. load of grain, &c. (Panjabi
pand).
naStha, m. name.
netri, /. sword.
pagg, /. turban.
pauhni, /. shoe (Punchi paw^a).
phal, m. house-breaking jemmy,
(see tombu).
pirl, m. oil.
piijgi, /. fire,
ricj-a, m. cloth,
rukna, m. rupee (see halud).
sair, /. legal statement made by
plaintiif or defendant previous
to the advocate (see caratoa in I).
sutthan, /. kind of baggy trousers,
Panjabi sutthan.
tear!,/, poison given to cattle (see
chaggi), a word used also by
Cuhras.
thima, m. poison given to cattle
("see chaggi), used by Culiras.
tohgna, m. huqqa (see burkna ;
tohgna in VII).
tombu, m. house-breaking jemmy
(used also by Cuhjas) ; see phal.
VI.— Abstract Nouns.
bauti, /. theft (see baut in I) ;
used by Cuhras.
berasi, /. injustice ( see ras) ; used
by Qalandar. [^laggna).
chok, /. police inquiry (with
gaimi,/. theft (see gaim in I) ; used
by Cuhras, cf. Qasai gaimbi,
jadda, m. cold, (cf. Outer Siraji
dzadau, JJrdujard).
jat,y. justice, judgment (see rds).
piijgi, /. following up a thief.
ras, /. justice, judgment (see
berdsi, jdt), used by Qalandar.
sata, /. thirst (accent on second
syllable).
saihl, /. legal warning or notice
generally verbal (see carawa
in I).
VII.-Verbs.
asarna, corae (Urdu ann).
bagna, flow (Urdu bahnd).
baisna, sit (Urdu baithnd).
binkna, run.
chekna, ostracise, outcaste.
cekufna, seize.
chegguna, ask for, demand.
Glossary of SS,si Words
95
chikna, sneeze (see chlk. V,).
cilapna, walk, go.
culkna, speak.
chodna, leave (Urdu chornd).
dauna, enter, place (in latter sense
equivalent of Urdu dalnn).
dimna, eat (see dutnd).
ditha, past part. seen. (Panjabi
ditthd).
dutna, eat (see dimna).
gauhgna, go, pa. p. gauhga, gone,
gum kulna, keep quiet (see kulnd,
natthi kulna). [lost).
gumana, conceal (Persian gum,
jasarna, go. (Urduy^na).
khinsna, run away.
khimna, weep.
khona, open : Urdii kholnd.
khusarna, laugh.
kukna, accuse, inform'about, ' peach.'
kulna, do (used by Ciihras).
loaa, beat, kill (cf. Cuhra lothnn,
Kashmiri Idyun).
lugua, die (used by Ciihras).
natthi kiilna, keep quiet (see kulnd,
gum- kulnd).
naukhna, see, look.
pagarna, seize. {Urdu pakarnd).
pinagaa, run away.
podna, have sexual intercourse
with (Urdu eodna).
pudana, cause to have sexual
intercourse with.
retna, cut.
siyya, was, /. si, pi. siyye, /. siyyg
(see thlyyd; cf. Panjabi si).
tauna, fall, lie ; it also enters into
composition with the sense of
Panjabi paind.
thekuna, conceal in ground, bury.
thiyya, was, /. thi, pi. thiyye,
/. thiyyS (see siyyd) . A similar
form is found in many hill
dialects.
tohgna, drink (.see iohqnd in V).
nthna, rise, get up. (Urdii ntlind).
VIII.- Adjectives, Pronouns.
buddlia, old.
dhor, two.
ea, this (Urdii yih).
hau, I (/m«, nn or hv. is found in
many hill dialects and also in
Rajasthan. See Introduction
above).
ja^a, big.
kai, something, anything.
mhara, our. See Introduction.
nika, small (see nikki in I, which,
it is to be noted, is not nikl).
tam, you (Urdu turn ; for ive ham
is used as in Urdu).
taS, thou.
ther, three.
tiarga refers to the thing under
discussion, when plainer reference
is not desired. It takes the
gender and number of the word
indicated. It may be translated
' the thing or person we are speak-
ing of.'
tuhara, your. See Introduction.
IX.— Adverbs, Prepositions,
Interjections,
age, yes.
bai, hush!
bhi, again (it is noteworthy that
this word is found in this sense
in Inner Siraji).
bice, in. Found in many dialects.
dua hoti, expression of greeting
and farewell, probably contract-
ed from the words for ' there is
prayer,' and meaning ' may there
be prayer for thee,* ' peace be to
thee.'
etthe, Stthi, here. See Introduc-
tion.
96 Glossary of S&s't Words.
ettho, hence. ma, in.
ettho tikar, up to here. nU, there.
ida, thus. otthe,otthi, there. See Introduction.
iw, iwke, now. ottho, thence.
jare, where (relative). See Intro- ottho tikar, up to there.
ducfcion. satlitha, than (used like Urdu se).
kad, when ? talhg, down, below {talU in Gujur
kare , where ? and Tinauli).
kida, why.
i
GLOSSARY OF DISGUISED SANSI WORDS
Note. — In this Glossary P. stands for Panjabl.
X.-People.
binds, Hindn.
bappta, bapp (q.v., I), father.
biwar, P. jbiur, water-carrier, &c.
bunyara, P. sunyara, goldsmith
charai, P. machi, name of a caste
whose chief function is water-
carrying.
chattu, bhattu, Sasi (see bhattu
in I).
chatani, female of chattu.
comi, moci, shoemaker,
dhuraalman, Musalman.
gupahi, sipahi.
kodmi, iidmi, man.
nahb, sahib, European. [or.
nhanedar, thanedar, police inspect-
nhauhra, P. sauhra ; father-in-law,
ranjar, P. kanjar, a low Muham-
madan caste.
XI.— Animals.
bahn, P. sabn, breeding animal
(horse, donkey, bull),
beadha, P. sandha, male buffalo,
chaihr or chaihra, P. waihfa, calf.
1 chukal, bhukal (q.v., II) dog, cf.
Gipsy jukel.
ratta, P. katta, young baffalo.
XII.— Parts of the Body.
kills, P. sis, head (see uhis).
khotb, hath, hand.
kSkkh, P. akkh, eye.
kukkhi, P. akhkhi, eye.
nair, pair, foot.
net, pet, stomach.
nhir, sir, head,
nhis, P. sis, head (see khis).
jafidhre, P. jau, barley.
XIII.-Food.
kotta, ata, flour,
nholle, ch5lle, gram,
nuk, tuk (q.v., IV), food.
XIV. — Common Nouns.
barlathi, lathi, stick.
baunna, sona, gold.
bendia, P. jandra, lock.
chanda, P. bhanda, household
vessel,
chuha, buha, door,
coli, boli, speech, language,
konna, P. anna, anna,
kundi, P. handi, cooking pot.
kurji, 'arzi, complaint in law.
kuti, P. hatti, shop,
nadhuk, sandiiq, box.
nagg, pagg, turban,
naihr, shahr, city,
naisa, paisa, pice,
naki, P. taki, cloth,
nalli, lalli, night,
narat, P. parat, brass vessel,
nhali, P- thali, brass vessel,
nhana, thana, police station,
nikat, tikat, ticket,
nohal, P. boha], heap of grain.
98
Glossary of Disguised Sdsi Words.
ii5mbu, tombu, house-breaking in-
strument.
iliat, khat (q.v., V.), bed.
, runji, kunji, key.
\ rua, kua, well {n pronounced very
XV.— Abstract Nouns.
banh, P. sanh, house-breaking.
kharji, marzi, will, pleasure.
, nliitta, P. phitta, abuse.
I aiori, cori, theft.
khajanat, zamanat, surety.
XVI.— Verbs. (
' chatana, bataua, show, tell.
colna, bolna, speak.
depna, dena, give.
hopna, bona, be, become.
kauhgna, kahna, say. [out.
khigalna, nikalna, go out, come
khikkhna, likhna, write.
lepna, lena, take.
I narhna, parbna, read.
nhikhaa, sikhna, learn.
rihodna, chodna (q.v., VII), leave-
nuchna, puchna, ask,
raubgna, lahna, remain,
rekbvvana, rakbna, place,
XVII.— Adjectives, Pronouns.
bea, ea (q.v., VIII), this (h is pre-
fixed throughout the declension),
bek, ek, one.
boh, P. oh, that (h is prefixed
throughout the declension),
caug, car, four,
ceggua, P. caqga, good, etc.
chauht, bahut, much, many,
jhukha, bhukha, hungry,
jihrga, P. jihra, which (relative).
kharaju, P. >aji, Urdurazi, willing,
pleased, in good health.
khas, das, ten.
khassi, assi, eighty.
khaS, nau, nine.
khawwe, nawwe, ninety.
kihrga, P. kihra, which ?
khika, nika (q.v., VIII), small.
khis, bis, twenty.
kodha, adha, half.
koth, ath, eight.
merga, mera, my, mine.
mharga, mhara (q.v., VIII), our,
ours.
nacc, pane, five.
uali, P. call, forty.
nanj, panj, five.
nanjah, P. panjah, fifty.
uhakka, sakka, relative, e.g. sakkn
bhauta, full brother.
nhara or nharga, sara, all.
nhatt, P. satt., seven,
nhattar, sattar, seventy,
nhatth, P. satth, sixty,
nhau, .sau, hundred,
nhe, P. che, six.
nhik, thik, right, correct,
terga, tera, thy, thine,
tuharga, tuhara, (q.v., VIII), your,
yours.
XVIII.— Adverbs, Prepositions,
Interjections.
betthe, betthi, etthe, etthi (q.v.,
IX), liere.
bettho, ettlio (q.v., IX), hence.
biw, biwke, iw, iwke (q.v., IXj,
now.
botthe, bottlii, 5tthe, otthi, (q.v.,
iX), there.
bottho, ottho (q.v., IX), thence.
chahar, bahar, outside.
chalak, P. bhalak, to-moi^row.
Glossary of Disguised Suai Words. 99
duhangi, duhai, lit. appeal, used as koj, aj, to-day.
au expressio.i of "su.-prise or kugg§, P. agge, in front, befo.e.
horror. , , j • -j
, , _ _ , kiindar, andar, inside,
khupar, upar, above, up. ~ ~ ^ n. .
,- . 1 P , narso, parso, day after to- morrow
kliupa.-a, upar se, from above. or day before yesterday,
koi^gi, koi, anyone, someone. ^ath, sath, with.
APPENDIX.
It seems advisable to include in an appendix some words which I
have not been able to verify. The first list is taken from a very inter-
esting leport on Vagrant Sisis published in 1896 by Mr. H. L. Williams,
0. S. P. From the fact that my Sasi friends do not recognise the words,
I conclude tliat they must be words used by the Bhedghut, who are very
vicious in their habits and seem to have secret words not known to other
Sssis. I give the words exactly as they appear in the report. There
are veiy few diacritical marks : —
bogna, danger,
bola, father.
chaukuni, four-anna bit.
chepri, cloth,
chhangriya, brass vessel,
chhekia, cow.
chhipri, pice,
chilakni, nose-ring,
chiwar, policeman,
dhagun, bangle,
hat, eight,
jhandla, utensil,
khapla, salt,
khumna, rupee,
kukiya, cock,
manuka, salt,
mat, mother,
materi, woman,
nakauni, nose-ring,
namalta, meat.
nanj, nine,
nilian, gold mohurs.
nohal, house-breaking instru-
ment,
nojna, gold,
parausi, master.
rabdi, sister,
rakhia, sheep,
rupya, cloth,
sagla, pot.
sekhiya, policeman,
seth, gram,
sipri, rice,
takna, workman,
tapgi, turban,
thangia, brother,
thangna, arrest,
tonga, rupee. ^
tora, liquor,
tshukr, dog.
The following words, which I cannot recognise, are found in a MS.
list compiled in 1905, by Kishan Cand, Sub-Inspector of Police, Sial-
kot.
chipya, sheet,
sarat, pillow.
thengan, bangle,
thoya, old.
PANGWALI [Paijgwali.]
The following notes have been compiled from two manuscripts.
I have not had an opportunity of making a firsthand study of
Paggwali.
Nouns.
Masculine.
Nouns in — a.
Sing. Plur.
N. '' ghor-a, horse -e
G. -e -e
D.A. -e di or je -e di or je
L. -e bice, Sfc. -e bice ^c.
Ab. -e kana -e kana
Ag. -e -e
Usage appears to vary in the case of raasc. nouns with other
endings. They add -e for Gen. and Ag., but generally do not other-
wise inflect. There is, however, a locative in -e, thus tes dese, in that
country.
hah, hau, father, has G. habbe, baue, &c.
Feminine.
N.
kui, girl
kui
G.
kui or kiiia
,, or kiiia
D.A.
kui
kui
L.
„ bice
„ bice
Ab.
„ kana
,, kana
Ag.
kui
kui
Fem. nouns in a
consonant appear to inflect by adding -I ; thus
pitth, back ; pitthl pu
tth, on the back ; hlien
sister ; hhenl di, to a
sister.
«
Pkonouns.
1st
Sing.
2nd 3rd
eh, this.
N.
aG
tii se, oh
eh
G.
man
tan tese, use
i.se
D.A.
mo di
tan di tes di, us
di is di
102 Pang wait.
L, mo bice tau bice tes bice, its bice is bice
Ab. mo kana tau kana tes kana, us kana is kana
Ag, me tai, te teni, un! in!
Plur.
N.
as, as
tus, tub
oh
eh
G.
hen
tahn
unkea
inkea
D.A.
as di
tus di (?)
un di
in di
L.
as bice
tus bice (?)
un bice
in bice
Ab.
as kana
tus kana (?)
un kana
in kana
Ag.
ase, as
tuse, tiih, tus
unh
inh
^'or rf?, to,
Je is also
used.
Ofclier pi
'onouns are
kas, who ?
G. Tease
Ag. kini
je who,
G. jise
Ag. jim
M, what; kicch, sometliing, anything; jehicch, whatever; sahh,
all.
In Par)gwali the lattery tends to become dz and is often so pro-
nounced.
Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns ; otherwise they
are indeclinable except those in -a, which have obi. masc, sing, -e,
plur, masc. -e, fem. sing, and plur. -f.
Demonstrative. Collective. Interrogatwe. Relative.
ana, like this, tana, like that kana, like what ? jana, like which
attru, so much tattru, so much kattru, how much jattru, as much
or many or many. or many or many.
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. The following is a list of
tlie most important adverbs other than adjectives : —
Time. ,
abe, now pasur, day after to-morrow
tikhan, then coth, day after that
kikhan, when ? hi, yesterday
jikhan, dzikhan, when pare, day before yesterday
piir, to-morrow coth, day befoi'e that
Panywali. 10;»
Place.
iri, here bunh, ure, down
uri, there nir, near
kori, where 'f dur, far
jeri, dzeri, where agar, in front
iri tikar, up to here pata, behind
itthi kana, from here aiitar, inside
baih, up bbarilh, outside
Others are kis, why ?; hi, yes'; neJn, no; jugti, well ; utaulu (adj.)
quickly.
Prepositions.
The commonest prepositions have been indicated in the declou-siun
of nouns and pronouns. The same word is frequeutly both a preposition
and an adverb.
par, beyond putth, upon
war, on this side kem, along with
par, beneath
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. asa asa asa ase ase ase
Fern, asi
as, indecl. and sd, are also found for asa ; and for the 3rd
sing, and plur. we also notice ahi.
Past sing. mas. thiya, fern, thi, plur. thiye, thi.
Intransitive.
bish^a, sit, remain.
Put. bish-S or -al -al -al -el -el -el
Imper. bish
Past Cond. or
Pres. Ind. bish-ta fern, -tl pi. -te feni. -ti
Impf. Ind. bishtath fem. bishtith all through
Past bitth-a fem. -i pi. -e fem. -1
Part. hishtd, sitting ; bithora, in the condition of being
seated ; bishnetvala, sitter or about to sit ; bishi
kai, having sat.
The regular past and stative past (not used) would be bishs, bishdra.
104 Pungwali.
The following show slight variations :-
bhuna, become.
Fut. bhol all through
Imper. bho
Past Cond. or
Pres. Ind. bhuta
Part. bhua
ina, come.
Fut.
yal
Imper.
ai
Pres, Ind.
Ita
Part.
yaikat^
having come ; yor or yora, in the condi-
tion of having come.
ghena, go.
Fut.
ghel
Impel .
ga^
ghe
Pres. Ind.
gheta
Past
ga
fem. gei
Part.
ghal km
", having gone ; gayora, in the condition
of having gone.
Transitive.
The regular transitive verb is conjugated like bishna, having, how-
ever, a regular past, which agrees with the object as in Urdu. The
following show slight differences : —
mana, beat.
Fut. maral pi. marel
Pres. Ind, mata
Past mara.
Part. manewdlci, beater, about to beat ; tnarora, in the
condition of having been beaten.
khana, eat.
Past khau
pina, drink.
Past piii
Pangwidi. 105
dena, give.
Fat.
dia
Pres.
Ind.
deta
Past
ditta
nenu, take.
Put.
nel
Pres.
Ind.
net:!
Past
niS
kanu, do.
Pres.
Ind.
kata
Past
kijt
bujna, know
Past
y;
buddhu
9
ghini ghena, take away, is like ghena.
One of the MSS. has a Fiit. in -la, thus ghe-ld, f. ~ll, plur. -le, and
has an interesting form in -n for the 2nd plur. fut., thus mdran, you
will beat, reminding us of the -n which appears in the 2nd, 3rd plur.
fut. in Padari.
The omission of the r from some of the tenses of the verbs for beat
and say, manaand kana, is noteworthy. Compare also henu, see ; hand,
be defeated ; panhd (?) read, which in other dialects would be herna
hdrna, parhna. The same feature is found in Curahi mdnu, beat
kdhnu, do (p. 32).
The infinitive ends in -a or -u or -u.
Numerals.
1 yak.
11 — yahra.
2— dni.
12 — balira.
3— tlai.
13— tehra.
4 — caur.
14 — -caudha
5 — pan] .
15 — -pandra.
6— che.
16 — shodha
7— satt.
17 — satara.
8— atth.
18 — athara.
9 — naS.
19 — unnih.
10— dash.
20— bih.
The people probably count by scores and do not use the separate
numbers between 20 and 100 (sau). With shodha, sixteen, compare
Padari shordih.
106
F any wall.
Common Nouns, Verbs and Adjectives.
bab, bau, father.
ijji, mother.
bhau, brother (older than
speaker.)
bhai, brother (younger than
speaker. )
deddi, sister (older than
speaker.)
bhain, sister (younger than
speaker.)
koa, son.
kui, kuri, daughter,
ghareth, husband,
jolli, dzolli, wife,
mahnu, mard, man.
jelhanu, woman,
koa, boy.
kui, girl,
gual, cowherd,
puhal, shepherd.
ghora, horse,
ghori, mare.
lind, ox.
ga, cow.
bhai, buffalo,
bakru, he-goat,
bakri, she-goat,
bhed, sheep,
k attar, dog.
kuttri, bitch,
rikkh, black bear,
bhrabbu, red bear,
kukkar, cock,
kukkri, hen.
balar, cat (male),
balari, „ (female),
pakhrii, bird,
ill, kite,
sagal, fox.
hathi, elephant.
hatth, hand.
khur, foot
nakh, nose.
tir, eye.
.shund, far.
asi, mouth.
dand, tooth.
kann, ear.
kes, hair.
kupal, head.
magar, head.
jibh, tongue.
peth. stomach
dheddh, „
pitth, back
sarir, body,
pothi, book.
katab, ,,
kalam, pea.
manja, bed.
gih, house.
darya, river.
gaddri, stream,
joth, dzoth, hill,
shappar, „
paddhar, plain,
bag, field,
roti, bread,
pani, water.
giSh, wheat,
kukkri, maize,
but, till,
gira, village,
saihr, city,
ban, forest,
macchi, fish,
batt, way.
phal, fruit,
mas, meat,
duddh, milk.
PangwaU.
107
andheru, e^^.
ghiu (accent on first), tjhi.
tel, oil.
cha, buttermilk.
din, day.
rat, night.
des, sun.
surj, „
josan, raoon.
purneo, „
tara, star.
bat, bat, wind.
megh, i^ain.
barkhea, ,,
dhupp, sunshine.
near, storm.
bharotu, load.
bhara, „
baiju, seed.
luha, iron.
khara, good, beautiful, clean.
bura, bad.
badda, big.
mathra, small.
dhilla, lazy.
takra, wise.
giciggar, ignorant.
utaula, swift.
painna, sharp.
ucca, high.
alagga, ugly.
thanda, cold.
garm, hot.
raittha, sweet.
tear, ready.
thora, little.
mata, much.
bhuna, be, become,
ina, come,
ghena, go.
bishuna, sit, remain,
neua, take,
kharabhuna, stand,
henu, see.
khana, eat.
pina, drink,
bolna, speak, say.
sona, sleep,
kana, do.
mana, beat,
paryanna, recognise,
bujna, know,
pujna, arrive,
nashna, run.
nashi ghgna, run away,
banana, make,
sikkhna, learn,
panha (?) read,
likkhna, write,
marnu, die.
sunnu, hear,
phirna, turn,
pheri ina, return,
jhagarna, quarrel,
jitnu, win.
hana, defeated,
baiju phataa, sow.
haljocna, plough,
khalana, cause to eat.
piwana, cause to driuk.
shunana, cause to bear,
carna, graze,
carana, cause to graze.
1. Tan nau ki ahi (asa) ? What is thy name ?
2. Is ghore katri umar ahi ? How much is this horse's age ?
.3. Iriya (itthan) Kashmir katru dur ahi (asa, ^c.)? From here
how far is Kashmir ?
108 Pangwali.
4. Talm babbe (bawe) gih katre koi ahi ? In your fathei^'s
bouse bow many sons are ?
5. Au ajj bara duva hantba. 1 to-day from very far walked.
6. Man kakke (or jetbe baue) koa use bbeni dzoi dzsdzi kiyori
abi. My uncle's son bas married his daugbter.
7. Gib (ghiye )baccbe gbore katbi abi (asi). In tbe house is the
white horse's saddle ?
8. Use pitthi puttb katbi la. Put tbe saddle on its back.
9. MaT use koa mate kutta. I beat his boy much.
10. Oh jot puttb gai bakri carata lagora abi. He on the hill is
grazing cows and goats.
11. Oh bute par ghore puttb bithora abi. He under the bill on
a horse is seated.
12. Use bhai apan bbeni kana bara asa (ahi). His brother is
bigger than his sister.
13. Ise mull dhai rupayya asa (ahi). Tbe price of this is two
and a half rupees.
14. Man bab us mathre gib bishta abi. My father lives in that
small bouse.
15. Usdi eh rupayya d§. Grive him this rupee.
16. Oh rupayye us kana ne. Take those rupees from him.
17. Usdi jugti mari kai rajuri lai bannh. Having beaten him
well tie him with ropes.
18. Khiii kana pani kadh. Dr-aw water from the well ?
19. Man agar agar hanth. Walk before me.
20. Kase koa tan pate ita ? Whose boy comes behind thee ?
21. Oh kas kana mulle gbina? From whom did you buy that ?
22. GrrSe hatwani kana. From the shopkeeper of the village.
Studies in
Northern Himalayan Dialects.
BY
Rev. T. GRAHAME BAILEY, B.D., M.A.
Wazirabad, Panjab.
CALCUTTA :
BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,
1903.
1-f
PREFATORY NOTE.
These Notes constitute an attempt to throw some li<'ht on the
Northern Himalayan dialects, their connection with each other and
their relation to other languages. They are framed throughout on the
same model, a fact which will show more readily the agreement and
difference of the dialects concerned. First comes Gujuri, and following
it are eight dialects which are arranged roughly speaking in the order
of their resemblance to Panjabi and unlikeness to Kashmiri. Conse-
quently we begin with Pahari dialects from Hazara and the Murreo
Hills and end with Kishtawari which is very like Kashmiri. It need
hardly be pointed out that in calling them ' dialects ' I do not at all
intend to prejudice the claim of some of them to be called 'languages.'
Some of them are so widely different from the nearest recognised
language as to be quite unintelligible to speakers of it. The following
table gives the number of persons who in the Census of 1901 returned
themselves as speaking the different dialects. Unfortunately most of
the inhabitants of Punch returned themselves as speaking Panjabi, and
Punch! is not represented. Similarly Dhundi or Kairali is not specifi-
cally mentioned and only two speakers of Tinauli are returned. In
reality Punch! is spoken by probably scores of thousands of persons and
the other two dialects by considerable numbers. The number returned
for Rarabani is obviously below the mai-k.
Gujuri, Panjab and N.W.P. Province 7G,168 JammS and Kashmir
126,849.
Siraji 14,743; Kishtawari 12,078; Poguli 6,.351 ; Padarl 4,540;
Rambani 359.
As regards the system of Romanising hardly anything need bo said.
The system is that of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. It should be noted
that the sound of ch in child is represented by ' c' The aspirated ' c '
being ' ch.' ' eu ' is pronounced as in French, and 6 and ii as in German.
In sh and zh, the s and z are sounded sepai^ately from the h, whereas in
sh and zh they are sounded as in ' shout ' and the * z ' in azure or the
French 'j.' The spelling is phonetic as far as possible; the Hindi 9
and special Arabic letters such as t and s and others are unnecessary
and are not used. Half vowels are represented by vowels written above
the line. The fondness of Kashmiri and languages connected with it for
ftpenthesis makes the Romanising of vowels very difficult ; in both this
1
case and in that of half vowels, I. have endeavoured to reduce rather
than to increase the peculiar signs, and to Romanise in such a way as
will most readily represent the sounds.
The dialects or languages under review are fair samples of the
speech of the Himalayas from Western Hazara to the East of JammS
State.
Students of Naipali (the chief language of Nepal) will be interested
to note a number of points of resemblance between it and Rambani,
Poguli, Kishtawari and even Siraji. That there should be some connec-
tion between it and languages of the Panjabi type is perhaps less
remarkable.
I am deeply indebted to Mr. H. A. Rose, I.C.S., Superintendent of
Census Operations, Pan jab, for the great interest he has taken in these
' Studies ' and for his kindness in having them printed.
T. Grahame Bailey.
Waznahad,
Dec. 6th, 1902.
I
QUJUEi.
Gujuri presents an interesting liiigaistic phenomenon. It is very
closely allied to the Mewari dialect of Rajasthani spoken in MSwar in
Rajputana. I found Gujurs in Hazara and Gujurs in the wilds of central
Kashmir speaking the same dialect, and yet Gujurs living in the plains
of the Panjab, as for example in Gujrat district and GujrSwala
disti-ict (to both of which they have given the name), speak Panjabl.
By Panjabis the word ' Gujur ' is pronounced ' Gujar.'
Gujuri as spoken by Gujurs in the Murree hills and the Galis
near them.
Masc. Sing,
bapp, father
ko, (f. ki, pi. ka, k?)
na
m§ or bice, in ; tarS up to,
te
Noun.
N.
G.
D.A.
Loc.
Abl.
Ag.
PI.
bapp
bappS ko, (fee.
&c.
ne
Nouns in
N.
Obl.
N.
Obl.
-o, i Sing,
ghor-o, horse
-a „
adml, man
» i»
>»
Plur.
-a
-S
admi
admiS.
Like bapp are ajjar, flock ; par, stone.
Like ghord are dhdko, hill, tayOf father's elder brother, patriyo
father's younger brother, phupplio, father's sister's husband, mamo,
mother's brother, masTo, mother's sister's husband.
Feminine.
Sing. PI.
N. bakri, goat bakr!
Obl. „ „ -iS.
Note that clhl, daughter has dhle in the Nom. PI. otherwise fems.
in -i are declined like bakri, e.g., gaftt, stone, bauhti, hride.
In a consonant.
Sing. PI.
N. trimt, woman trimt -e
Obl.
j»
n
-S.
So also behn, sister and others ending in a consonant, e.g., mhais,
buffalo, bJied, sheep, haccur, mule ; ga, cow keeps ga in the plur.
The postposition -ko, takes -ka in the oblique sing, but in certain
prepositional expressions has -ke, e.g., ke nal, witli ; ke %vaste, forsake of,
ke uppicr, above : -o indicates motion from, dilro, from far.
Pronouns.
Sing.
1st Pers.
2nd
3rd
yo — this
N.
ha
t5
6, oh (f. wJi)
yo, (f. ya)
G.
mero
tero
usko
isko
D.A.
mana
tana
usna
isna
Ag.
m§
te
usne
isne
Plur.
ham
tarn
we
ye
mharo
tharo
unko
inko
hamna
tamna
unbS na
inha na
hamne
tamne
unhe
inhe
kd)b, who? obi. kis; jo, who, obi. jis ; kot, anyone, obi. kise ; kehro,
which ?, jehro, which, declined regularly.
kitno, how much or many ? it7io, so much or many, jitno, how
much or many, regular.
Adjectives.
Adjectives in o, carjgd, good, mando, bad are declined like ghoro,
their feminine caugt, mandi, like hakri, e.g., eklo, alone, khalo, standing,
lammo, long, capro, broad, sajro, fresh.
Adjectives ending in a consonant are not declined, eg,, hakh,
separate, najor, ill.
Comparison. No special forms for compar. and superl. car/go, good ;
comp. better than this, is te caDg5; superl. best, = better than all
sdre ta cango. The comp. is sometimes rendered with vmc, mice
caugo — very good, i.e., more good.
Ntcmerals. Counting by scores is usual, /re hi, sixty ; panja uppur
tre bi, 65, panjci ghat tre bt, 65.
Verb.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c. h3 or hou; ai or hai ; ai (hai) ; ha ; 6 (ho) ; ai (hai) or h§,
Past. I was. tho (f. thi) thS tho tha (f. thi) tlia tha.
Conjugation of marno, beat.
Aorist. I may beat, I am beating, &c. mar -ft -e -e -S -6 e
Fut. I shall beat. mar-figo -ego -ego -aga -oga -ega
Imperat. beat. mar maro
Cond. I should beat. mar-t6(f. ti) -to -to -ta, (f. t!) -ta -ta
Pres. I am beating. mar-Q liofl or lie ; -e hoe ; ~e hoc ; -S lioS ; -o hob ;
-§ hoe;
Impt. I was „ „ tlio ( f . thi ) ; -e th5 ; -e tho ; -is tha (f . th!) ; -6
tha ; -e tha ;
Past. I beat, &c., agentive form of pronoun with marc hoS, which
agrees with the object, fom. mnri ai, pi. m. marcii hue., f. mnri he.
Participles, pres. marto, past mare, having beaten = widr/ce.
Passive, pa. p. mare (which is unchanged throughout) with various tenses
of jauno, go, e.g., mare jaUgo, I shall be beaten, mare gea, wo,
&c., were beaten.
Jduno. go.
Aorist. jaS, &c., fut. jaSgo, imp. ja.
Past. ge-o -o -o -a -a -a
Parts, jato, geo, jake.
With the exception of the tenses from the pa. p. the tenses are
formed like mdrnd. In intransitive verbs the 1st s. past, adds ^ to tho
pa. p. ; geo from geo, fureo from (ureo, walk, hdreo from hdreo, be tired.
In Gujuri the aorist is frequently used f(ir the Pres.
The following common verbs have irregular pa. pp. lend, take, llyo,
karno, do, kio, deno, give ditto, auno, come dyo, hdno become hud or ho.
The Prodigal Son.
Ekun admi ka do put tha, te nikka ne apna bapp na keho.
One man of two sons were and little by own father to was-said
ai bajl tera mal ko mero hisso oh mana de te usne apno
O father thy property of my part that to me give and by-him own
mal unha bice band ditto, te thorn diharS picchc nikka
property them in dividing was-given, and few days after little
put ne sab kattho kar ditto, te dur milkh bice cale geo
son by all together making was given and far countiy in going went
te us ja usne apno mal lucpun^ mS kharab kar
and that place by him own property licentiousness in bad making
chureo; jia bele saro kharc kar chureo us milkh bice
was-lef t ; what time all spent making was-left that country in
dahdo kaht pai geo, te oh taijg hon laggo, te us
severe famine falling went and he straitened to be began and that
milkh ka kise rihonhala kol rahgeo usne apni zamiu
country of some dweller near remaining went by-him own land
zanaur carun de calayo, jehri shilr! zanaur khaS tha, oh
animals to feed giving was sent what husks animals eating were he
cahe tho ki inliS nal ha apno, dhiddh bharft, te koi
wishing was that these with I own stomach may fill and anyone
usna nih dee tho, jis bele hosh bice ayo apna dil na
to him not giving was, what time sense in came own heart to
kihon laggo mera bapp ka kitna mazur hg jehra
to say began my father of how many labourers are who
rajke roti khae, te hS peo is ja bhukkhS marS hi.
being satisfied bread eat and I fallen this place hungry dying am.
H3 uthke apna bapp k5le calSgo te usna kah^o
I having arisen own father near will go and to him will say
Baji me ghuuah kio, Khuda ko te tero, tero put keh5n
Father by-me sin was done God of and thine, thy son to say
jogo n!h reho, mana apn§ mazurS jeha bana, te cale5
worthy not I-remained, me own labourers like make and he went
te apna bapp kol ayo, iccur oh dur tho uska bapp ne
and his father near came, that-time he far was his father by
usna hereo, te usna rehm ayo, te daurke galh nal
to him was seen and to him pity came and running neck with attaching
la liyo, te piyar ditto. Put ne bapp na keho Baji
was taken and love was given. Son by father to was said Father
ml ghunah kio Khuda ko te tero, tero put kShoii jogo
by me sin was done God of and thine, thy son to say worthy
nih rSlio. Bapp ne nokar§ na keho belo caqgS te
not I remained. Father by servants to was said quickly good from
caijgo kapro le ao te uska galh luao
good garment taking come and his neck (on) cause-to-be-attached
te uski aijgli nal aqguthi luao te uska pair nal
and his finger with ring cause-to-be-attached and his foot with
chittur luao te paleo ho bacchS leake
shoes cause-to-be-attached and kept calf having brought
koho te khS te khushi kar§ ki mer5 yo put mar
kill and we may eat and happiness make, for my this son dead
geo tho hun ji geo, gum geo tho hun tha geo, te
gone was now living went, lost gone was now being-found went and
we khushi karun lagga. Usko baro put zimi bice tho,
they happiness to make began. His big son land in was
jis bele ghar ke nere ayo baja ko t6 naccan ko waz
what time bouse of nearness came instrument of and dancing of voice
sunSo, fir ekun nokar na bulake pucchSo ye ke
was heard, then one servant having called was asked these wlmt
gal hog, te usne usna kgho tero bhai aggd, te tera
matters are and by him to him was said thy brother came and thy
bapp ne baccho paleo ho koh chureo ki usna carjgo bhald
father by calf kept killing was-left for to-him well sound
tha geo te oh khafe huo te andar ii!h jae tho, te
being-found went and he angry became and in not going was, and
usko bapp hire geS te uska bara tarla kia. Usne
his father out went and his great entreaties were-made, by him
apna bapp na zawab de chureo itna samS mS teri
own father to answer giving was-left, so much time by me thy
khizamt ki te kade teri gal nih raori, te t§ kade
service was-done and ever thy word not turned- was and by thee ever
mana bakro nih ditto yft apnS dostS yarS nal
to me goat not was given that own friends companions with
khushi karS, jis bele tero yo put ayo jisne tero saro
happiness may-make what time thy this son came by-whom thy all
mal kanjri§ bice udayo te iske waste paleo ho baccho
property harlots in was-caused-to-fly by-thee his sake kept calf
koh ditto. Te usne usna keho Puta to hamesh mere
killing was-given, and by him to him was said son thou always me
nal rahe, jitno mero mal hai tero hai. Khushi honi
with I'emainest, how much my property is thine is. Happiness to be
te khush bono caijgi gal thi. Tero yo bhai mar geo tho, bun
and happy to be good matter was. Thy this brother dead gone was, now
ji geo, gum geo tho hun tha geo
living went, lost gone was now being-found-went.
Story I.
HS ajjur ke nil tho nikra buta ke uppnr carheo khalo tho, bakro
I flock near was little tree on climbed standing was, goat
daijkeo hS daurke lattho, ricch tanS ban lef caleo
cried-out, I having run descended, bear down jangal taking gone
tho. Hft pauceS kandh bice gatti mari, usne na chureo,
had, I arrived back in stone was struck, by him not was left,
8
bhi duji gattij mari gata bice, fix* chorke
again second stone was-struck neck in, then Laving left
nasgeo jit satte5 bakro ns ja bS jake
running wont, wbei'e was-tbrown goat that place I having-gone
kbalo buo te mere dar daurke bhi ricch a geo.
standing became and my direction having-run again bear came.
Me nikri jehi kuhari mari uske, patto nib laggo
Bj-me small like axe was-struck to him, information not attached
je kubafi uske laggi hai ya nih laggi. Fir bakio
that axe to him attached is or not attached. Then goat
cake nasgeS fir koheo usna. Koh reho
having-lifted running 1 went then killed it. Killing remained I
te bhi ageo mere dar. Mero dujo sanji pauc
and again came my direction. My second companion arriving
ayo, fir hamne doS ue gatti mari te oh nasgeo
came then by us two by stone was struck and he running- went.
Stoey II.
HS nikro tho sih hilgeo bakri khaun na. Satt bakri
I small was, leopard being-used went goat eat to. Seven goats
usne kha churi. ekun ziinidar ki luha ki bani hui khurakki
by him eating left-were. One farmer of iron of made trap
ihi. Wa mangke ani slh ka pakrun ke waste,
was. That having asked was brought leopard of seizing for sake.
Wa rah ml chal ditti, iqa bakro bannh ditto.
That way in placing was given on this side goat tying was-given.
Sih ayo. Jagg uski bice phas gei, laggo daijkuu.
Leopard came leg his in entangled went, began to-cry-out.
Ose bele ham rat gea gira na. Keho sih
That very time we by night went village to was said leopard
pakre geo ai. Ghana jaua aya. Ekun lambardar ne banduk
catching gone has. Many men came. One lambardar by gun
marl, sih mar geo. Do adai man ko tho bharo. Atth
was-fired, leopard dying went. Two 2| raaunds of was heavy. Eight
jana cake legeatha. Kbalrl ekun jagirdar ne ca lei,
men lifting took away. Skin one landowner by lifting was-taken
te ham na tri rupayya bakshish ditti.
and us to 30 rupees reward was given.
Gujuri.
1. ek, one.
36.
bacco (lohro boy, bStkl, girl),
2. do, two.
child.
3. tie, tliree.
37.
put, son.
4. car, four.
38.
dbi, daughter.
5. panj, five.
39.
ghulam, slave.
6. che, six.
40.
zimidar, cultivator.
7. satt, seven.
41.
ajri, shepherd
8. attb, eiglit.
42.
Rabb, Khuda, Allah, God.
9. no, nine.
43.
Shatan, Azazil, Devil.
10. das, ten.
44.
d!h, sun.
11. bi, twenty.
45.
cann, moon.
12. dastecali, fifty.
46.
taro, star.
13. panj bi, sau, Imndred.
47.
agg, fire.
14. batth, hand.
48.
pani, water.
15. pair, foot.
49.
ghar, house.
16. nakk, nose.
50.
ghoro, horse.
17. akkh, eye.
51.
ga, cow.
18. moh, mouth.
52.
kutto, dog.
19. dand, tooth.
53.
bills, cat.
20. kann, ear.
54.
kukkur, cock.
21. bal, hair.
55.
badk, duck.
22. sir, head.
56.
kboto, ass.
23. jibh, tongue.
57.
nth, camel.
24. dbiddh, belly.
58.
pakhnQ, pakheru, bird.
25. lakk (lower back), mar, kund
59.
jano, go.
(upper back).
60.
kbano, eat.
26. luho, iron.
61.
baisno, sit.
27. sono, gold.
62.
auno, come.
28. ruppo, candi, silver.
63.
raarnS, beat.
29. bapp, father.
64.
khalnS, stand.
30. ni§, mother.
65.
marno, die.
31. bhai, brother.
66.
deuno, give.
32. behn, sister.
67.
nasno, run.
33. jano, man.
68.
ufr§, up.
34. trirat, woman.
69.
nerai, ko], near.
35. trimt, wife.
2
70.
tal5, tana, down.
10
71. dur, far.
72. agge, before.
73. pieche, behind.
74. kon, who.
75. ke, what.
76. kiS, why.
77. ate, te, and.
78. but.
79. je, if.
80. ahS, yes.
81. uib, no.
82. hae hae, alas.
83. ghor -6, a horse.
84. -i, a mare.
85. -a, horses.
86. ghor -1, mares.
87. dand, a bnll.
88. ga, a cow.
89. dand, bulls.
90. gS, cows.
91. kutt -o, a dog.
92.
-i, a bitch.
93.
-a, dogs.
94.
-1, bitches.
95.
bakr -6, a he goat.
96.
-i, a female goat
97.
-a, goats.
98.
liar -n, a male deer.
99.
-ni, a female deer
100.
-n, deer.
J, tero uE ke ai ? what is your name ?
2. is ghora ki kital ummui* ai ? how old is this horse ?
3. is ja te Kashmir tarS kitao dCir ai ? Iiow far is it from here to Kash-
mir ?
4. iera bapp ka ghav kitna put he, how many sons ax-e there in your
father's house ?
5. aj hS baro duro tureS, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mera patriya ko put uski belin cal biayo huo hai, the son of my uncle
is mariied to his sister.
7. citta ghora ki kathi ghar ml (bice) hai, in the house is the saddle
of the white horse.
8. uski kand pui' kathi ghallo, put the saddle upon his back.
9. me uska put na barS korrS nal mare hoe, I have beaten his son with
many stripes.
10. oh dhaka ki coti uppur g5 bakri care, he is grazing cattle on the top
of the hill.
11. 5h ghora uppur rukkh heth baitho hoe, he is sitting on a horse under
that tree.
12. usko bliai uski behn to baro ai, his brother is taller than his sister.
J 3, isko mul adhal rupayya hai, the price of that is two rupees and a
half.
14. m5ro bapp U3 nikra ghar bice rahe, my father lives in that small
house.
15. yo rupayyo usna de choro, give this rupee to him.
16. ye rupaya us kolo ca len, take those rupees from him.
17. usna muc maro te seliS nal bannho, beat him well and bind him with
ropes.
J8. is khal bicco pani kaddho, draw water from the well.
19. raer§ agge cal, walk before me.
20. tere picche kisko lohro ae, whose boy comes behind you ?
21. yo te kiste mol ko liyo hai, from whom did you buy that ?
22. girl ka kise dukauhala kojo, from a shopkeeper of the village.
TINAULI.
TinauH is spoken in Tinaul in western Hazara, and resembles very
closely the Dhundi or Kairali dialect which follows, see p. 15.
Nouns. Tlur.
N. addh-a, father addh-e
G. -e da -eS da, &c.
D. -e ko „ &c.
Ab. -e tin, kolo, „
So dhaka, hill.
Nouns ending in a consonant have the nom. pi. and s. the same.
Kag, crow, pi. kdg, Obi. plur. koyU.
Dhl, daughter has Obi. sing, dhiu, and plur. N. and Obi. dhid,.
The declension of nouns thus does not differ much from that of
Panjabi nouns. Other nouns are jar, kite, gual, cow-house, char
jungle.
Pronouns. Sing. Plur.
1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd
N. me tii oh as? tusi oh
G. mahra tohr§, usda asda tusda nnhS da
kon, who ? ke, what ? Mch, something.
Adjectives in -a are declined like addha, (fem.-i)? so carjgd, good ;
mandn, bad. Those in a consonant, nujor unwell, hal, well, are not
declined.
Comparison. There is no form for compar. and superl. Com-
parison is thus expressed, carjgd, good, muc carjgd, very good or better,
or — ))a?S cangd, better than — , sdreU ndio carjgay better than all, best.
Verbs. Auxiliary. Pres. I am, &c. S ai ai a 6 ai
Past. I was, &c. as§ asai asa aseS aseo asa
The regular verb is almost exactly like the Dhundi and Kairali
verb (q.v.) which is given in its own place. The leading parts are as
follows.
mama, beat, pr. p. mama, pa. p. mared, having beating marke.
Aor. mdr%, fut. mdrsa, impert. mar, condit. mdmd, pres. Ind.
mdrnd ob, Impf . mdrnd ds%., past, mdred, with agentive form of pronouns,
pres. perf. mdred ai, plupf. mdred dsd. For details see Dhundi or
Kairali verb.
Similarly hand become pr. p. hondd, &c.
I
Tinauli (Hazara district).
1. hikk, one.
2. do, two.
3. trai, three.
36. nanda (m. hoy), kufhi
(f. girl), child.
37. zah, son.
4. car, four.
5. pauj, five.
6. che, six.
38. dhl or kaki, daughter,
39. sir, slave.
40. dogi, cultivator.
7. satt, seven. ■%
8. atth, eight.
9. nS, nine.
10. dah, ten.
41. ajri, shepherd.
42. Kabb, Kliuda, Allah, God.
43. shatan, Azazil, Devil.
44. dih, sun.
11. bih, twenty.
12. dah tecahli, fifty.
13. so, hundred.
45. cann, moon.
46. tara, star.
47. agg, fire.
14. hatth, hand.
15. pair, foot.
16. nakk, nose.
17. akkh, eye.
18. mah, mouth.
48. pan! water.
49. ghar, house.
50. ghora, horse.
51. ga, cow.
52. kutta, dog.
19. dand, tooth.
53. billa, cat.
20. kann, ear.
54. kukkur, cock.
21. bal, hair.
55. badak, duck.
22. sir, head.
56. khota, ass.
23. jlbh, tongue.
57. uth, camel.
24. dhiddh, belly. 58. ciri, bird.
25. lakk (lower back), kandh 59. julna, gachna, go.
(upper back). 60. khana, eat.
26. loha, iron. 61. baithna, sit.
27. sona, gold.^
28. ruppa, candi, silver.
29. addha, father.
62. aina, come.
63. marna, beat.
64. khaliia, stand.
30. arami, mother.
65. marna, die.
31. lala, brother.
66. dena, give.
32. bebe, sister.
67. nasna, run.
33. jana, man.
68. ut, up.
34. bebe, woman.
35. wauh^i, wife.
69. nere, near.
70. tall, down.
14
71. dur, far. 77. te, and.
72. agga, before. 78. te/but.
73. piccha, betiad. 79. if.
74. kon, who. 80. ha, eye.
75. ke, what. 81. nih,iio.
76. ki, why. 82. oho, tauba, alas.
DHT&NDl and KARIALl.
It will be noticed that Dhundi or Kairali greatly resembles Lahnda,
the language of Western Panjab. It is not necessary to dwell on gram-
matical rules common to both. How closely the dialects of the phiiiulH
and Kaifals I'esemble each other will be realised from the specimens
which follow ; the Prodigal Son is in the Kairal dialect and the succeeding
story in that of the Dhunds.
Nouns.
Masculine.
N.
G.
D.A.
Loc.
Abl.
Agent
Sing.
Pe, father
Pill na, ni, ne, ni§
„ ki
„ bice, tokn! (in, up to)
„ thi, &c.
Piu
Plur.
Pevre
pevres nfi &c.
Nouns in -a-i
Sing.
Plur.
N. ghor-a, horse
-e
Obi. -e
-eS
N. admi, man,
admi
Obi. admi-a
admi-a
Plur.
nauk-ar
-ar3
Nouns ending in a consonant.
Sing.
N. nauk-ar
Obi. -are
Like Ghord: viundhd, shoulder, dhakd, mountain,
Like nmikar ; azur, reward, &c.
Feminine.
Sing.
N. bakri goat
Obi. bakri „ "
so baWn side of body (over ribs) but dh/, daughter has Obi. sing.
dhh'i. ga, cow, plur. gd^,
N. bhen, bhain, sister, bhaina
Obi. bhainii ^
Plur.
bakri-S
16
Pronouns.
1st. Peis. S.
2nd pers.
3rd pers.
N. m§
tft
oh
G. mliara
tuhara
osna, usna,
D.A. migi
tuki
oski, uski,
Agent me
ta
Plural.
5s, us, usne,
N. as
tus
oh
Q. sahra
suahra
onhS na, unhS na
D.A. ass Id
tusS ki
oiiha ki
Ag. asE
tusS
oiihS
eh, this Obl.
is-
pi.
eh, 01)1. inha
Ktin, who ?
Obl. kus
jo, who
5. jis
Kehra, which ?
„ kehre
jehra, which,
„ jehre
hot, any one
„ htise
Kitna, how much or
many
? itna so much or
many jitna how much
or many regular.
Adjectives chiefly like
nouns of the same
foi^m.
Sing.
Car)ga, good.
Plur.
Masc. Fern,
Masc. Fem.
N. car)g-a -i
-e -iS
Obl. -e -1
-eS -ia
So maiidd, bad ; ncca high, nigra little ; adjectives ending in a conso-
nant are not declined, bal, well liealthy.
Comparison ; no forms for compar. and superl. carjga, good, better
than this, isth% carigd, or hatih carjga, he%t = better than all Sared
thi canga.
Motion from is frequently expressed by adding — 0, as gharo, from
the house, dhahe ne sireo, from the top of the hill.
Adverls resemble Panjabi, baila, quickly, deU to-morrow, gatr^, day
after to-morrow or day before yesterday.
Verb.
Auxiliary. I am, &c.
Pres.
a or e3 § a (f. i) S or eS, o, eo e
Past. I was, &c.
asea asai asa (f. asi) asel, aseo ase (f. asia)
17
Negative,
Pres. I am not, &c.
nt ne na (f. uel) iig neo iie (f n6il)
Past, I was not, <fec.
na-sel -sa! -sa -sSl -seo -se
There is another tense meaning to be in a place, <o exist, used abso-
lutely, not as an auxiliary, chiefly in the 3rd person.
thea thai thea (fem. thei) theS theo tliae (fem. theiS)
e.g. masit the'i ? Is there a mosque ? Thcj, there is.
Conjugation of mama, beat.
Aorist. I may beat, &c. mar ~E -e -e -5 -o -an
Fut. I shall beat mar -sa -sal -si -sa -sau -sun
Imperat. mar maro
Cond. I should beat mar -na (f. i) -na -na -ne (f. niS) -ne -ne
Pres. I am beating mama eE, &c., with auxil.
Impt. 1 was beating mama aseS, &c.
Past. I beat. Agentive form of pronoun with marea agreeing with object.
Pres. perf. marea a, pluperf. marea asa, &c.
Having beaten marite or mari
Passive formed by using gachna {go)
e.g. I am being beaten marea gachna ea, he was bea(en marea gd
for the forms with pres. part, a passive pres. part, in -i- may bo used
in the 3rd pers. thus marina a or marine e, is or are being beaten or in
the habit of being beaten.
Gachna go is conjugated for the most part regularly.
Pres. part, gachna, past p. gd. (f. get, pi. gae, ge'id,) hence.
Plup. gd aseU, &c. but future gaisd, or gesU, &c.
Slight irregularities are found in some verbs, but the tenses are
usually formed regularly from the root, pres. pa., pa. p. as above.
Achnd, come, pr. p. achnd, pa. p. dyd ; hond, become, hdnd, hied (f.
hot; hoe, hoia) dend, dittd ; harnd do, karnd, kitd ; ghinnd, take,
ghinnd, ghindd; paind, fall, &c. paind, pea, {L pei, -p\, pae, pe/d).
Habitual Action. I am in the habit of beating me mdrnd hond ea
{hond, become) continuous action. He used to continue to eject, oh
kaddhnd rahnd sd (rahua remain).
The Prodigal Son.
Hiks admia ne do puttar ase, nikke apne piu ki akhea
One man of two sons were by-little own father to was-said
3
18
aji tere male biccO jo hissa acche i oh hissa migi
Father thy property from in what part may-come that part to-me
cal de. Os apna mal unhs wicc bandi ditta.
lifting give, By-him own property them in dividing given-was
ThoreS diharea picche nikke puttre apna mal batla kita
few days after by-little son own property together made-was
te dur milkh bice turi ga, te us jae bice apna mal
and far country in going went and that place in own property
khud lucpune nal lutai ditta, jis wele
very licentiousness with causing-to-be-robbed given was, what time
me oh sara kharc kari reha us milkh bice dahda
in he all spending making remained that country in severe
kal paiigea te oh tar)g hone lagga, te oh hiks 6s
famine falling went and lie straitened to-be began and he one that
jae ne admia kol rahi pea os apni jimi bice zanaur
place of man near remaining fell, by liim own land in animals
carae ne waste ghallea, jo phaliS zanaur khane ase oh
feeding of sake of sent was, what busks animals eating were he
cabna asa ki me inhS nal apna dhiddh bhaiS, te
wishing was that I these with own stomach may-fill and
koi uski nasa dena. Jis wela oh apne hoshe bice
anyone to him not-was giving. What time he own sense in
aya, 6s akhea mhare piu ne kitne mazur thae
carae by-him said-was my father of how-many labourers are
ki rajite rutti togra khane te me bhukkha marna e§ me
that satisfied bread piece they-eat and I hungry dying am I
utliite ges5, te uski akhsS, ai apnea aji me
having-arisen will-go and to-him will-say, my father by-me
Khuda na te tuhara ghunah kita, ni§ hun tuhara puttur akhiie
God of and thy sin was done, I now thy son to-say
j6ga HE, migi apne kise mazur jeha an. Bas
worthy not-am, me thy some labourer like binng ; well
uthite apne piu ne pas turi pea, asa wi dur te uski
having-arisen own father of near going fell, he-was even far and him
dikkhi uski tars achiga, te daurite us
having-seen to-him pity coming-went and having-run by-him
10
gachi apne galli nal lai ghiuda, te uski piyar
having-gone own neck with attaching takcn-was, and to liim love
ditfca. Puttre uski akhea ai aji ra§ Khuda na tg
given-was. By son to-hira was said, father by-me God of and
tuhara ghanaii kita, rae hun tuhara puttur akhne joga
thy sill was-done, I now thy son to-say worthy
ni. Piu apnea naukari ki akhea, caijge th! caijga
uot-am. By-father own servants to was-said good from good
kapra kaddhite uski luana te aijgli nal
garment having-taken-out to him cause-to-attach and finger with
chap, te pairs nal jutti luao, te pale hoe bacche ki
ring and feet with shoe cause-to-attach, and kept calf
anite halal karo tl as khai khush hoS,
having-brought lawful make that we having-eatcn happy may-be,
mhara eh puttur mari ga asa, phir jina hoiga
my this son dead gone was, again living becoming went
gawi ga asa, hun labhi reha. Bas oh khushi bice
lost gone was, now being-found remained. Well, they happiuess in
ae. Usna bara puttur apni bari bice asa, jis wela oh apne
came. His big son own field in was, what time ho own
ghare ne kol paucea os gane bajane na nacne na awaz
house of near arrived by-him singing playing of dancing of voice
sunSa, te hiks naukare ki bulal pucchn lagga. Yo ke
was-heard and one servant having-ealled to-ask began. This what
hoi i*eha ? Os uski akhea bhra ai ga
becoming remained. By him to him was said brother coming went
te tuhare piu ue pa]ea hwa baccha halal karaya,
and thy father by kept calf lawful was-caused-to-be-madc
is waste uski caijga bhala labhi ga. Oh khafe
this cause to him well sound being-found went. He angry
hwa te uski andar gachna na sa lor, usna pe
became and to him in of going not-was need, his father
gachi bahar uski manan lagga, os apne piu ki
having-gone out him to persuade began by him own father to
jawab ditta. Dikh me kitne wars tuhari khizmat
answer was-given. See, by me how-many years thy service
20
kiti te kad© tuhara akha
was-done and ever thy saying
tti kade hik bakri na bacca
by thee ever one goat of little one
dostS nal khushi kara jis
friends with happiness may-make, what time thy this son
aya jis tubara sara mal kanjril nal udari chorea-
was left
na morea
migi
not turned-was,
to me
na ditta me
apnef
not was given I
my
wela tuhara eh
puttur
came by- whom thy all property harlots with wasted
usne waste palea hwa baccha halal karaya
usne
him of sake
akhea he
was said,
kept
puttur
son
mhari,
mine,
jehn ciz
what thing
te khush bona cagga
and happy to be good
asa phir jina
was again living
labhi reha.
being-found remained.
calf lawful was-caused-to-be-made. By him
tS khud mhare
thou thyself my
oh khud tuhari apni ; khushi honi
that itself thy own ; happiness to be
pas i ai, te
near indeed art and
asa, tuhara eh
was, thy this
hoiga,
becoming-went,
bhra
brother
glwi ga
lost gone
man ga
dead gone
asa, hull
was, now
uppuru
about
ghol lagga
fiffhtins:
Story.
Jalala te Bahadare lambardara na bari
Jalal and Bahadar lambardar of land
rahna sa; Jalal takra jana sa te Bahadare ki gali
continuing was, ,, strong man was and Bahadar to abuse
shall kaddhna rahna sa. Bahadai'e ne puttur us zimi
ejecting remaining was. B. of sons that land
bice gashne se, Jalal unhS ki marna kutna rahna sa.
in going were, Jalal them to beating striking remaining was.
Hikk dihara doe bhra us bari bice ghah kappan ga§
One day the-two brothers that land in grass to-cut gone
se, ns Jalala para nakke uppura gal ditti
were, by that Jalal across hill-side from above abuse given was
unh§ ki ; gal del unhS wakkh \\ivi aya. J eh re
them to ; abuse having given them towards walking came. What
wele unha kol aya banere uppure pase unhi uski
time them near came below from above side by them to him
21
gatta
stone
marea,
was-struck,
patka
cloth
te
and
kancale gatta lagga to dliaii pea,
above ear stone struck and he falling fell,
unbS patka galhe bice bai ghinda to galfa
by them cloth throat in twisting was-taken and squeezed
ditta ne te 5h raari ga, te dhtuitG dhaks
given was by- them and he dying went and having dragged bill
nalii kassi bice bun khari satt6a ne.
from near precipice in below taking wfis-throwu by-tliem.
Due dihare lorne waste bhra usna turi ga,
Second day looking for-sake-of brother his walking went,
lablii rihai-s. Unha ki satt satt baras kaid hoi goi
found him. Them to seven (each) years imprisonment becoming went.
28. ruppa, candi, silver.
1. hekk, one.
2. do, two.
3. trai, three.
4. car, four.
5. panj, five.
6. che, six.
7. satt, seven.
8. atth, eight.
9. nau, nine.
10. das, ten.
11. bi, twenty.
12. panj a, fifty.
13. sau, hundred.
14. hatth, hand
15. pair, foot.
16. nakk, nose.
17. akkh, eye.
18. mSb, mouth.
19. dand, tooth.
20. kann, ear.
21. bal, hair.
22. sir, head.
23. jiw, tongue.
24. dhiddh, pet, belly.
25. lakk (lower back),
(upper back),
26. loha, iron.
27. s8na, gold.
kandh
29. pe, father.
30. be we, mae, ma, mother.
31. bhra, brother.
32. bhen, sister.
33. adrai, jana, man.
34. kurhi, woman.
35. janani, rann, wife.
36. jatuk, child.
37. puttur, son.
38. dhi, daughter.
39. ^ulam, slave.
40. zamindar, cultivator.
41. pahla, shephered.
42. Khuda, Rabb, Allah, God.
43. Shaitan, Devil.
44. deh, sun.
45. cann, moon.
46. tara, star.
47. agg, fire.
48. pani, water,
49. ghar, house.
50. ghora, horse,
51. gg, cow.
52. kutta, dog.
53. bilal, cat.
54. kukkur, cock.
55. badki, duck.
22
56. khota, ass.
79.
je, if.
57. 3th, camel.
80.
hU, yes.
58. pakbnS, paklierd, bird.
81.
na, nehl, no.
59. gaehna, go.
82.
hae, hae, alas.
60. khana, eat.
83.
ghor-a, a horse.
61. bahna, sit.
84.
„ -i, a mare.
62. acbna, come.
85.
„ -e, horses.
63. marna, beat.
86.
„ -iS, mares.
64. kbalna, stand.
87.
dand, a bull.
65. marna, die.
88.
ga, a cow.
66. dena, give.
89.
dand, bulls.
67. nasna, run,
90.
gS, cows.
68. te, up.
91.
kutt, -a a dog.
69. nere, kol, near.
92.
,, -i, a bitch.
70. bne, down.
93.
„ -e, dogs.
71. dur, far.
94.
,, -iS, bitches.
72. agg§, before.
95.
bakr -a, a he goat.
73. picche, behind.
96.
,, -i, a female goat
74. kihra, kun, who.
97.
„ -e, goats.
75. ke, what.
98.
har -n, a male deer.
76. kla, why.
99.
„ -ni, a female deer
77. te, and.
100.
„ -n, deer.
78. par, but.
1. tuhara ni kai a ? what :s your name ?
2. is g]»ore ni kai amr i ? how old is this horse ?
3. itth5 (or is jaeo) Kashmir tokni kitna dur a ? how far it is from
here to Kashmir ?
4. tuhare piu ne gliar kitne puttur e, how many sons are there in your
father's house ?
5. me ajj bare duro tur6a e5, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mhare eace ua puttur usni bhainu nal biaya hwa, the son of my
uncle is married to his sister.
7. ghar bice citte ghore ni kathi thei, in the house is the saddle of
the white horse.
8. usni kandhi pur kathi dhar, put the saddle upon his back.
9. me usne puttre ki bare koiremare, I have beaten his son with many
stripes.
10. dhake ne sire pur 5h ga bakriS carana a, he is grazing cattle on the
top of the hill.
11. oh ghore ne uppur bute ne heth baitha hwa, he is sitting on a horse
under that tree.
12. usna bhra usni bhainu nalo bara a, his brother is taller than his
sister.
13. usna mul dhai ruppayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
14. mhara pe us nigre ghare bice rehna a, my father lives in that small
house.
15. eh rupayya uski cai de, give this rupee to him.
16. oh rupayye usthi cai ghinn, take those rupees from him.
17. uski bauh marau te bannhaus rassil na], beat him well and bind
him with ropes.
18. is khuhe bicco pani kaddhS, draw water from the well.
19. mhare agge Jul, walk before me.
20. kusnaj atuk tuhare picche achna a, whose boy comes behind you ?
21. eh kus kolo muUe na ghinda ase, from whom did you buy that ?
22. girS ne kuse hattiwale kolo, from a shopkeeper of the village.
PUNCHI,
The Punch dialect is connected with Lahnda, though in some
points it follows Panjabl. It reminds us also in some words of
Kashmiri. The words for the different points of the compass indicate
this compositeness. KuUib, north, dakhun, south, carhna, east, lehnd
west. The words hmd, winter, alS, call (noun), khat, bed, recal
Kashmiri. Bared is summer. The criminal tribe of the SSsis use
khat for bed and pauni for shoe. In the Punch dialect they are khat
and paunl. The inflection in -I of nouns in the plural is also found
in SSsi.
It will be noticed how rare the cerebral n is in Punchi as compared
with neighbouring dialects. This may be due to the indirect influence
of Kashmiri. Similarly the cerebi-al I is uncommon.
Nouns. Masc.
Sing.
horse
na, ni, ne, niS
nS
ice (in)
thi, ti,
ne ■ ■ -
Nouns in -a
N. ghor-a
-e
-e
-e
-e
-e
G.
D.A.
Loc.
Abl.
Agent.
So grim = bread, food
In consonant
nauk-ar,
Obi. . -ara
Ag. -are
Plur.
-e
-el Ma, &c.
u
„ &0.
Sing,
servant
Plur.
nauk-ar
-e
-e
So also sann evening, phadar, morning, akkhnr, walnut.
Feo, father has piu in the Obi., the plur. is the same as the Sing.
Adtnl, man, Obi. Sing. admt-(i, plur. mas. ddm'i, Obi. ddmie. So nathi,
guest.
Sing.
• Fern. 1^. raun-di, head,
Obi. -dia
dhi, daughter. Obi. s. dhuc
hhain, sister. Obi hhainu
-0 indicates motion from, diirb from far, gharoj from the house.
PI.
-dig
-dis
Plur. N. and Obi. dhlA
Pronouns.
25
1st, 2nd 3rd yo, this.
Sing.
N. me tft oh yQ
G, mhara tuhara usua isna
D.A. ni5 tn usiift isnft
Agent. me tft uni ini
Plur.
N.
as
tus
oh
eh
G.
sahra
suahra
unhe na
inhe na
D.A.
ase lift
tuse nS
„ n![
„ nfl
Ag.
ase
tuse
unhe
inhe
Kun, who? Obi. fews (ktisna, &c., but fcwsa /coZS ' from whom.')
jo, who Obi. jis
Kot, anyone, „ kuse.
Kitna ? jitva, and i7na=how ?, how, and so much or many, are
regular.
Kehra, which ?, jehra, which, regular.
Adjectives. In -a, e.g., monda, ill. Masc. like ghOfa, fem. like
mundt. Adjectives in: a consonant are not declined.
Comparison. No special forms for compar. and superl. cayjga,
good, comp. istl car/ga, i.e., better than this. Superl, sdred, tl caijglt,
better than all.
Adverbs formed as in Panjabi; often adjs. are used as advs., eg,,
chart eh gal only this matter.
8tiah, to-morrow, dje still, yet, jougte, quickly.
Verb.
The auxiliary has a bewildering number of forms ; thes, &c., means
nl to exist, to be, and is therefore not an auxiliary.
' 1st S. 2nd S. 3rd S. 1st PI.
Pres. I am, &c. thes thi thea (f. thi)
- . es i a
I na es na i na (f. ni)
[ da es d! da (f. di)
2nd PI. 3rd PI.
tliea thea thae (f. tliiS)
% a e
neS (neaii)nea ne
de
de§ and dea for 1 and 2 pi. I have not verified, hence they are omit-
ted in the paradigm.
Past, 1 was, &c. ases asi asa (f. asi) asea (aseavi) asea ase
na ases ne sea (seau) ne sea ue se
ses si sa (f. si) seS (seau) sea se
4
26
Conjugation, Mama, beat.
Pres. I am beating marna es f a marne % nea e
Impf. I was beating „ ases or ses ; s!, &c., sa, &c., seau sea se
Fut. I shall beat marsa marnau raarsi marneaii marlea marie
Imperat. mar mara
Past, I beat, oec, agentive form of pronouns with marea, which agrees
with the object
Pres. Perf. The same form with marea a (pi. mare e)
Plupf. „ „ marea sa (pi. mare se)
Participles, Pres. mania, Past, marea ; having beaten, mari, marlte
Passive, Pres. I am being beaten, me marno nai es, tS marno na i, Oh
marno na
Plur. as „ neS, tus „ nea, oli
marno ne
Other tenses are similarly formed.
Gaclma, go.
Pres. Pa. gena Pa. ga. Tenses with Pres. Pa. are formed as in mama
Past, I went ga ases ga asi gu asa ge seS ge sea ge se
Fut. gesa, &c.
The following verbs shew slight irregularities :
achna, come pr. p. ena, pa. p. dyd ; dena, give, pr. p. dhia, pa. p. dlna ;
hinnd, take, pa. p. hinda, Icarna, do, Mta; hdna, become, pa. p. Jmd (f. hoi).
Causative verbs are formed as in Panjabi, e.g., iromjulnd, go, walk,
jolnd, cause to walk, send, cf. Panj. ttirnd, tornd with the same meaning.
The Prodigal Son.
Htks admia ne do puttur this, nikke puttre ne piu nu
One man of two sons were-to-him, little son by father to
akhea, abba male na jehra hissa me ena me de,
was-said. Father property of what part to me comes to me give,
usne unhe bicca mal . bandi hinda, thoreS dihareS wicc
by him them in property dividing was-taken, few days in
puttre sara mal kattha kita, te diir kusa milkha ice
by-son all property together was-made, and far some country in
ga uthi te us jae lucpuna ne mal sara
went having-arisen and that place licentiousness with property all
barwad kari chores, jis wela sara kharc kari
ruined making was-left-by-him what time, all spending made
27
chorea us mulkha ice bara kal paii gea, bauh taijf;
was left that country in great famine falling went, very straitened
hwa us jae kuse giraewale kcil gacchi relia uni usnS
became that place (in) some villager near going stayed by him to-him
apni bari sur careajolea. Jehrig plialiS sur khane 6§ 5h
own field (in) pigs to-feed was sent. What husks pigs eating were ho
akhna sa inhe ne me apna pet bharS, te dsnS k5i
saying was them with I own stomach may fill and to him anyone
na sa dina, jis wela hosa ice aya uni dila ice akh^a
not was giving, what time sense in came by him heart in was said
mhare piii kol kitre mazur rajjite khadewale, mS itthe
my father near how many labourers satisfied eaters (arc) I here
bhukkha mama es, ml uthi piii kol gesS te Osnfi
hungry dying am, I having-arisen father near will-go and to him
gacchi akhsS ai abba me Kbuda na te tuhara gunah
having-gone will say father by-me God of and thy sin
kita te tuhara puttur akbne joga nais reha, Me apne
was-doneand thy son to say worthy not-am-I remained, me own
mazura jeha bana, fer uthi piii apne kol ga oh aje
labourer like make, then having-arisen father own near went, he still
duro achna te piu ne usnS herea te usnS tars aya
from-far coming and father by him-to was-sccn and to-him pity came
te dauri usnS gala lai hindes, to
and having-run him-to neck (to) attaching was-taken-by-him and
usnS cam dinaes, piu naukare akhea cagge
to him kiss was-given-by-him, by father servants to was-said good
kapre khad hine accha te joijgte luai
clothes taking-out taking come and quickly causing-to-be-attachcd
chora, tg arjgli te chap te pair! jora lai
leave and finger on ring and feet-to pair (of shoes) attaching
choras te palea waihra ani halal kara, as
leave to him and kept calf having-brought lawful make, we
khiii khusi karg, mhara yo puttur marl ga asa,
having-eaten happiness may-make, my this son dead gone was,
dui war jina hoi ga, kute hoi ga sa
second time alive becoming went, somewhere becoming gone was,
28
phiri labbhea, te oh khasi karn lagge. Usna bara puttur
again was-found, and they happiness to make began. His big son
jimi wicc sa, jis wele apne ghara k5l aya os gane bajane te
land in was what time own house near came by-him singing, playing and
naccan na awaz bujjliea, te naukara saddi, puccliea
dancing of voice was recognised and servant having-called was asked
yo kai da. Uni akhea tuhara bhra achiga tuhare piu
this what is. By-him was-said thy brother came by-tby father
palea na baihra halal karaya is galla ki usn^
kept calf lawful was-caused to-be-made this matter-for that him
cagga bhala labbhea ; oh khafe hwa andar nehl gehnau usne
well sound was-found, he angry became in not going by his
peo bahar gacchi mitauna es, uni apne piu
father out having gone was-persnaded-by-him, by-him own father (to)
akhea, dikkh ml kitne baras tuhari tahl klti te
was-said, see by-me how-many years thy service was-done .and
kade tuhan aklikhi ml nehl mori, tS kade me bakrea
ever thy saying by-me not was-turned, by thee ever to me goat
na bakrota nae ditta ml apneaii dostc khawS, te jis
of kid not was-given I own friends (with) may-eat and what
wele yo puttur tuhara aya jis tuhara sara mal kanjrie
time this son thy came by- whom thy all property harlots
ice barwad kita, tS palea na baihra halal
in spoiling was-made, by-thee kept calf lawful
karaya uni akhea puttura tS hamesh me kol
was-caused-to-be-made, by him was-said, son thou always me near
dl, jehra kujjh mhara thea yo tuhapa, te khusi karni
art what something mine exists that thine and happiness to make
te khush bona cauhni si, yo tuhara bhra marl ga asa,
and happy to be desirable was this thy brother dead gone was,
dui war jina hoiga, kute hoiga sa phiri
second time alive becoming-went, somewhere becoming gone was again
labbhea.
was found.
Story. .
Sahre milkha ice apraji si, te malia koi na sa, te hiks
Our country in self-rule was and property-tax any not was and one
29
raja carhea larai laggi, jim!dar6 Idko u]% muncjiS kappan
king came up, war was-attacbcd farmer people of heads to cut
ho'iU, jo sipahi mundi kappi hinno usnS panj rupayyo raja
became, what soldier head catting may-take to him five rupees king
bakhsis de te mundi ap hinne, jad bauh kappan ]ir.i$
reward may-give and head himself may-take, when many cutting l)e(;anio
car rupayye dine lagga, fer trai, fer dA, hikk rupayyfi, to
four rupees to give began then three, then two, one rupee and
chekur atth ane, jad atth ane fi ^^S"^ puttur
finally eight annas, when eight annas each was-attachcd the son
mukaries, - ki mulkh ujarea, rcha kf)i nn, is
refused-to-him that country wasted is, remained any-one nc t, this
mulkha bice bassi kun, te trig sakhse niS khallS nikhtiS,
country in will-live who ? and three men of skins were skinned
t6 bhuhekanne bharia te bheji dinia raje kol, te puttie
and straw with were-fiUed and sending were given king near and by son
akhea inhe loke nS. marie nau, iuhe mulkha ice basau, te
was-said these people to kill not them country in cause-to-dwcll and
malia hinnau, malia mukarrar kita ga.
property-tax take, property-tax appointing was-made.
Funchi.
1, hekk, one.
36. jaijgut, boy, kuvi, girl.
2. do, two.
37. puttur, son.
3. trai, three.
38. dhi, daughter.
4. car, four.
39. ghulam, slave.
5. panj, five.
40. jimidar, cultivator.
6. che, six.
41. gual, shepherd.
7. satt, seven.
42. Rabb, &c., God.
8. atth, eight.
43. Shaitaun, Devil.
9. nau, nine.
44, dift, sun.
JO. das, ten
45. cann, moon.
11. will, twenty.
46. tara, star.
12. das te do wihS, fifty.
47. agg, fire.
J3. panjwihl, hundred.
48. pauni, water.
14. hatth, hand.
49. ghar, kotha, house.
15. pair, foot.
50. ghora, horse.
16. nakh, nose.
51. gaiv, cow.
J 7. akkh, eye.
52. kutta, dog.
18. mSh, mouth.
53. billa, cat.
19. dand, tooth.
54. kukkur, cock.
20. konn, ear.
55. badk, duck.
21. bal, hair.
56. khota, ass. j
22. sir, head.
57. uth, camel.
23. jib, tongue.
58. pakhru, bird.
24. pet, belly.
59. gacchna, go.
25. lakk, lower back, kond, upper
60. khana, eat.
back.
61. behna, sit.
26. I5ha, iron.
62. acchna, come.
27. saunau, gold.
63. mama, beat.
28. candi, silver.
64. udna, stand. |
29. peo, abba, father.
65. marna, die.
30. ma, mother.
66. dena, give.
31. bhra, brother.
67. nasna, daurna, run.
32. bhen, sister.
68. toe, up.
.33. mard, man.
69. kol, nere, near.
34. kuri, woman.
70. bne pun, down.
35. janauni, wife.
71. dur, far.
31
72. aggS, before.
73. picehS, behind.
74. kun, who.
75. kai, what.
76. kiS, why.
77. te, and.
78. but.
79. if.
80. auhaS, yes.
81. nShf, no.
82. hae hae, alas,
ghor -a, a horse.
-i, a mare,
-e, horses.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87. dand, a bull.
88. gaiv, a cow.
89. dand, bulls.
90. gavS, cows.
91. kutt -a, a dog.
92. -1, n bitch.
93. -e, dogs.
94. -iS, bitches.
95. bakr -a, a he goat.
96. -i, a female goat.
97. -e, goats.
98. bar -n, a male deer.
99. -ni, a female dcei-,
100. -n, deer.
-Vc
mares.
1. tuhara kai nau da ? what is your name ?
2. is ghore di kitri umr di ? how old is this horse ?
3. is jal hoi Kashmir kitne kot di ? how far is it from here to Ka-sh-
mir ? ; .
4. tuhare pea de ghar kitre puttur hain? how many sons are th^re
in your fathei''s house ?
5. ajj dur julda es, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mhare eace na puttur isni bheu biai nis, the son of my uncle i^
married to his sister.
7. citte ghore ni kathi ghara ice, in the house is the saddle of the
white horse.
8. ghore ar kathi ba, put the saddle upon his back.
9. m§ usne puttre nS phats ne mitea, I have beaten his son with many
stripes.
10. oh uppure nakke uppur mala carna a, he is grazing cattle on the top
of the hill.
11. bute heth ghore ar carhea na, he is sitting on a horse under that
tree.
12. usna bhra usni bhainu thi bara, his brother is taller than his sister.
13. isna mul dhai rupayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
14. mhara peo us nikke ghara ice rehna, my father lives in that small
house.
15. yo rupayya usnft de (pi. dea), give this rupee to him.
16. us kol§ e rupayye bin, take those rupees from him.
17. usnS bauh mari te rassiS ne bauuhls, beat him well and bind him
with ropes.
18. khuhe icca pauni khaddh, draw water from the well.
19. me agge Jul, walk before me.
20. kusna jaggut tu picche picche julna a ? whose boy comes behind
you?
21. kusa kolS mulli hinda ? from whom did you buy that ?
22. giraii ne kuse hattiwale kolft hinda, from a shopkeeper of the village.
PADARi.
Padari is an extremely intei^esting dialect, spoken in Padar, five or
six marches east of Kishtawar, on the banks of the Cinab. In some strik-
ing particulars it resembles Paqgwall, which is spoken in Paggi, in the
north of Caraba State. In the list which follows words wliich have a
marked resemblance to corresponding Paqgwali words are asterisked.
The number of such words might o£ course have been indefinitely
extended, but those noted are chiefly (though not wholly) those which
resemble words used in Paggl, while at the same time differing from the
words of other neighbouring dialects.
Plur.
bab
bab-au kar
-au
-au kol
Nouns.
Sing.
N.
bab,
father
G.
bab-
-ar
D.
-as
Ab.
-al
So also mohan, man, hadhel, ox.
Nouns in -a take -e in the N. pi. ghora horse, ghoru ; halray goat,
bakre ; kUtar, dog, fem. hufor, bitch, kUtar dogs.
Fern. Nouns.
Ku-i, girl, daughter, Sing, -yar -yas -yal
Plur. kii^, ku-yau kar -yau -yau kol.
gd, cow, has N. pi. goi.
Pronouns. Sing. Plur.
1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd
N. au tu se as tus tahn«
G. mion^ tion* tasar hin tun egknr
Kdhtiy who ?, kz, what ?
Adjectives, khara, good, has khari, in the fsm., but I did not notice
any inflection for number or case.
Comparison, no special forms, khara, good, —tsar khara, better
than — , Sahni kol khara, better than all, best.
Verps. Auxiliary Pres. I am, &c., hau^ han^ han^- hiu^ hin^ hin^
(f . hini)
Past, I was the*, all through f. thi».
5
*
Padari,
1. yikk, one.
2. * doi, two.
3. * tlae, three.
4. tsor, four.
5. panz, five.
6. tsbeh, six.
7. satt, seven.
8. attl), eight.
9. nau, nine.
10. * dash, ten.
11. bih, twenty.
12. panjah, fifty.
13. sau, hundred.
14. hat, hand.
15. khur, foot.
16. nakk, nose.
17. * tir, eye.
18. totar, mouth.
19. dand, tooth.
20. kann, ear.
21. rot, hair.
22. * magir, head.
23. zibh, tongue.
24. pet, belly.
25. pyitth, back.
26. loh, iron.
27. sonna, gold.
28. candi, silver.
29. bab, father.
30. yi], mother.
31. bhai, brother.
32. bhen, sister.
33. mohan, man.
34. ghion, woman.
35. * zoHS wife.
86. * kua, child
37. * kua, son.
38. * kui, daughter.
39. kam**', slave.
40. jim^dar, cultivafor.
41. gual, shepherd.
42. Naran, Grod.
43. Harman, Devil.
44. dius, sun.
45. tsaner, moon.
46. tar^', star.
47. ag, fire.
48. paainyi, watei*.
49. * gib, house.
50. gh6r», horse.
51. ga, cow.
52. * kutar, dog.
53. bilai, cat.
54. kukar, cock.
55. ar, duck.
56. ass.
57. camel.
58. pokhur, bird.
59. gan*, go.
60. khan^, eat.
61. bishn^, sit.
62. an^, come.
63. kutn*, beat.
64. * khar bhon*, stand.
65. marn^, die.
66. diun*, give.
67. daur diun*, run.
68. bahyur^', up.
69. neri, near.
70. wondi, down.
71. dur, far.
72. * agar, before.
35
73. poWtr, behind.
74. kahn, who.
75. ki, what.
76. * kyas, why.
77. te, and.
78. te, but.
79. agar, if.
80. 3, yes.
81. nehf, no.
82. hai hai, alas.
83. gho -r*, a horse.
84. -ri, a mare.
85. -re, horses.
86. -ri, mares.
87. badhel, a bull.
88. ga, a cow.
89. badhel, bulls.
90. goi, cows.
91. kutar, a dog.
92. kut6r, a bitch.
93. kutar, dogs.
94. kutor, bitches.
95. bak -ra, a he goat.
96. -ari, a female goat.
97. -re, goats.
98. a male, deer.
99. a female deer.
JOG. deer.
SIRAJI.
Siraji is spoken in the country north of the Cinab between Ramban
and Bhart on the way to Kishtawar. Its headquarters may be said to
be the large village of Doda, three marches S.W. of Kishtawar. Its
features are what its position would lead us to suspect. On the North
it gives way to Kashmiri, on the West to Rambani, on the N.E. to
Kishtawari, and on the S. and S.W. to Bhadarwahi and the Camba
dialects. Its general framework is like the Panjabi group of languages,
which, especially the Camba section, it resembles, but it has many points
of agreement with Kashmiri. In its fondness for a masc. s. in -o and
pi. in -a, a likeness to Gujuri will be traced.
Nouns. Sing. Plur.
N. bab, father bab
G. babba no (f. ni pi. m. na p. f. ni) babbS, &c.
D, bab bo ,,
Log. „ mS „
Ab. „ atha (hatha) „
Ag. babbe „
Far commoner than the gen. in -no is that in -to.
Plur.
ghar, house ghar
G. ghai'-6 to gharS, &c.
D. -o „
L. -6 m^ „
Ab. -o atha „
Ag. -e „
so are declined nearly all masc. nouns ending in a consonant,
Mahno is thus declined :
Mahno man Plur. mahna
Abl. mahnwe mahni
Shund, dog (with an accented -a) has the same in the plural.
Ghar -6 horse obi. -e plur -a obi. -S.
Feminine Nouns. PI.
baig-i land, field -ia
Ab. -ia
N.
au
G.
mina
D.
mi
Ag.
ml
N.
ah .
G.
ahmo
Ag.
ase
2nd
Srd
Sing.
tu
su
tino
teto
ti
te
t!
Plur.
teQi
tub
tine
tuhmo
tina t(5
tuse
tene
37
Dhj, daughter, however, takes dh/e in N, pi., so fjliOri, maic, lias
ghorie. Shunei, bitcb, has shunelCt.
Ending in a Consonant.
Zauan woman Ob. zanani PI. zanan?
So helin or baihn, sister.
Goru, cow, has gorfc in the plur.
Pronouns.
id 2nd Srd yd, this
yeto
ye
yeni
yo
yina to
ySne
Zo who (rel.) Ag. zeni pi. zina
Kam who ? G. ktih to
Kg any one Ob. ketsl
Adjectives' are usually declined like nouns of the same form, but those
ending iu a consonant are not declined. Thus judnmatO, good,
atsa^g.matd, bad, mino, my, chitto, white, are declined like ghoro, and
their feminines judnmatl, &c., like ghdyl.
Comparison. There is no form for comp. and superl, The ideas
are expressed as follows : iilcro, high, — athd nkro, higher than, — sabban
athd ukrd, higher than all, i.e., highest.
Adverbs, hi, yesterday, az, to-day, kale, to-morrow, zham (zh not
zh ) to-morrow early
itthe, here titthe, there.
zabla, when, tyehla, then, kara, when ? hum, now.
liiska, quickly.
Verbs.
Au.viliary.
Pres. I am, &c. chi (s) chi (s) chu (f. chi) cha (s) chath cha
Past. I was but-e (s) -e (s) -6(f.-i) -a (s) -ath -a
In some places chis, chas, bates, butas are used instead of chi, &c.
38
Conjugation of marnO, beat.
Aoi". or Cond. mar-S (or -ami) -es -i -as (or amata) -ath -euth.
Fut. -alo -elo -elo -amala -athala -entliala
Imperat. mar mara.
Pres. mar or mara witli chi clii chu cha chath cha
Impf. marS te mar-a te -a to -ata -atath -ata (or mdrd,
instead of mara throughout), this te, to, &c., is the second
syllable of hute, above.
Cond. Past. Aor. with, hute, au marami hute, I would have beaten.
Past. I beat. Agentive form of pronoun with maru {maruo).
Participles. Pres. marU, having beaten, marlta.
Passive, mdA with the various tenses of gisno, go : thus, au mari galo, I
shall be beaten, su or oh mart go ro, he had been beaten.
Gisno, go.
Future galo gelo geilo gamala gathala gainthala
Pres. gS chi, &g. Impf. gl te, &c.
Past. ges ges go ga gath ga
Plupf. go-ie -re -ro -ra -rath -ra
Jaino, (jeno) come,
Fut. jalo jelo jelo jamaia jethala jinthala
Pres. js chi, &c. Impf. jS te, &c.
Past. awe awe ao (awo) awa awath awa
Plupf. u -re -re -ro -ra -rath -ra.
Bhona, become, pr. p. bhoS, pa. p. bh'oita.
Past bhue, like bute.
Deno, give, pr. p. d§, pa. p. ditto.
In the following specimens the pronominal suffixes will be noticed
chiefly as expressing the agent, e.g., keriienl, uzarileni, zabueni, Idioeni,
shunuem, shadueni, for he did, wasted, sent, attached, heard, called.
dittldnl occurs agreeing with a fern, obj., something fem. was given by
him. keoryem, I did. keiiriem, I did (with fem. object), dittuit, thou
gavest. In hhejuseni two suffixes are found -s- being for the object, and
n for the agent; he sent him, usne {-eni) usTco (s) hhBjd, Thu and su will
be found as direct and indirect obj., sing.
The Prodigal Son.
Eki mahnue ta dui puttur buta nikka mattha ne babbe zabue
One man of two sons were, little boy by father to was said
Babbe tine mala to hisso zo ml jS chu su mi de,
Father thy pix>perty of part which to me coming is that to me give,
I
39
apno mal teni banti ditto, thorgdiiigne mS nikke puttrP
own property bj-liim dividing was giveu, few days of in by-little son
sab jame kerl 16 dur mulkho safar keiu^ni
all together making was-taken far country to journey was-made-by-him,
titthe teni mal apno uzari leni, zabia mal
then by-him property own wasting was-taken-by-liim when property
apno uzari leni te mulkho m§ kal bare pai!
own wasting was-taken-by-him that country in famine great falling
go te sii baro taijg bhol go, te mulkho te ekki
went and he very straitened becoming went that country of one
rahnebale laba ges teni apnia baigia m§ sur tsarne
dweller near went-to-him by-him own field in swine to graze
bhejuseni, zina phalia sar kha ta sii mane
was-sent-to-him-by-him, what husks swine eating Avere, he heart
mK karS to au apn5 pet bhari te ke dS to
in making was I own stomach may fill, to-him any one giving was
na. Zabla hosho mS ao tyebla zabueni mene babba te
not. When sense in came then was-said-by-him my father of
mazur kita rajji roti khS chi, au itthe buccha
labourers how many being satisfied bread eating are, I here hungry
marS chi, aii apne babbo kanS uthita cale galo, zabalo he
dying am I own father near having-ai'isen going will go will say
Babba Khudayo to te tino gunah keoryem, ya gall caijgj
Father God of and thy sin done-was-by-me this matter good
nehf lok zabenth tino puttur chu, apno mazfir mi banawa,
not people may-say thy son is, own labourer me make
sii apne babbo kane uthita ao su dur but5 su babbe
he own father near having-arisen came he far was hira by-father
heruo, te te rehm ao phiri daurita go te gale
was seen and to him pity came again running went and neck
sathi laweni te shundia dittiani, puttre te
with-was-attached-by-him and kisses wex^e-given-by-him, by-son to-him
zabue he Babba Khudayo to te tino gunah keoi-yem
was-said Father God of and thy sin was-done-by-me
ya gall caijgi nehl lok zabenth tino puttur chu, Babbe
this matter good not people may-say thy son is By Father
40
naukarS lie zabuo sabbane atlia tall a cagga lush a aro, te
servants to was said all than clothes good quickly bring him
pur lawa, te hattho chap lawa thu, perS ne joro lawa thu>
on attach and hand-on ring attach to-hira, feet with pair attach to him
paluro batsuro arita phatta thu ah khamu te khushi
kept calf having brought kill it we may-eat and happiness
karamu, yo meno puttur mari go ro, te huni uthiio razi
may make this my son dead gone was and now arose well
bholta, ghadza go ro huni meli go, tine khushi karne
having-become, lost gone was now found went, they happiness to make
lagua teto baddo puttur baigia m% buto, zabla ghare iiere awo tjebla
began his big son field in was when house near came then
baje to te natsne to bar shunueni, ekki apno
instrument of and dancing of noise was-heavd-by-him one own
mahno shadueni su putsueni yo kut chu, teni
man was-called-by-him him was-asked-by-him this what is, by him
zabue tin5 brha ao tine babbe batsure palure
was-said thy brother came by-thy father calf kept
halal keraweni ya galla caijga
lawful was-caused-to-be-made-by-him this matter-for well
ladueni, su roshe bhue antar na gahne cace, babb
he-was-found-by-him he in-a-huff became in not to go wished father
teto beihr go su patiane lague, teni apne babbo
his out went him to persuade began by-him own father-to
jiwab ditto mi kite barie teni khidmat keuriem
answer was-given by-me how-many years thy service was-done-by-me
tino akho kade na mi morii kade bakre to bacco me
thy saying ever not by-me was- turned, ever goat of little-one me
kan na dittuifc au apne dOstS ne sathi khushi
for not was-given-by-thee I own friends of with happiness
keramutu, zabla tino puttur vir5 zeiii tino mal kanjrie
may make, when thy son came by-whom thy property harlots
ni liath-a udzarueni te tete khatir paluro batsuro
with wasted-was-by-him, and his sake kept calf
phatt bau teni te zabue puttra tu sada me sathi
killed was, by him to him was-said Son thou always me with
41
chi zo k! mino chu so tino cbu, pnr khushi kSrnl
art what anything mine is that thino is but happiness to make
khush bhono carjgl gal buti, tino yO brha marl go
happy to-become good matter was thy this brother dead gone
r5 te huni uthilo razi bho!ta, ghadza go lo hiinl
was and now arose well having-become lost gone was now
m§li g5.
being- found went.
Extracts,
Rati icch p5uo kukkria khiani phiri bacUlo nuksan
At night bear fell hens to eat then great harm
kerueni padro mS, lo bhm te otrei phiri tet§
was-done-by-him level in, light became and early again his
magar bhiia dash raahna, khurie cale ga su, dur ga
after became ten men track going went to-him, far went
BU te zaro mS suttoro buto, titthe khane khan pouo, titlhe
to-him and den in asleep was there food to eat fell there
phiri bunduki dittia su, na lagia phiri nashi
again guns were given to-him, not were-attached, then runiiing
go tila hatha ghare cale awa, doke di loke
went, then from house to coming came, second day by people
mara. Paru ti gal chi.
was killed. Last-year of matter is.
TahsUdare ti citthi j^ chi. Mazur dere hapat
Tahsildar of letter coming is. Labourers dwelling about
ami, bakro, khat, bhanda, kukkur arna, dero
to bring, goat, beds, vessels, cocks, to bring, dwelling
laijgheita ghare jeno, itthe m§ kih kasfir bhei
having-passed-on house-to to-come, there in any fault niay-liecome
ta zerimano deno chip. Au hazir bhue.
then fine to-give is. I present became.
MaT to ghiwano dm cilki, waddie bi nikkie duddli
Buffalo of tax two ten-annas big also little milk
cumnewali bi yo ahi pur zulm chu. Shdu bheda bnkri .shO
drinker also, this us ou violence is. 100 sheep goats six
6
1
42
Ittbe mS beuro
Here in kid
which
rupayya tsSur ana gahcarai.
rupees four annas grass-feeding.
ik sala map buta, az ghini len lagua,
one-year-old free were to-day taking to take they-have-begun
az g5ru gana cha, ghar ze banawa cha, ilia to
to-day cows counting are, house if making are it of
ghins chan, diara to hukm na chu katne to, zo bori
taking are, deodar of order not is cutting of, what other
chia badne na da cha.
is to-cut not giving are.
{Note. — The dero referred to above is the annual procession from
JammS to Sri Nagar and back of the Inner Palace or Maharaja's Ladies
and their escort).
buto
was
te
and
mul
price
lakri
wood
.) i
f ■, ^
Siraji.
1. ikk, one.
2. dui, two.
3. trei, three.
4. tsour, four.
5. panta, five.
6. shah, six.
7. satt, seven.
8. atth, eight.
9. nau, nine.
10. das, ten.
11. bih, twenty.
12. panza, fifty.
13. shou, hundred.
14. hattb, hand.
15. khur, foot,
16. nakk, nose.
17. acchi, eye.
18. muh, mouth.
19. dant, tooth.
20. kann, ear.
21. ke, hair.
22. rut, head.
23. jib, tongue.
24. idd, belly.
25. pitth, back.
26. loha, iron.
27. sonna, gold.
28. candi, ruppa, silver.
29. bab, father.
30. i, mother.
31. brha, brother.
32. bahin, sister.
33. mahnu, man.
34. zanan, woman.
35. zanan, wife.
36. mattho, child.
37. mattho, son
38. dhi, daughter.
39. kamo, slave.
40. jlmldar, cultivator,
41. gual, shepherd.
42. Panniesar, God.
43. Shatan, Devil.
44. dis, sun.
45. cann, moon.
46. tara, star.
47. agg, fire.
48. pani, water.
49. ghar, house.
50. ghor5, horse.
51. goia, cow.
52. shuna, dog.
63. bildf, cat.
54. kukkur, cock.
55. batki, duck.
56. khar, ass.
57. lit, camel.
58. poto, bird.
59. gisno, go.
60. khano, eat.
61. mishno, sit.
62. jaino, come.
63. marno, beat.
64. kharono, stand.
65. marno, die.
66. deno, give.
67. daurno, run.
68. kharo, up.
69. nero, near.
70. uro, down.
71. dur, far.
72. agar, before.
44
73. pat, behind.
74. kani, who.
75. ki, what.
76. ki, why,
77. t6, and.
78. but.
79. ze, if.
80. a, yes.
81. neh!, no.
82. liai, alas.
83. ghor -o, a horse.
84. -i, a mare.
85. -a, horses.
86. -ie, mares.
87. dant, a bulls.
88. goru, a cow.
89. dant, bull.
90. gorii, cows.
91. shun -a, a dog.
92. -ei, a bitch.
93. -a, dogs.
94. -eia, bitches.
95. chero, a he goat.
96. bakrl, a female goat.
97. chera, goats.
98. harn -o, a male deer.
99. -i, a female deer
100. -a, deer.
1. tino nam kut chu F what is your name ?
2. ye ghore tlii ummar kittS cLi ? how old is this hoise Y
3. 611ah atha Kashmira tS kitto dur chu ? how far is it from hero to
Kashmir ?
4. tine babbo te gharo ma puttur kita cha ? how many sons arc tlicro
in your father's house ?
6. ajj ail bara dur awe, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mene tsatse to puttur teti behni sathi biao ro chu, the son of my
uncle is married to his sister.
7. gharo m^ chitte ghore tl kathi chi, in the house is the saddle of the
white horse.
8. kathi pitthi pur kasi laththo, put the saddle upon his back.
9. tete puttre me mate korre raarii a, I have beaten his son witli many
stripes.
10. paharo te shire goru bakria tsarS chu, he is grazing cattle on the top
of the hill.
11. ghore b§i butto tal bishru chu, he is sitting on a horso under that
tree,
12. teto brha behni atha baddo chu, his brother is taller than his sister.
13. yet5 mul dhai rupayyo chu, the price of that is two rupees aud a
half.
14. men5 babb ye nikkS gharo rahS chu, my father lives iu that small
house.
15. yo rupayya te de le, give this rupee to him.
16. yo rupayya tin. ghini je, take those rupees from him.
17. mast maro thu te radzu sathi bandhi thu, beat him well aud bind
him with ropes.
18. khuho mS pani ghini je, draw water from the well.
19. me ari ari cal, walk before me.
20. kahto mattho ti pata jS chu ? whose boy comes behind you ?
21. yo kah atha mul awath, from whom did you buy that.^
22. gramo ketsia hatiabalia atha, from a shopkeeper of the village.
RAMBANI.
Rambcani is, like Poguli whicli it closely resembles, conuected with
Kashmiri ; it is however farther away from Kashmiri than Poguli is.
This is evident from its vocabulary, also from various points in its gram-
mar, such as the formation of the Passive voice by means of the verb go
instead of the verb come, and the greater use of compound verbs ; it is
still more noticeable when we consider the pronunciation. Rarabaui has
very largely a Panjabi pronunciation, Pogali is pronounced like Kash-
ja'nl — thus for example ghor'^ would be differently pronounced in the
two.
Nouns.
Sing. Plur.
N. babb, father babb
G. babb-a suij (f. sani, pi. sana, sanyi) babb-an sun, &c.
D. -a -an
Ab. -a tha -an thi
mahn-o, man, obi. s. -a u. pi. -a obi. pi. -an
So also ghof^, horse, lOk or lok"', boy
Shnna, dog and tsirru, goat do not change for the nom. pi.
Fern. Nouns.
Sing. Plur.
N. kurhi, daughter kurh-ia
G. kur-hi san (sani, sana, sanyi) -ian, &c.
D.A. -hi -ian
So ghori, mare
Zanand, woman takes zandni in the plur.
Shnnei, bitch does not change for the nom. pi.
hahin, sister has obi. hahina.
The short vowels at the end of words are very indistinctly pro-
nounced, and as Rambani is never written it is often extremely hard
to tell which short vowel is being used, or whether what seems like a
short vowel is really one, or is merely the necessary emission of breath
after a consonant.
Pronouns.
Siug.
1st
2nd
3rd Isfc
N", au
tu
su N. as
G. min^
tinfi
tes-au (f. cT)
D. mi
ti'
tes Gr. as-
Ag. mi
ti
tin Ag.
47
Plur.
2nd 3rd
tus tin
G-. as-au (f. ei) tus-au (f. l-I) tin-au (f.-oT)
asa! tusn! tinfii
tesaii makes tesive in the oblique and others in -aii are similarly
inflected.
kito, how much or many ? fem. kiti, plur. hita.
kam, who ? Gr. kasau. y?7 = this.
Adjectives are declined chiefly like nouns, thus carjgo, good, is like
mahno, and its fem. caijgi is like kurht.
Comparison is expressed by the positive form with //la, — tliU, caugo,
= better than — , sahban tha cai]go, better than all, i.e., best.
Verbs.
Auxiliary Pres. I am &c. chus chus chu chasam chath chi
Past at-us -us -u -asam -ath -a
Marmi, beat pr. p. mar or mar§, pa. p. martumut
Aor. or Fut. mar-5 -as -i -am -ath -ti
Pres. mar or mara with auxil. pres. chus, &c.
Impf. ,, ,, ,, „ „ past atus, &c.
Past Agentive form of pronouns with martu
Pres. Perf. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, martumut chu.
Plupf. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, martumut atu.
Passive, mart, with various parts of gntshnu, go. Thus au mnrl
gatsh chus, I am being beaten, au mart gatsha or gei'is, I shall be or was
beaten.
Gatshyiu go, pr. p. gatsh or gatshS, pa. p. gomut
Aor. or Fut. Pres. Impf. regular like mdrnu
Past, geus geus geu geasam geuth gea
Pres. Perf. and Plupf. gomut with pres. auxil. chus, &c , and past
aux. dtas, &c., I'espectively.
enil, come, pr. p. e, rahnu, remain, pr. p. rah.
Rambanl has compound verbs after the Panjabi and not the
Kashmiri model, e.g., ghinl lainu, take outright, Urdu iB lend.
Hambani.
1. ik, one.
2. dill, two.
3. cei, three.
4. tsaur, four.
5. pants, five.
6. sh6, six.
7. satt, seven.
8. atb, eight.
9. nau, nine.
10. das, ten.
11. bib, twenty.
12. panzah, fifty.
13. sbau, hundred.
14. hatth, liand.
15. khur, foot.
16. nakk, nose.
17. ncch, eye.
18. mu!, mouth.
19. dant, tootli.
20. kann, ear.
21. kesh, hair.
22. rut, bead,
23. zibb, tongue.
24. pet, belly.
25. pittb, back,
26. loha, iron,
27. sonii, gold.
28. candi, silver.
29. babb, father.
30. amraa, mother.
31. brha, brother.
32. bahin, sister.
33. mahn, man.
34. zanan*, woman.
35. zanan^, wife.
36. lok, child.
37. lok, son,
38. kurhi, daughter.
39. kam^, slave.
40. zamindar, cultivator,
41. gual, shephei-d.
42. Panmesar, God.
43. Shatan, Devil.
44. diis, sun.
45. tsanni, moon.
46. tar^, star.
47. agg, fire.
48. pani, water.
49. ghar, house.
50. ghor", horse.
51. gan, cow.
C2. shun a, dog.
53. hilar, cat.
54. kukkur, cock.
55. batki, duck.
56. khot^, ass.
57. St, camel.
58. pakhrii, biixl.
59. gatshnu, go,
60. khanu, eat.
61. bimnu, sit.
62. enu, come.
63. marnu, beat.
64. kharonu, stand.
65. marnu, die.
66. denu, give,
67. daurnu, run,
68. ubhu, up.
69. nere, near,
70. kbalo, down.
71. dur, far.
72. agar, before.
49
73. pat, behind.
74. kam, wlio.
75. kut, what.
76. ki, kizug, wliy.
77. te, and.
78. par, but.
79. zekar, if.
80. a, yes.
81. na, no.
82. bai he, alas.
83. gho -r^, a horse.
84. -ri, a mare.
85. -ri1, hoi'ses.
86. -ria, mares.
87. dant, a bull.
88. gau, a cow.
89. dant, bulls.
90. gawa, cows.
91. ^lun -a, dog.
92. -ei, a bitch.
93. -n, dogs.
94. -ei, biU'hes.
95. tsirru, a he-goat.
96. tseli, a female goat.
97. tsiiTxi, goats.
98. bar -n, a male deor.
99. -ni, a female deer
100. -n, deer.
1. tino nam kut chu ? what is your name ?
2. es gbore sani kit? umr chi ? how old is this horse ?
3. itt ata Kashmira t5. kito diir chu, how far is it from here to Kasli-
mir ? ,
4. tini bappu sani gi kita loka che ? how many sons are there in your
father's house ?
5. au az dur hanthi kari call gyus, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mini pitrie sana lokii teshwe bahini sathi biahtumut chu, the son of
my uncle is married to his sister.
7. gi m§ chitte ghore sani kathi chi, in the house is the saddle of the
white horse.
8. kathi teseT pithi bhei lathas, put the saddle upon his back.
9. mi teswe loke mata korra ditmat ches, I have beaten his son with
many stripes.
10. yii pahar sani shiri bhei bakriS gawa sunal chu, he is grazing cattle
on the top of the hill.
11. yu ghora bhei buta khal bimi chu, he is sitting on a horse under
that tree.
12. tesau brha tgshwe bahina th§ badu chu, his brother is taller than his
sister.
13. tesau mul dhai rupae chu, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
1-i. mino babb is matthe gi rah chu, my father lives in that small house.
15. tes yu rupayya denu, give this rupee to him.
16. tin rupae tes thS ghinni laina, take those rupees from him.
17. tes juan marnias gazari sathi ganthi, beat him well and bind him
with ropes.
18. talao mS tha pani kari, draw water from the well.
19. mi agar cal, walk before me.
20. kasau loka ti pat pata e chu ? whose boy comes behind you ?
21. yu kas ths muli an chut ? from whom did you buy that ?
22. garaa sani ketsi hatiabala tha, from a shopkeeper of the village.
POGULi.
The Poguli language is spoken over a small tract of country to the
east of Ramsuh which is 18 miles south of the Banihal Pas.s. It is
therefore spoken in Jammft State. It resembles Kashmiri, though it is
quite unintelligible to speakers of that language. Most Pogul people know
some Kashmiri. Nearly all the peculiarities of Kashmiri are found in
a modified form in Poguli, which being a border language contains also
a number of points in common with dialects which look to Panjabi as
their fountain head. Poguli differs very slightly from the dialect of
Peristan. Pogul and Peristan are two streams flowing into the Bishlar,
which in turn joins the Cinab. The tract of country across the Bishlar
from Pogul and Peristan is called Sar ; its inhabitants arc said to speak
the same language.
Nouns.
Sing. Plur.
N. maul Mal-a
G. mala sun (f. sin, pi. saua, f. sanya) -an sun, &c,
D. malis -an
Log. „ manz, &c., &c. -an, &c.
Ab. ,, laba - ,,
Ag. mali - ,,
So loh or luh, a boy, loka sun, lokis, loki, &c.
mohan, man, mahna sun, mahnis, &c.
There seems to be considerable indifference about the inflection -is,
and one hears -as and -us, but whereas -as and -is seem rare for inanimate
objects, so one seems very rarely to hear -us with nouns denoting sentient
beings. It will be noticed that the genitive postposition docs not, as in
Kashmiri change, according to what word it follows, into hun or uw or 2iH.
The oblique of smi is sani or sanni.
Fern. Nouns. '
Sing. Plur.
N. kuhri, daughter Kuhr-a
G. kuhra, sun, &c. -an sun, &c.
D. kuhra -an
Ab. „ laba -an &c.
Ag. klihra ~an
52
There are as in Kashmiri, though to a much less extent, internal
vowel changes along with inflection. These changes make it difficult to
give one word as a type of many others. There are peculiar consonantal
changes also. The following are examples in addition to the words
viaul and molian, above.
M
Sing.
F.
gh6r«,
horse
ghori
^
hunn».
dog
huinni
h
juan-mut, good
-mit
Pronouns,
1st
2nd
Sing.
3rd
N.
au
tu
su
G.
miun
tiun
tes-au, t
D.
mi
ti
tes, tyes
Ag.
)>
)>
tin
as
tus
tiau
asaa
tusau
tiauan
asan
tusan
tiauan
asei
tusei
tiafiei
Plur.
M.
F.
gh6r«'
ghueur*
hunna
hunya
-mata -maca
ye>
this
ye
yes
yin
yaii
yauan
yauan
yaiiei
tyes-au, asau, tusau, yesau are thus inflected
tySs-au f.s. -ei ra. pi. -au -f. pi. -ye
Abl. s.m. -we s.f. -ye and so on
mlim, tiun Obi. Una, Ag. tini
Gr, kas-au D. kas.
Gr. yes-ati Agent yin
pi. kyita
Owing to vocalic and consonantal changes it is
difficult to give rules for the declensions of adjectives. Many are
indeclinable. Those in -imit, are declined like juanmut, given above
among the nouns. The s. of -is is usually omitted with adjectives, thus
panani gharus, to his house, not pananis gharus. Otherwise adjs. are
generally speaking itiflected like nouns (except of course indecl. adjs.)
Comparison. There is no form for comp. or superl. The positive
form is used with, kJlota, than, as tesei hina khota bo>\ bigger than his
sister ; for the superl. sarni khota, than all, is used, sarni khota bor,
bigger than all, biggest.
Adverbs. Kur, tyiir, yur, whither ? thither, hither.
kor, ter or teti, iti, where ? there, here.
fehlai, then, yeblai, now, yabla, when
kam, who ?
yu, who
kyet, how many
Adjectives.
53
acca, day before yesterday, Is, yesterday, az to-day, rate, to-monow,
cindus {cde, three, and das, day), day after to-morrow, tswdhiii, (|uickly.
Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres. I am, &c. chus chus chu chisam clietli chi
Past. I was ah -tus -tus -tii -sam -tath -ta (also auhtus, &c.)
Pharnu, strike, beat.
Aor. or Fut. I may or shall beat phar- a -us pliairi pliar -am -uth -uu
Pres. I am beating. Pr. p. pliarti (iudeel.) with pros, auxiliary chus, &c.
Impf. I was ,, ,, „ ,, „ ,, past. ,, abtas, &c.
Past. I beat, &c., Agentive form of pronouns with phartu
Pres. Perf. I have beaten „ „ ,, ,, phartumut chu
Plupf. I had ,, „ „ ,, ,, ,, ahtu
Conditional. phat-iha -os -ihi -aham -ahoth -ahun
Imper. phar phari.
Participles pr. p. pharti, pa. p. phartumut, having beaten, pliairkari
The Passive is formed by using the particle pharani with the various
tenses of ylun come, thus aw os phm'ani, I was beaten, yaua pharani, I
shall be beaten.
Gatshiu, go.
Aor. Fut. gatsha gatshus getshi gatsh-am -uth -un
Past. gos gos go geosam geoath geo
Pres. gatsh or gatshti chus, SfC.
Part. Pr. p. gatshti pa. p. gyemut.
Pres. Perf. Plupf. gyemut chus, ahtue, &c.
Yiun, come, pa. p. amut.
Aor. Fut. Yaua yowus yeau yauam youth youn
Past. as as ao aosam auath aua
Dhin, give, pr. p. deti pa. p. dyutumut
Aor. Fut. deaua deowus deu deauam deouth deoun
Past. dyut, used like phaitu
Asuu, become, pr. p. as, asti, having become aiskeii.
Aor. Fut. asa asus ais asam asuth asun
Bylninn, sit Past bimtiis, like ahtiis. seated = bimi
Aor. Fut. ,, bim -a -us -i -am -uth -un
Rahnu, remain, Aor. Fut. raha rahus rili rah - am -uth -uu.
Past. rahn -us -us rohn rahn -sam -ath -a
Bi7iu, fear Aor. Fut. biwa or biuwa, &c., frightened «= bii
Past. binus like ralinus.
Piun, diiuk, Aor. Fat. peoa peons piwi p§6 -am -ath -un
Past, pint, used like phartu, with fern. obj. pit.
54
Karnu, do, past, ko (with fern. obj. ke) pa. p. kyemiit.
zapnu, say, past, jo
dhaiinu, walk, &c., past, dhautus
klialnu eat, past, khao (with fem. obj. kliae)
Causative verbs are formed by adding -al to the root of the verb, e.gf.,
khalnu, eat, khdlahm, cause to eat, feed.
Pronominal suffixes are used somewhat as in Kashmiri. When -n
is used as an agent to express by him, a vowel change occurs, e.g. : jo
was said, joas was said to him, but jiln was said by him, similarly ko
was done, kiln was done by him, dyutiin was given by him, prustiln was
asked by him. Note q}so pashtnmi, was seen by-me, Jilmnai, was said
to me («i) by him (n).
To be able is expressed by Jiagnu used with the root of a verb, e.g.,
cue haga gatsh, I am or shall be able to go.
The Prodigal Son.
Yakis mahnas dih loka ahta lokhcye panani malis jo,
One man to two sons were by-little own father- to was said,
Baba tina mains yo mi hissa yeau, su mi deli,
Father thy property of what to me part comes that to me give,
tin dyut tiauan manza panun mal, bainti, mauei dusei
by him was given them among own property dividing, five days
pata lokhcye loki saurui ko jama te diir niulkus
after by-little son all was-made together and far country
manz kaujuin safar, te ter allakmat kar sut
in was-made-by-him journey and there bad work with
kiin panun mal phana, yebla kiin
was-made-by-him own property destruction, when was-made-by-him
saurui mal kharc ada pe tyes mulkus manz sakjit kal
all property spending then fell that country in severe famine
te su samuztu lacar, terki mulkus rahnawalis laba go,
and he became helpless, there-of country-of dweller near went
tin pyentu panani kheti manz sor gas khalalne kica, te yaii
by-him was-sent own field in swine grass feeding for and what
hima s5r khalti ahta su zapti ahtii ai^ khala idd
husks swine eating were he saying Avas I may-eat stomach
55
bhava, te klls ahtns na deti, yabla linsli gs
may-fill and anyone was-to-hini not giving, when sense canie-to-him
tyabla jiin mlna malis kyeta moznr cliyi, pfira p(Hh
then was-said-by-him my father's how many labourers are, ful-ly
idd chyi bharti, te &u chus phaka phatti, au khafta malis
stomach are filling and I am hunger of dying, I will stand father
laba gatsha te tyes avi zapa Hatse Baba, mi ko tiun
near will go and to him I will say father, by me was-done thy
te Khuda sun guna, au chusna laik tiun lok zaptiam ml
and God of sin I am not -worthy thy son saying-to-mo mo
t! kara mazur sho, tin pata kharuthi te ao malis laba,
also make laboiirer like, that after he stood and came father near
su ahtu tirhui te mali baltiin te tyes ao tars te
he was far and by father was-seen and to him came pity and
tygs nalmut kusne te mith ditsen. Loki
to him embrace was-made and kiss was-given-by-him. By-son
wontus Hatse Baba mi ko tiuu te Khuda sun
was-said-to-him O father by-me was-done thy and God of
guna, ail chusna laik tiun lok zaptiam. Mali pananan
sin I am not worthy thy son saying to me. By father own
naukaran jiin sarni khota dadd juan tswohai auri
servants-to was-said-by-him all then garment good quickly bring
te tyes laug tyeswe ahtus manz laugthas wail, khoran manz
and him-to attach his hand in attach-to-liim ring feet in
jot te yiith wots anthan te karthas halhal, as khalam khushi
pair and fat calf bring-it and make-it lawful, we may eat happiness
karam, miun lok phatmut auhtu go zinda rautumut auhtu
may-make, ray son dead was went alive lost .was
yablai miltu, te tiauei khu.shi karui ke. tyesau
now was-found and by-them happiness to make was-raade. His
ziith lok waigi manz auhtii yabla su panani gharus wot tin
big son field in was when he own house arrived by-him
dholau sun nasni sun awaz huntiin te prustiiu
drum of dancing of voice was heard-by-him and was-asked-by-him
yu kut go tin joas tiun barun amut elm te
this what went by-him was-said-to-him thy lu'other come is and
56
tini mali yiith wots hallml kiifi, tyes kici tjSs
by-tby father fat calf lawful was-made-by-him tbat-for to-liim
miltu juana paitb, su go mast kabli au geo gatshaliana, te
was-found well like bo went very angry I bouse-to will-go not and
tyesau maul gotbo nyistu te manaltiin so,
his father out went-out and was-persuaded-by-liim to-bim
tin panani malis dyutiiu jawab, kyet knal
by-him own father to was-given-by-bim answer how much time
kbySzmat tin ke mi, te zat tin kath balti na
service thy was-done by-me and ever thy word was-turned not
mi, te ti zot dyit na mi tselya path au kara
by-me and by-tbee ever was-given not to me goat kid I may-make
kbusbi panana dostan sit, yabla tiun lok ao yin
happiness own friends with Avhen thy son came by- whom
ko tiun mal kanjriin s!t kharab, ti kyemut cliu
was-made thy property harlots with evil by-thee made is
tyeswe kicya mot wots halh'al, tin joas mina loka tu
him for fat calf lawful, by-him wae-said-to-liim my son thou
chus hamesha mi sit te sarui ciz yu cliii miun su chu tiun
art always me with and all thing which is mine that is thine.
Khushi karnu juan ciz go, tiun barun phatmut auhtii, gf5
Happiness to make good thing went thy brother dead was wont
zinda, rautumut auhtu yablai miltu.
alive lost was now was-found.
Extracts.
Ail as waiga manz ter pashtumi shaput, ada dhora ginn
I was field in there was-seen-by-me bear, then stone taking
pesis rara au gos bii aii as gioh nisb. Sahbas sit
I-fell-to-it rushing, I went afraid, I came house near. Sahib with
ahta trill mahna, tini anta sbal pants tin pata go
were 30 men by him were-killed jackals five that after went
hakka, hakka pentUn tsailih mahna Sahab rohn
jungle-beat, were-sent-by-him forty men Sahib stayed
janglas lutus pat ter shaput antiin abt te
jungle-of head on there bears were-killed-by-him 8, and
57
khalo phirtu. Lassa jamadav caprais peutu nu Ss dih dus
down he turned. By Lass^ „ caprasi was sent I came two days
watus ter dant lehti abtus au ter jiimnai Sahab
arrived there, oxen grazing was I, there was-said-to-me-by-him Sahib
ao panin boH^ zop din dusan rahnus Siihabus sft Sahab
came, own language speak, two days I stayed Snhib with Sahib
tsat walti auhtu, sui go dahan gazan duggu hit bakkhi, rohan
swimming was he went ten yards deep head towards stayed
pahrus tE, tamasha laig baini mahna pantsa. Tin pata,
one-watch up-to, fun began to see men 50. That after
jiin panin bo^U zop khalnu khain na,
was-said-by-him own language speak food was-eaten-by-him not.
taklif mast laiga. Wat wata tap ahtu sakht,
trouble great was-attached. On-the-way sunshine was severe,
tapus ahtu bimi gatsTiti ahtu, zapti ahtu halla bo^U
sunshine in he-was seated, going was saying was' bravo language
zop. Mast tap ahtu te Sahbi gonthtu dastar
speak. Great sunshine was and by Sahib was-knotted turban
pananyi toipa pSt. Sahab a-htii rat ratti
own hat on. Sahib was at night seizing (i.e., keeping me)
din pahran boH^ sani kyici.
two Avatches (i.e., 6 hrs.) language for.
8
P6guli.
1. yakb, one.
37. luk, son, ^
2. dih, two.
38. kurhi, daughter.
3. cae, three.
39. gulam, slave.
4. tsaur, four.
40. zamindar, cultivator.
5. pSts, five.
41. gual, shepherd. «
6, she, six.
42. Khuda, God.
7. satt, seven.
43. Sheitan, Devil.
8. aht, eight.
44. dus, sun.
9. nau, nine.
45. zosun, moon.
10, dah, ten.
46. targan, star.
11. wlh, twenty.
47. tsori, nar, fire.
12. pantsa, fifty.
48. pai, water.
13. hat, hundred.
49. ghar, house.
14. aht, band.
50. ghur^, horse.
15. khur, foot.
51. gaS, cow. [
16. naht, nose.
52. hunn*, dog.
17. accb, eye.
53. biar, cat.
18. mui, mouth.
54. kukkur, cock.
19. dant, tooth.
55. batki, duck.
20. kann, ear.
66. khar, ass.
21. mast, wal, hair.
57. fit, camel.
22. lot, head.
58. jonawar, bird.
23. ziu, tongue.
59. gatshnu, go.
24. idd, belly.
60. khalnu, eat.
25. carb, back.
61. byimnu, sit.
26. shahtar, iron.
62. yeun, come.
27. sonn, gold.
63. pharnu, beat.
28. rupp, silver.
64. kharkhur, rahnu, stand.
29. maul, baub, father.
65. pbatnu, die.
30. yei, mother.
66. deun, give.
31. barun, baui, brother.
67. dhaHtulnu, run.
32. bean, sister.
68. ubha, up.
33. mohan, man.
69. neri, near.
34. kurmahn, woman.
70. khala, down.
35. kolai, wife.
71. dur, far.
36. luk, child.
69
72. agge, before.
73. pat, behind.
74. kam, wbo.
75. kut, what.
76. guzzi, why.
77. te, and.
78. par, but.
79. if.
80. aX, yes.
81. na, no.
82. hai, alas.
83. gho -r*, a horse.
84. -ri, a mare.
85. -r*, horses.
86. ghueur*, mares.
87. daut, a bull.
88. gau, a cow.
89. dant, bulls.
90. goitri, cows.
91. hunn*, a dog.
92. hu^nS a bitch.
93. hunn*, dogs.
94. hunya, bitches.
95. katlu, a he«goat.
96. tsel, a female goat.
97. katla, goats.
98. har -n, a male deer.
99. -n*, a female deer.
100. -u, deer.
^ -I
.3 r.
1. tiun nam kut chu i^ what is'ydurnarae ?
2. yes glioris ummur kyit thi ? how old is this horse ?
3. ita pata Kashii- t§ kituk chu dur ? how far is it from here to Kash-
mir ?
4. tini mala sani g\ manz keta loka che ? how many sons are there in
your father's house ?
6. ail az dur tl dhautus, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. mini pecow sani loki chu tyesye bina sit byah kjemut, the son of
my uncle is married to his sister.
7. chitti ghora sun zia chu gi manz, in the house is the saddle of the
white horse.
8. tyesye cari pSt zin li, put the saddle upon his back.
9. mi tyeswe lokyas shahtei k5rrei sit phartumut chu, I have beaten
his son with many stripes.
10. bala sanni lutus p5t su chu gallas gas khalal, he is grazing cattle on
the top of the hill.
11. su chu ghofis pSfc kolis khal bima, he is sitting on a horse under that
tree.
12. tesau barun tesei bina khota bor chu, his brother is taller than his
sister.
13. ittek kimat thi dai rupae, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
14. miun maul chu tes lokhcyis garus manz rahti, my father lives in
that small house.
15. ye rupai tyes dyen, give this rupee to him.
16. yail rupia gyun tyes, take those rupees from him.
17. ty6s mast phari te razan sit gathin, beat him well and bind him with
ropes.
18. khuhus manz pa! kari, draw water from the well.
19. mi aiggi dhaui, walk before me.
20. kasau lok chu ti pata pata dhaiiti ? whose boy comes behind you ?
21. ti kas laba tjes mol gintu ? from whom did you buy that ?
22. gama sanni dukandaras laba, from a shopkeeper of the village.
KISHTAWARI.
Kshtawari is spoken in and near the village of Kishtawar, an im-
portant place with 2,500 inhabitants, not far from the S.E. border of
Kashmir. It is a dialect of Kashmiri, which it very much resembles.
In Kishtawar Kashmiri is perfectly well understood.
Nouns Masc.
Sing. Plur.
N. mhal -u, father mhal -i
G. -i sun -ien hun*^
D. -is -ien
Log. -is manz - ,, mauz
Ab. -is hata - „ hata
Ag. -in -iau
ghtir*, horse, obh ghtir-i, -is &c., PI. ghur^, obi. ghufien &c..
so also sktir^^ boy (Ag shtirien)
Then is also a declension ending in -a -as &c., for the oblique cases.
ghar house, ghar -a sun, -as, -an, Plur. ghar, ghar -an -au.
So also dand, back,
tsliyor^ he-goat, pi. tsher'^
Fern. Noun Sing.
Plur.
N. kori -i daughter
kor -i
G. kor -i hun^
-ien &c.
D. -i
n
Loc. -i manz
i>
Ab. -i hata
))
Ag. -i
-iau
hhain sister, obliq. hhenyi.
gau cow, pi. gae.
Pronoun.
Sing. :
Plur.
1st 2nd 3rd
1st
2nd 3rd
N. boh tu su
as
tus tim
G, miaun: tsaun tyisun
as -un
tus -un tim -an huu
D. me tse tyis (neut. tath)
-i
-i -an „
Ag. me tse tin f ;_^
♦1 .
• i...r}. ~^^
62
yi, this or rel. who, declined like su, yisun &c., plur. yim &c.
ko who G. kasim, D. &c., kas; fcS anyone, obi. kBisi
kyut^ how much f. kitsa, pi. kitya how many.
miaun, tsauiiy tyisun, asun, tusun, and hun (of timan hun) are declined like
adjectives. j||
Adjectives are declined very much like nouns. Many however are
indeclinable.
Comparison. * Than ' is expressed by nishi, and the positive form is
used with nishi, zabar good, — nishi zabar, better than, sdriwi nishi
zahar, better than all, best.
Verbs.
Auxiliary Pres. I am &c., thus thukh thu thi theaua thi
Past 1 was &c., asus asukh asu aisi aseaua asai (or ausus &c. )
tsotun, beat Pr. Pa. tsotan pa. p. tsotmut, having beating, tsoti, or tso^it
Aor. or Fut. tsot -a -akh -i -an -iu -au
Imper. tsot tso^iu
Pres. Ind. tsotan (pres. p.) with Pres. Auxil. boh thus tsotan &c.
Impf. „ „ Past. ,, boh asus „ &c.
Conditional tsotah -a -akh -i -au -iu -an.
Past me tsotum, tse tsotuth, tin tsot, asi tsot, tusi tsoteau, timau
tsotukh.
Pres. Perf. me thum tsotmut &c.
Plupf. me asum ,, &c.
Passive, tsota with the various parts of gatshuu^, go, boh thus tsota
gatshan, I am being beaten.
Gatshun^, go pr. p. gatshan, pa. p. gomut.
Aor. or Fut., Imper., Pres. Ind., Impf., Cond. all regular like tsotun
Past gos gokh gou ge geau ge
Pres. Perf. boh thus gomut &c.
Plupf. boh asus gomut &c.
marun die, past mud -us -ukh mudu &c. pa. p. mudmut.
rihun remain, past rath -us -ukh -u &c.
heun take, past hyut, is used as in Kashmiri for * begin ' (with the infin.)
yiu7i^ come, past as, akh, a5 &c., pres. p. yuan.
kheun^ Aor. or Fut. khyema &c., as in Kashmiri.
Pronominal suffixes are very common, e.g.
Dative, dyim, give me, dyitis give him, asias were to him, zabas will
say to him, even indirect connection as shur^ tyesun marigos, his son died
to him,
Ace. hanayim make me, tsoiis beat him.
6S
Agent. pJmum, I turned, hanm I did (.agr. w. masc. obj.) karyini
I did (fern, obj.) dyituth, thou gavest, tsottm he struck, tsof^ati you
struck, hetsakh, they took (fein. obj.)
Double suffixes. Zahunas he said to him, usno -(n-) uako-(8-) kaha,
ditinus, he gave to him. There is no suffix for the 1st plur.
Compound verbs are found on the Pahari and not Kashmiri model, —
u^ai dyuttin, he wasting gave, he wasted, marigau, he dyiug went, ho
died.
The Prodigal Son.
Aikis mahnis zhe .shuri asias lokrin shufien pananis
One man-to two sons were-to-him little son-by own
mhalis zabun panani daulata manza miaun his.si
father-to was-said-by-him own wealth from-in my part
dyim te tin timan panan^ dolat bantl
give-to-me and by-him them-to own wealth dividing
ditsin, thukrien dosan naanz lokrin shurien sanVi jama
given-was-by-him few days in little son-by all together
kari dui* dishas safar korun t& tete
having-made far country-to journey was-made-by-him and there
mar5 karan pata mal ujarun, yei ghari sorui
evil work after property was-wasted-by-him what honr all
barbad karun tath dishas manz baddii kal peon su
wasting was-made-by-him that country in great famine fell he
lacar gau, tath jae hinis aikis shakhsas labi rathu tini
helpless went that place of one man near remained, by-hira
pananyis zaminas manz sur tsunawani sozun, yima
own land in swine to-cause-to-feed was-sent-by-him what
shima siir khewan aisi su zaban logu yiman sSti panun yad
husks swine eating were he to say began these with own stomach
bhara tg tis kS diwan asu na. Yei ghari su hSshas
I may fill and to him any one giving was not. What hour he sense
manz ao tin pananis dilas sSti zabun miaui mhali
in came by-him own heart with was-said-by-him my father
sinyi kitya mazur thi yad bhari khgwan boh y6ti
of how-many labourers are stomach having filled eating I here of
bhuci maran lagus, boh wathi pananis mhalis nisha gatsha
hunger to die began, I having risen own father near will go
64
te zabas ai mball me Sahiba sun te tsaun gunah
and will-say. to-him O father by-me God of and thy sin
karum ath laik ratbus na tsaun sbur^ zaba,
was-done that worthy remained I not thy son I may-say
me pananien mazuran hish banayim, wathi pananis mbalis
me own labourers like make-me, having-risen own father
labi ao, su hazza dur asu, mbalin lawun tis • tars
near came be yet far was by-father was perceived to him pity
awus dorita nalamati ratun te hun^i
came-to-him, baving-run in-embrace was-seized-by-him and kiss
ditinus. Tin zabunas ai mhali
was-given-by-him-to-him. By-him was-said-by-him-to-him father
mg Sahiba sun te tsaun gunah karum, ath laik ratbus
by me God of and thy sin was-done that worthy remained
na tsaun gbuj^ zaba, mbalin pananien naukaran
I not thy son I may say, by-father own servants-to
zabun sariwi nishi juan poshak kadi
was-said-by-hira all than good raiment having-taken-out
aniii tg yis lagius isin^ hathas aqkhuc lagius,
bring and to-him attach-to-bim this-of hand-to ring attach-to-him
khoran padiSru te rachmutu watswa yor aniu te halal karius
feefc-to sboe and kept calf here bring and lawful make-it
as khyemau khushi karau, miaun yi shur^ mudmut asu zinda
we may eat happiness may make my this son dead was alive
r go ramut ausu te mynl. Khushi ; karan^ hgtsakh,
went lost was and was-found. Happiness to-make was-begun-by-them.
Tyisun badd'^ shui* wajjan manz ausu, yei ghari gharas nior ao
His big son field in was what hour house near came
dbol wayun te natsunuk waz lawun aikis
drum beating and dancing of voice was-perceived-by-him, one
naukaras sad dyit guarun yi kya samuz tin
servant-to call having-given was-asked-by-him this what became by-bim
tyis zabun tsaun bboi aui tsani mbalin
•to-him was-said-by-him thy brother 6ame-to-thee thy father- by
■ tisine khatira rachmutu watsu marun aiji khatara tin
his sake kept calf was-killed-by-him this sake by-him
65
su juan lawun, su krudhi samuz, andar gatsliun
to-him well was-perceived-by-liim he angry became in to go
lagu na, tisun mlial^ kanara nyit b5zawun lagus
began not his father out having-goue to-persuade began-to-him
tin pananyis mlialis jawab dyutun, wucch kityan
by-him own father-to answer was-given-by-hini see how many
warhien tsan khezmat karyim tsaun* zab* zafc
years thy service was-done-by-me thy saying ever
phirum na me zat put dyituth na boh
was-turned-by-me not to-me ever kid was-given-by-thco not I
pananien yaran sSt khushi karaha yei ghari tsaun yi
own friends witli happiness might-make, wliat hour thy thi8
shur'5 ao yin tsaun mal kanjran sSt udai
son came by-whom thy property harlots with causing-to-fly
dyutun isini khatir rachmut^^ wats^ marawuth
was-given-by-him this-of sake kept calf was-causcd-to-be-
mhalin tis zabuu Ai shuria tu hamesha
killed-by-thee, by father to-him was-said son thou always
m5 sSt thukh ikentsa miaun thu tsaun thu, khushi karaii te
me with art whatever mine is thine is happiness to make and
khush samuzun gatshihi, tsaun yi bho! mudmut asii zinda go,
happy to-became was-proper thy this brother dead was alive went
ramut ausu te myul.
lost was and was-gained.
o"-
Stort.
Yeti aseau Nawab Sahibau Labbhu Raui TahsllJar rachmutu
Here was „ sahib-by „ „ „ placed,
pifcsan warhan, ponna tyespan lukau zamlndarau kliualikh
five years, then him on by-people farmers raised
basal at ponna sapuz maukuf, yath kilas manz kaid
complaint, then he became put away, this fort in imprisoned
samuz ponna gyas tari manz khabar shur^^ tyesau
became then came-to-him telegram in news son his
mari gos, mhast ryuwan zaci tsacien, darh*
dying went-to-him, much wept clothes were-torn-by-him beard
9
66
panani pucien pahra dyutos sathi, shalir
own was-pulled-out-by-him, guard was-given-to-him along with, city-to
sozukh, ponn» Natbu Mai Sahibas sStbi mbast minnat
was-sent-by-thera, then „ „ Sahib with much entreaty
zari karin, panun pan mokalawun Nbori yor yinac
weeping was-done-by-him own body to-free Again here coming-of
marzl karan thu, asi nianaus na, asi Nawab Sababas labi
desire doing is, wo will-agree-to-hira not, we ,, Sahib near
faryad gatsbau. Su tbu baddu zulmmiaru, taii pata
complaint will-go. He was great oppression-maker tbat-very for
yath raulku sun su thu mehrana sarazumu^, tin karun
this country of he was acquainted become by-hira was-made-by-bim
yath mulkas pananyi marzi sathi zaminas kach.
this country-to own desire with land-to measurement.
Lacaran mahanyieu badawun, badien mahnien zamin ziyada asiai,
Helpless men- to to increase, big raen-to land more was,
thukfi banayin. Ai katha pana luk sari tyispan
little was-made-by-him. This matter upon ppople all bira upon
krudhi samazei, su hakim asi gatshi na
angry became, that ruler to-us desirable-is-not
(The meaning of the last sentence but one is that this official made
out poor people's land to be more than it really was, and so took higher
taxes from them ; similarly he understated the amount of rich people's
land).
Kishtawari.
1. akh, one.
2. zhe, two.
3. tre, three.
4. tsor, four.
5. pants, five.
6. .she, six. "'
7. satt, seven.
8. eth, eight.
9. nau, nine.
10. dah, ten,
11. wuh, twenty.
12. pantsa, fifty.
13. hat, hundred.
14. hattho, hand.
15. khor, foot.
16. nasth, nose.
17. acchi, eye.
18. shund, mouth.
19. dand, tooth.
20. kann, ear.
21. wal, hair.
22. lot, head.
23. zeou, tongue.
24. yad, belly.
25. dandu, back.
26. shethar, iron.
27. sonn, gold.
28. rop, silver.
29. mhalu, father.
30. mhaili, mother,
31. bhaui, brother.
32. bhain, sister.
33. mahnu, man.
34. zanan, woman.
35. kolai, wife.
36. shuF^j child.
37. shurii, sun.
38. kori, daughter.
39. ghulam, slave.
40. zamindar, cultivator.
41. poha], shepherd.
42. Sahib, God.
43. Shetan, Devil.
44. suraj, sun.
45. zosun, moon.
46. tar", star.
47. nar, fire.
48. pan, water.
49. gharo, house.
50. ghurfi, horse.
51. gau, cow.
52. hon*, dog.
53. braur^, cat.
54. kokkar, cock.
55. batak, duck.
56. khar, ass.
57. Stii, camel.
58. janwar, bird.
59. gatshua", go.
60. kheunS, eat.
61. bihun", sit.
62. yiun^, come.
63. tsotun'^, beat.
64. khari khari riun'^, stand.
65. marun^, die.
66. dyun'i, give.
67. dorun'^, run.
68. hosh, up.
69. ni6r«, near.
70. bon, down.
71. dur, far.
72. bon^h, before.
68
73.
pata, behind.
74.
ko, who.
75,
kya, what.
76.
kyazi, why.
77.
te, and.
78.
par, but.
79.
hai, if.
80.
g, yes.
81.
noi, no.
82.
hai hai, alas.
83.
ghu -r^, a horse
84.
-rl, a mare.
85.
-rl, horses.
26.
-re, mares.
87. dand, a bull.
88. gau, a cow.
89. dand, bulls.
90. gae, cows.
91. hon'^, a dog.
92. h6ny% a bitch.
93. honi, dogs.
94. hony^, bitches.
95. tshyoji^, a he-goat.
96. tshel^, a female goat.
97. tsheri, goats.
98. har -n, a male deer.
99. -ni, a female deer.
100. -n, deer.
1. tsaun nam kya tLiii, wliat is your nnmc ?
2. is ghnri si ummar kitsa the? how old is this horse ?
3. yeti hata Kashiri lai kyuta thu ? how far is it from here to Kash-
mir ?
4- tsan^ mhal^ sin gharas manz kitya shuri thi, how many sons arc
there in your father's house ?
5. boh hanthus az mhast diir, I have walked a long way to-day.
6. miau^ peti^ sinyi shurien karun tesinyi bhenyi sati biah, the son of
ray uncle is married to his sister.
7. gharas manz thu safed ghuri sun zin, in the house is tlic saddle of
the white horse.
8. tesinyis dandas thoyiu zin, put the saddle upon his back.
9. me tsotum tyisun shur mhast, I have beaten his son with many
stripes.
10. su thu dhari hinis mokhas pan mal tsunawan, he is grazing cattle on
the top of the hill.
11. su thu kulyis tal ghuris pan bei, he is sitting on a horse under tliat
tree.
12. tyisun bh5i thu tyesinyi bhenyi hata badd^, his brother is taller than
his sister.
13. tathun mol thu dhai ropie, the price of that is two rupees and a
half.
14. Miaun mhal thu tath Ibkuri gharas manz rihwan, my father lives in
that small house.
15. yi ropai dyitis, give this rupee to him.
16. tyis hetsa tima ropie, take those rupees from him,
17. tyis ts5tis jan paithyi te razan sat gandis, beat him well and bind
him with ropes.
18. khuha manza khual paii, draw water from the well.
19. me bonth hanth, walk before me.
20. kasun shur'i thu tse pata yiian ? whose boy comes behind you ?
21. tse kas hata su mol hyututh ? from whom did you buy that ?
22. gamakis kasi wanawalis hata, from a shopkeeper of the village.
The Sasi Dialect — its connection with other dialects.
In the following lines I have noted the chief points of resemblance
between S§si and other dialects in the North of India, and done so in
the hope tliat the facts brought together may be of some assistance to
Philologists in deciding the origin of the Sisi dialect . This in turn may
throw light on the origin of the SSsi people. This list of resemblances
is necessarily incomplete (I have not been able to get access to the rele-
vant specimens collected by the Linguistic Survey of India) but it
seemed better to note such points as occurred to me than to wait in-
definitely for further knowledge.
The Sssi dialect here referred to is that spoken by Slsis in the
North of the Panjab. The following abbreviations are employed in
naming dialects : —
Band (Bandeli) ; Bar (Barmauri) ; Bha (Bhathiali) ; Br (Braj) ;
Cam (Cambiali) ; Cur (Curahi) ; Dh (Dhundi or Kairali) ; Ga
(Gadi) ; Gujar (Gujar) ; Gjt (Gujrati) ; Jai (Jaipur!) ; Kag (Kaqgri) ;
Kash (Kashmiri); Kul (Kului^; Mai (Malwi) ; Mar (Marwan) ; Me
(Mewati) ; Nai (Naipali) ; Pad (Padari) ; Pag (Paijgwali) ; Panj
(Panjab!) ; Po (Poguli) ; Pu (Punch!) ; Ram (Rambani) ; Sir (Siraji) ;
Tim (Tinauli). - -
These dialects are distributed as follows : Jammu State Pad', Po, P u.
Ram, Sir ; Camba State Bar, Bha, Cam, Cur, Pai) ; Rajasthan Jai, Mai,
Mar, Me ; United Provinces Br, Band ; Knrjgra Ga, Kaij, Kul ; Murree Hills
Dh ; Naipdl Nai; GuJrRt Gjt; Kashmir State Kash; Scattered Gnja,!'.
There are also Panj in the Panjab and Tinauli in N.-W.F. Province.
The Criminal Argots referred to are the Cuhra, Qasai and Gam-
blers' Argots.
Sasi.
Nouns Masc. in consonant, I, u,
have Oblique Sing, in -H
Obi. Plur. Masc. & Fem. -I
Fern. Sing. Obi. in -a
Abl. case tho
Loc. bice
Pronouns.
1st S. Nom. hau
Pu
Ga
Pu
Sir
}
Compare,
obi. in ~a
obi. pi. ~e
fems. in -I for obi.
add -a
Panj, &c., thd, Br ts, Me tat, Gjt thi
Dh, Pu, Gujar bice, Panj wicc
Br and Cam haU ; Gujar, Mai, Mar
hii ; Gjt hu, Po, Ram, Sir Pad,
Pai), Bar, Ga au
71
Isfc Plur. Gen. mhard,
2nd Sing.
2nd pi.
tau
tarn
Gen. tuhara
Sasl,
2nd plur. oblique tarn
Demonstrative Pron.
(nora.) ed, this
Agent in.
remote oh, Agent nn
Sinj
Demonstrative Plur.
Near
Oblique in
Agent ind
Remote Obi. un
Ag. nno
Verb.
Kul Kar) iuhdrS; Gnjar, ISfew, Jfar,
mhdro ; while for the Gen. 8ing. I'u
and Dh have vihdrn, Tin vmhra ; Miil,
Jai, Mar, Gujar ynhaio
Kul thau,
Gujar, Mew tarn, Gjt tamB
Cnv J iihdm; Gujar, Mow thiird ; Mar
^ASro; Kul Ihaindm; while for Gen. Sing.
Pu and Dh have tuhdrd, Jiu tchrd, Mai,
Jai, Mar ^/mro.
Gjt tarn,
Braj 2/«?i, Panj Gjt o, for fem. Jai, Mar.
G ujar have yd
Pag in
Pu, Cam, Bar, Cui*, Bha, Kar) iju Ga inni ;
for oblique Br has iid and Bund in
Pai) un, Pu, Cam, Ga, Bar, Cur, Blia, Kai)
tml Nai una le or fina /e ; for obliciuo
Br has uni, and Band «n
The cerebral n of the Sasi in and un is found
in the oblique sing, of Mai, itu, Mai- in
and tnf for the near demonstrative, and
nni (Mai) un or tint (Mar) for tlio re-
mote, also in Sir. Agent yeni, and tnn
for the near and remote dem.
Mar Mai ina, Pag ini
Mar, Mai una, Par) uni
There ai'e similar resemblances in the n la-
tive and interrogative pronouns.
Auxiliary Pres. I am, resembles very much Urdu, Hindi, and Panjabi
Sing. Plur.
Past. Thiyyd, Thiyye
Cam. thiyd, thiye ; Par), Cur, fhyd, thje :
Pad the'^, thi^ ; Nai 3rd s. thiyo, 3rd pi.
thiye ; Ga, Bar pi. thit.
72
Future horjgra, he will be
Pres. Past ends in ~ta
In compound verbs where
in Urdu the root of one is
joined to the second Sssi
adds ~l to the root.
Adverb,
elhl, here, ethd, from here,
othi, there
Tcare, where ?, jar^, where
hhi, then, after that
iw, now
Vocabiilary.
lohna, beat, kill
lugna, die
tliaifQlcna. sit
kulna, do
bel hulna, keep quiet
hnrlma, huqqa
pauniy
shoe
hhat, bed
kajjd, farmer, &c
toina, fine, fat
Kay ho^gha.
Hill dialects having ta or to as the ending
are Par) and Cur ta, Gujar — to.
Practically all hill dialects from Hazara
to Kaqgra add the -I but Gujar does not
Bar ithl, ithd
Kaij othu, Bar telhi,
for the r cf. Pai) iriya, from here.
Gujar, Dh hlil
Kul, ih.
Kash, ISyun, Cuhra, lothna
Cuhra, lugna
Qasai, thairjg rahna, keep quiet.
Cuhra, kulna
Cuhra, hel kul.
Gamblers, Cuhra, hurknd
Pu fauni,
Kash, Pu, Dh, Sir, khat
Cuhra, kajja, English, ccdger,
C libra, toma
In the above notes it has not been thought necessary to mention
the numerous inflections and verbal or pronominal forms in which Sasi
resembles Urdu or Hindi, and in the case of Panjabi of the many points
of likeness only one or two have been adduced. In the case of these
three languages it would have taken up too much space to mention every
point of resemblance. My object was rather to refer to languages which
are spoken over small areas and are for this reason less well known, and
in particular to draw attention to the hill dialects, with a number of
which Sasi has many points in common.
The Notes on the Kdngri and G:1di dialects were, in the first inatAnoo,
compiled by the late Mr. Edward O'Brien. He, however, did not live to pre-
pare his notes finally for the press, and when a proof copy was printed from
his manuscript it was deemed advisable to have it revised. I have accordinffly
gone through all the notes and vocabulary, revising them and making uumeroui
additions. Some words I was not able to trace. To such words an astoriak
has been prefixed. They are chiefly names of plants or of fish and are found
almost exclusively in the vocabulary. In some cases words somewliat similar
in form and meaning came under my observation and are inserted in square
brackets after the asterisked words. It has been thought better to adhere to
Mr. O'Brien's system of transliteration.
The KdngrI dialect is spoken with some variations over a largo portion of
Kdngr^ District. The form of it given in these Notes is aspecially that of
the eastern portion of Kdngrd proper. Further east we find Mandedli in
Man4i State, and still further east Kului in Kulu. To the north aroBhaVeAli
and Chamed,li, both in Ohamba State. For a treatment of these reference
should be made to the Appendix to the Gazetteers of Mandi and Chamba.
Kdngri is a dialect of Panj^bi. It has many points of resemblance to Maiide^li
and still more closely resembles Bhateali and Chamedli. For the linguistio
bearing of forms like minjo vich, tijjo vich, in me, in thee, see the note on
p. 286 of the Punjab Census Report for 1901.
Gd-di 18 the language of the Qaddis who inhabit a district, called after
them Gadheran, lying in the north-east portion of K^ngrsi proper and the
south-east portion of Chamba State. The Chamba District of Bharmaur ia
Part of Gadheran, and Bharmauria speak the Gadi dialect. The dialect is
purely Pahari; it is allied, very naturally, to neighbouring dialo^'t'' smh as
Chamed^i and Bhatedli in Chamba State and Kdngri in Kaner^- Ita
grammatical forms will well repay study; the verbs as exemplified, for
example in gdhnd, go, are peculiarly interesting. Thus, forms hke gachhd,
go, ichhun, I may come, remind us of the gachhnd, achhnd of the Pnnchhi
dialect of Laihnda spoken in Punchh State, and of the dialect spoken in
the Murree Galis. The plural of nouns is, except for the vocative ca-e, the
game as the singular, a phenomenon common in dialects of the Simla States
and of Kulu. Among the songs which follow the Kdngr^ Notes there are
included a number of G^di songs. They will be found special iy indi.-«ted.
The tendency of Gaddis to say kh for s is very noteworthy. In the present
■tate of their dialect sis quits common, due no doubt to the pp.x.mity of
-pronouncing peoples. The fondness of Gdddis for ^7. is the more remark-
able that nearly all hiUmen find it difficult to sayhh and can lay only kh.
2m December 1904. } T. GRAH AME BAl LEY.
Notes ON THE DiALEOT OF THE Kakcra Valley, .;v the late EDWARD
UJ3RILN, EsQUiEE, c.s, Dei'utv (Jommi>^;ioner of K'^^•,;KA
Kevised with Additional Notes j5y the Revd. T. GRAHAME
BAILEY, B.D., M.E.A.s., AVazikadad.
NOUNS.
The doclension of Kaagri nouns is effecUa (excopt for tlio Aj/ont
case) as in Hindostani, by the addition of Postpositions to what may bo
called the Formative case of the noun. Thus Nomhiatlre Shu,nlnr Jiora.
horse; Formahvs Singular ghore ; Genetive Sini/xdar ghoro da, i"tc. "
The following is a scheme of the formative and nominative ca3os io
the various declensions : —
<
Nom. Sing.
Form. Slug,
Nom. I'l.
Form. PI.
1. — Masc. in d
Gliora.
Ghorc.
Ghore.
Ghorciiii.
11.— All other Mascs. \
Ghar.
Bichlui.
Gbar(^
Hi. h hue.
Ciliai'.
Bichcliii.
Ciliiinii'i.
liiclicliuan.
III. — Vem. in i ...
Bitti.
BiftlH.
BiHiiu'i.
Bittiuu.
Some Ferns, in con-
sonant ...
Junas.
Juiuisa.
Junasai'i.
Juniisan.
IV. — Fem. in consonant...
Baihn.
B;iihni.
Bailiiiin.
Baihniii.
The genitive, as in Hiudostani, agrees in gender and number witli tho
object of the genitive, e.gr., babbe di bitti, the father's daughter, kuda
jatak, whose son ?
The following paradigm gives the four declensions in full :—
Masc. in a.
Other masc. nouns.
SlNQDLAR —
Horse.
Bouse.
Scorpion.
Nom.
Ghora.
Ghar.
Bichchii (or
bichcbu).
Form
Ghore.
Gharc.
Bichchiie.
Gen
Ghore dti.
Ghare da.
liichchiic da.
Dat
Ace.
{ Ghore jo.
Gharo jo.
Bichchuo jo.
Agent
Ghore n.
Gharcn.
Bichcbu en.
Loc.
Ghorc bicli.
Gliarc bich.
Bichidme bich.
Abl
Ghore tc.
Ghare te.
Jjichcbiie te.
Voc.
Ghorea.
Gharii.
Bichchua.
Plural— •
Nom
Ghore.
Ghar*.
]>ichc]ui.
Form. ...
Ghorean.
(iharan.
Bichchii iin.
Gen
Ghoredn da.
Gharan dvi.
Bif bchuan da.
Dat
Ace
Agent
Loc.
1- Ghorean jo.
Ghorean.
Ghoredn bich.
Gbanin jo.
Gharan.
Gharan bich.
Bichchuan jo.
Bicbchuan.
Bichchuan bich.
Abi
Voc
Ghoredn te.
Ghoreo.
Gharan te.
Gharo.
Bichchudu te.
Bichchuo.
Fern, in i.
Fem. in consonant.
Singular—
Daughter.
Woman.
Sister.
Norn.
Bitti.
Junds.
Baihn.
Form. ...
Bitti^.
Junasa.
Baihni.
Gen
Bitti^ da.
Junfisd dd.
Baihni dd.
Dat
Ace.
? Bittia jo.
Junasd 30.
Baihni jo.
Agent ...
Bittien.
Junasen.
Baihniii.
Log.
Bittia bich.
Jundsd bich.
Baihni bich.
Abl
Bittia te.
Jundtd fee.
Baihni te.
Voc
Bittie.
Jundse.
Baihni.
Plcfal—
Nom
Bittid-n.
Junasdn.
Baihnin.
Form
Bittian.
Jundsdn.
Baihnin.
Gen
Bittidn dd.
Jundsdn da.
Baihnin da.
Dat
Ace.
] Bittidn jo.
Junasan jo.
Baihnin jo.
Agent
Bittidn.
Jundsan.
Baihnin.
Loo.
Bittian bicb.
Jundsdn bich.
Baihnin bich.
Abl
Bittian te.
Jundsdn te.
Baihnin te.
Voc
Bittio.
Jundso.
Baihnin.
Ndh, name (masc.) has Form, nanen, Gen. naneh dd,, &c.
Plur. Nom. Ndn, Form, nanan, Geo. nanah, dd, &c,, so also giran,
village, Gen. girdeii dd (or giraneii dd).
Gd, cow, has Form, gai, Gen. gdi da, &c., Agent gdiu.
Plur. Nom. gain. Form, gain, Gen. gain da, Agent gdih.
PRONOUNS.
Singular.
Nominative Main or huu, " 1."
Accusative *) ar- • « 1 >;
Dative M-i"yo, me, to me."
Main, •* by me."
Minj'o te, "from me."
r Merd, 'i
< Mere, W' my, mine."
iMeri, )
(Minjo hich, "in me."
Minjo iippar, "on me."
The second Personal Prouuuu is declined as follows : —
Singular. Plural
Nominative T'wjV, "thou."
AccuTativG } ^*»' " ^^^^' *« *^^^
Agent Taw, "by thee."
Ablative Tijjo te, " from thee."
Agent
Ablative
Genitive
liocative
we.
Plural.
Nominative \ a ' • «
Agent ^ ]^ssan,
Accusative ^ a " • a *. »
Dative J ^^^'^'^ ^ ^' ^^' ^° ^^'
Ablative Assdn te, " from us."
e *Mhdra S
Genitive < Mhdre >" our, ours."
iMhdri )
T ,• i' Assdn bich, " ia US."
Locative ^ a " u n
( Assan uppar, " on us.
:j
Genitive
Locatire
CTera^
\ Ten [."
iTere)
of thee, thine.
Tijjo hich, " in thee."
}}
Nominative Tussdn, " you."
Dative
Accusative ) you."
Tussdih jo, "you to
Agent
Ablative
i)
Tussdn, "by you.
Tussdib te, " from you."
t Tumhdrd ") ^ r
Genitive •< Tumhdri > „^„J°-
iTumUre^ ) Z^^^^'
Locative Tussdn hich, " in you.
)}
lii« B ike tbe Mavnari ioims of HiiiOi, rfMdncdrl,, Mhdre, "cui-; cuiE.''
The Proximate Demonstrative Trononn is declined a^ follows :^
Plural.
Nominative Eh, " these, they.'
Accusative I /n/i„Vt jo, "these, to
Dative
Agent
Ablative
Genitive
Locative
these
InhdU, " by these."
Inhdil tc, " from those.
In/oiil da, " of these."
Inhdn Inch, " in these.
Singular.
M ■ ,- i Eh, "this, he."
Nominative | ^^'^ , ^^.^^
Accusative 1 r • U4.u- i. ^i.- ,.
Dative j-^«JO,-this, toth.s."
Agent Innih, " by this."
Ablative Is te, "from this."
Genitive Jv dd, etc., " of this."
Locative Is bich^ " in this."
Example.
Eh sack galdndeje dsd jie nardsa mnvp.
They say this true, that the hopeful lives, the hopclesi dies.—
Kdngrd Proverb.
The Interrogative Pronoun Kyd " what ? " is declined as follows :-
Plural.
Nominative ... iTz/d, "what "r " .
"■ \Kojo, "fur what "r"
It
Dative
Accusative
Ablative
Locative
I
... Kais te, " from what !" "
... Kais bich, "iu what ?"
Example.
Rati de handhm da kyd phal paed.
Janghd?i da nur guded Ram.
Of wandering on foot at night what fruit did you get ?
You spoiled the splendour (literally, light) of your legs Oh
Ram I— Marriage Song, ' '
The Interrogative Pronoun Kun " who ? " is thus declined :—
Singular
Nominative Kun, " who ? "
Dative f Kus jo, " whom," " to
Accusative \ whom ? "
Ablative Kus te, " from whom ? "
^ Kus dd \
Genitive \ Kus di > '^ of whom ? "
Agent
(. Ku^ de \
Kinnin, " by whom ? "
9>'
Plural.
Nominative Kun, " who ? "
Dative )Kinhdi\ jo, "whom,"
Accusative) "to whom?"
Ablative Kinhdh te, " from
whom?"
C Kinhdn dd ") ,, , „
Genitive \Kinhdhdi )- *^
iKinhdnde) '^^»°»^
Agent Kinhdn, " by whom ? "
Terd mungid dupattd kinni?i rangi dittd.
By whom was your green dupatta dyed ? — Phdri chharjhdt
{Kdngra.)
Rbmote Demonstbativb Pronoun Oh "that," " she," "he," " it."
Plural.
Oh, "they."
Unhiin jo, " them, to them."
Singular.
Nominative Oh, " he "
Dative "lf7«/o,"him,tohim."
Accusative ) "^
Agent Unmii, '* by him."
CUs dd -)
Genitive \ Vs di J- "of him."
{Usde J
Unhdn, "by them"
C Unhdn dd ")
I Unhdn di [."of them."
(. Unhun de J
Correlative Pronoun Snih.
Nominative
Dative
Accusative
Agent
Genitive
Singular.
Saih, "that, the same,"
X Ti
Ttwrm.
Tis da.
{
Tis di.
Tis de.
Plural.
Saih.
Tinhdn jo.
Tinliau.
Tinhdn da.
Tinhdn di.
Tinhdn de.
Relative Pronodn Jo.
i Plural.
Jo, "who, which."
Jinhdn and jinhuu jo,
Jiuhnn, "by whom,"
Jinhdn da, "of whom."
Jinhdn te, "from whom."
Singular.
Nominative Jo, "who, which."
Dative \ Jis jo, " to wliom, to
xA.ccnsatlvo J which."
Agent ...Jinnin, " by whom."
(reuitivo ...J is da, "of wliom."
Ablative ...Jis te, " from whom."
Other pronouns are —
Kni, someone, anyone.
Kichchhj something-, anything.
Je hoi, whosoever.
Je Tiichchh, whatsoever.
Examples.
•
Saih airnid mdil da bard Iddjd hai.
He is a great darling of his niollier.
Tis dijtinds bar! lardhi hni.
His wife is very qnarrelsome.
Main hahil hhi bit la. Tinnit'i (Ihawwe ware, hichh 'ntfar hhi tinnin
oiahiil hittd.
I engaged a vidcil. He consnmed (my) money, (but) he did not
even make any answer.
Jinhdn musaddid?i dd hat, tinhdn hhare 2)er\\ pal.
Those who have the assistance of the officials, have their grain
receptacles {pern pal) full.
Jinhdn jo, Rdjed, tn-d trdn.
Those to whom, Oh Raja, is ycur help.
Tinhdn de ghar na l;idri na manjjen' hdn. ^
To their houses is neither food nor strings for their beds.
ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives used like nou la are declined like nouns. Adjectives quali-
fying nouns are not inflected unless the Nominative Singular Masculine
end in a. When the Nominntive Singular Masculine ends in a, the adjec-
tive is declined like nouns ii; d, the feminine being like nouns in i. This
is contrary to the rule in Ur. d, but in accordance with the rule in certain
Hrms of Panjiibi.
Khard ddmi, goon nan, Agent Khareh ddmien.
Gen. Plur. Kharedh ddrnidn dd.
Khari junds, good woman, Gen. Sing. Khar id j una sd da.
Ag. Khariei'i jiimUei'i.
Bittid didi'i ghorid'b dd, of the daughter's horses.
Comparison is made by means of the postposition te, as Jchard^
good, is te hhard, better than this, sahhhnih te Txhard, better than all,
best.
5
PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF QUANTITY.
Itnd, so much or many (Demonstrative).
Titva, so much or many (Correlative).
Jitnd, as much or many (Relative).
Kilnd, how much or many ? (Interrogative).
PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF KIND.
Idehd, " such/' '' like this " Hindi Aisd.
T*c?e/ia, "such'' "like that/' „ Waim.
Jidehd, "like which," " as" ,, Jaiftd.
Kidehd, " like what," " how," „ Kaisd.
Examples.
IdeJid guar Icoi mere dilckhne hich nifih ded.
No fool like this came within my experience (within my seeing).*
8aih sdhah hidelid hai.
What is that sahib like ?
Jidehd agla thd tidelid hi hai.
As the former was like that exactly is he.
Pronominal Adverbs of direction like idhar, " hitlipr," ndhar,
thhher," jidhar, "whither," fidhnr, "thitlier," hdhar, "whither/' seem
to be wantino- in Jandari.t
PRONOMINAL ADVERB OF MANNKR.
Proximate Demonstrative. Relative,
luhdi'i or ilnhat'i, "thus" J/n/idu, " as."
Correlative. Interrogative.
Tinhdn, " so " Kinh dh, ' ' ho w ?"
ADVERBS OF TIME.
Agdhdn, "before " (Hindi age), also agm.
Aj, "to day," as in PanjAbi.
Kal, " to-morrow, yesterday/'
Parson, "the day before yesterday, or the day after to-morrow."
Chauth, " the fourth day past or future, conntinor to-day as the
first day, to-morrow or yesterdny as the second, &c."
Panjaulh, "the fifth day."
Chhiauth, " the sixth day."
Pachdchdn, " after, afterwards,"
Phiri, "again/'
Bhidgd, " in the morning." Sanjjhd, " in the evening."
Bdramhdr, "repeatedly."
Kadi, " sometimes, ever."
Kadi na, "never."
Kadi haddin, or Jcadi na kadi, " sometimes, rarely."
Nit, "continually, always.
)}
• Thii would be in Gadi : — fnha guar mere heme ma na a.
Such a fool came not within my seeing.
(Observe — " herna," to see,
'' ma " for manj, in,
" a." 3rd singular past tense of ind "' to come "=dyd.)
t J4ndar or Jhandar is tha term used by the Gaddfs for the country not included in
their country, Gadheran. [It literally means 'cotton-clothed,' i.e., the people not dreBied in
TfOoUsn garments like the Uaddis.]
Pdpi lah PaMfir patthar Jinhdn de chit. ^
Ana maldivd hadl kaddi>\ nain maldwd nit.
The mountain people are wretchet', whose hearts are stone.
They join bodies rarely, they are always joining eyes.-->So«^.
Eun, " now."
ADVERBS OF PLACE.
Neren, " near."
JDilr, "far."
Far J " over, across."
[Tar, " this side," udr-pdr, " on both sides. ^^ ^
Wdl, " to, towards." Tahsilddrs ivdl jd ; {jdh in gmgiilar, ja m
plural,) " go to the Tahaild^r."
Pardhdn, " on that side." (Hindi— yare).
Urdhdn, " on this side." (Hindi— we).
Ithu tden, 1 ,, ^^ ^j^.g „
Idhi taen, J
Uppar, " up."
Bu7ih, heth, "down." . tt- .•
Aiidar, '' witbin," and hdhar, " without," are as m Hindi.
Agdhdn, "before," or aggen.
Pachdhdn, *' beliiod," or pichchhen.
Taithe, Tahthi, " there "- {Gddi).^
Tai'thi, Gaddi seite galld hatd hari.
There with a Gaddi I talked. -D/iamtoZa. , , „ o
Handrd, in Gaddi and Narti in Kangri, ''elsewhere. So
apni zamin chhadi handrd na gdhande, " they abandoning their
land do not go ehewheve."—\,Gddi).
PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF TIME.
Proximate Demonstrative Remote Demonstrative. Relative.
Han, hun, ihhen, " now," Then. JdUu, " when."
Correlative. Interrogative.
Tdhlu, " then." -K^a/i^y^, when?
I ■ r
PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF PLACE.
Proximate Demonstrative. Remote Demonstrative. Relative.
Itthu, " here." Otthu, " there." Jitthu, " where.'
Itthe.--{Kutlehr).
Correlative.
Titthu, " there."
Taithe, " there."— ((rftcZ*)
Interrogative.
Kuthu, " where?"
OTHER ADVERBS.
Kainh, hajo, " why."
Iddheii taiieii, " for this reason.
Edn, " yes."
;)
Nehiri, ninh, no.
8atdhi, " quickly."
Achchi tard, hhard hari, " well."
PREPOSITIONS.
The commonest have been given under the declension of nouns. Sub-
joined is a brief list of others. The same word i<^ often both a preposition and
an adverb. For convenience sake most, of the constructions are given :—
Eeih, " under."
Mmjo hdl or hald, " beside me."
Minjo hane or main hane, " with me."
W
Tisdeh tden, " for him.''
Teren tiien, " about tliee."
Assdh Sethi, " like us,"
Tinhdjl bahkhi, tinhdfo hdl or bald, linhail den vusen, all mean
towards them.
Tiste parant, " after it."
Tisden, chatihm pdsedu, "round about it."
Tussufb hardhar, " equal to you."
Minjo te parant, maiiiiMrant, minjo hind, " apart from mo."
THE NUjMERALS
1, Ik.
2, Do.
o, Trai,
4, Char.
b, Panj.
6, Chkiyyd.
7, Salt.
8, Atth.
9, Nau.
10, Das.
11, Gidrd.
12, Bd.rd.
13, Tehrd.
14, Chaudd.
15, Pandrd.
16, Sold.
17, Satdrd.
18, Thdrd
19, Unnin
20, Bih.
21, Ikkl.
22, Bdi.
23, Trei.
24, Chaubhi.
25, PanjL
26, Ghhahhi.
27, Satdi.
28, T/ic?./.
29, [7Ma«;.
30, Tihovtrih.
31, Katti or
katri.
32, £afr/.
33, Teir;.
34, Ghautri,
35, Panjatri.
36, Chhiatri.
37, 8atattri.
38, Aihattri.
39, t^wiwii.
40, C^d/i'
47, Sattdtl.
49, Undnjd.
50, Panj ah.
57, Saiunjd,
59, Undht.
60, (Saf/^i*.
67, Satdht.
6!.,
Unhallar.
70,
Sah altar.
77,
Sathattar.
79.
Undai.
80,
Asst.
87,
Sntdsi.
89,
Undniicji.
90,
Nabbeu.
97,
Satdnueh,
99,
Narinuet'b,
100,
San.
200,
Do San.
1,000,
Hajdr.
,00,000,
Ldkh.
ORDINALS.
Isf, Paihld,
2nd, Duwiud.
3rd, Triyyd.
4th, Chauthd.
bth, Panji'cdn,
6th, Chitthd,
7th, Satudii.
lOt/i, Dasiian.
50, Panjdhudh.
For the thirties the forms with and without r are both used, thus,
satattri or satatti, thirty-seveu.
It should be noticed that t and h in sathattar are pronounced separately.
The word is not sa-thattar but sat-hattar.
Other numerical forms are subjomfld :--
Ik bdri, once.
Do bdri, twice.
Paihli bdri, first time.
Trai gici}d, three-fold.
Das gund, ten-fold.
Addhd, half.
Paune do. If. "
Sawd do, 2J.
X>hdb, 2^.
piddh, 1^.
8a4he clidr, 4^.
Ik^do |,
CONJUNCTIONS.
The chief conjunctioDS are—
Te, and.
Apan, but.
Je, if.
Bhdet'i, althougli.
THE VERB.
Auxiliary Verb.
Present.
Singula^-.
Main hai.
Tun hai.
Saih hai.
Plural.
Assan han.
Tussan han.
Saih han.
Past.
Plural.
Assan the.
Tussiin the.
Saih the.
Singular.
Main th^ (Fern. thi).
Tun th^ (Fem. thi).
Saih tha (Fern. thi).
The past thd, " was," is like Hindi.
Aj mere hoti hamahn pichhe hi rahi gae han.
To-dav mv . <^°° . ^ . servant 9 have remained behind. (Kcingrd).
•^ "^ kitchen
Tussan aj hai hid parhde han ?
What are you I'eading- nowadays ?
Eh Rajput halhe han.
These are low Rdjputs. — {Kdnyra).
Pauna, full.
Tenses derived from the Boot.
Present Conditional.
I may fall.
I.
Singular.
Pauan.
Pane.
Pane.
Plural.
Pauie.
Paua or pauhn.
Pauhn.
Future.
I shall fall.
Plural.
Paunghe.
Paungho.
Paunghe.
Singular.
Paunghd, Fem. paunghi.
Paunghe.
Paunghi. i
Imperative. .
Fall.
Singular. Plural.
Pan. I Paua.
II.— Tenses derived from the Present Participle.
Indefinite or Past Conditional,
I fall or should fall.
Singular,
Paund^.
Paund^,
Paundd,
Plural.
Paunde.
Paunde.
Paundti,
Singular.
Paund^ hai.
Paundd, hai.
Paund^ hai.
Singular.
Paund^ th^.
Paundii tbd.
Paundd thd.
Present Indicative.
I am falling.
Imperfect.
1 was falling.
Plural.
P;iundc ban.
Paundo hun.
Paunde ban.
Plural.
Paunde the.
Paunde the.
Paunde the.
III. — Tenses formed from Past Participle.
Past Indicative.
I fell.
Singular.
Plural.
Fed, Fem. pal
Paie, Fem. paiidn.
Ped.
Paie.
Ped.
Paie.
Present Perfect.
I have fallen.
Sit-gular.
Plural.
Ped hai, Fem, pai
hai.
Paie hau.
Pea hai.
Paie lian.
Ped, hai.
Paie lian.
Pluperfect.
Singular.
Phiral,
VeA thd.
Paie the.
Ped tha.
Paie the.
Ped th^.
Paie the.
Infinitive or Verbal Noun.
Paund, falling.
Pan
Participle.
ne dd, of falling.
Present
... Paundd, falling.
Past ...
... Ped, fallen.
Coniuuctive ...
... Pai kari, having fallen.
Adverbial
... Paundeii hi, while falling.
Agent
... Paune
Mid, fallen, about to fall.
Dative
. Pehd,
in the state of having falloD.
It will be sufiBcient if the main parts of other verbs are indicated.
HoNA, be, become.
Present Conditional ... ... Hodn.
Future ... ... ... Hiinghd.
Imperative ... ... ... Ho.
Indefinite or Past Conditional Hundd.
Past Indicative
Present Perfect
Pluperfect
Participles ...
Hoed.
Hoed hai.
Hoed tha
Hundd, being.
Hoea, been.
Hoikarl, having been,
Hunden hi, while being.
Hone bdld, ono who ia aboat to be.
AUNA, go.
Present Conditional ., , ... Auan {3rd Plur. auhn).
Future ... ... ... AungM.
Imperative ... ... ... A.
Indefinite, Past Conditional Aunda.
Past Indicative ... ... Ayd, Fem. di, Plur. Se, Fem. ^fdn.
Participle ... ..- ... AxheA, in the state of having come.
The others regular.
Jana go.
Present Conditional ... ... Jd^ii (2nd Plur. jdd, 3rd Plur. j^hn)
Jdnghd.
Future
Imperative ... ... ... Jah
Indefinite, Past Conditional Jd,ndd
jdS..
Past Indicative
Participles
Raihna,
Present Conditional ...
Gec4.
Gehd, in the state of having g^ne.
remain.
Rehd,n,
Raihe,
Raihe,
Rainhghd,
, Raih
Rahie.
Rehd, or raihn.
Raihn,
Future ... ...
Imperative ...
Indefinite, Past Conditional Raihnd^
Past Indicative „.
Participle
roll a.
Rehd.
Rehd, in the state of having re-
mained. The e in tliis word is
very long drawn out ; distingnish-
ing it from the rchd in the Present
Conditional, the Imperative and
the Past Indicative.
Baihna or Baithna, sit.
Present Conditional ... Behdn, baith^n.
Future ... ... Baihhghd, baithghd.
Imperative ... ... Baih baitb.
Indefinite, Past Con- Baihndd,, baithda.
ditional.
Past Indicative ... Behd, baithe^
Transitive Yebbs.
MXrna, beat.
Present Conditional... Md,rdn,
Miire,
Mdre,
Future ... ... Ma-glid.
Imperative ... ... Miir md-rd.
Indefinite, Past Condi- Mardd.
tional.
M^rle.
Md,rd or m^rn.
M^rn.
Past Indicative
Present Perfect
... Main md,redi.
Tain md,red.
Tinni mdred,.
... Main mdrea hai.
Tain mdrea hai.
Tinni m^re^ hai.
As^h md,red,.
Tusdn m^re^.
Tinhdh mdre^.
Asdn m^red hai.
Tusdn mdred, hai.
Tinh^h mdred> hai
Pluperfect Main mdre^ tM.
Tain radreii tlid.
Tiunni mdrcd tha.
Asdh mi'irt'.l tliA.
Tnsdn mdri':! thd.
Tinhiih mJlrehii thd.
The rules for the agreement of w&rei,, rnAve^ hai, radrCii tliil, with tho
object of the sentence are like those in Urdu or Paujdbi.
Participle Mdrehd, in tho state of having boon beaten.
Passive,
The passive is formed by means of the verb jayja, go, used Tvith the
past participle, thus,
Main mdred jdhghd, I shall be beaten.
Saih mdri gei, she was beaten.
In the passive it generally has the sense of he killed.
Khana, eat.
Indefinite, Past Conditional Kb'indd.
Past Indicative Khddbd.
Pi^iA, drink.
Indefinite, Past Conditional Pindd.
Past Indicative Vit6j.
Dena, give.
Indefinite, Past Conditional ^i^^'\ ,
Future Dmgghd.
Past Indicative ^^'''"^•
Lai?ja, take.
Indefinite, Past Conditional i''''''^^'V.<
Future Lamgghd.
Past Indicative ^^'^•
Galena, say, speak.
Indefinite, Past Conditional Galdndd.
Past Indicative - ... txalaiya.
Kabna, do.
Indefinite, Past Conditional ... ... Kar^d.
Past Indicative ^^ "'"
jA^f^JA, know.
Indefinite, Past Conditional ^-
Past Ind.cat.ve ^ ... •- . ,^^ y,^, ^nnd avdjduu,
Lai aund, bring, lai jana, take ^'^^^ f/ "^^Vifo^^s ._
be is in the habit of grazing (transitive).
Mam pauna lagghed, I am m the act of falling.
Sentences.
1 Terimif^hydhair What is thy nan« ? , ,, • ,,o„o r
2: t ghore Jkyi u.a, hai ? What . .he age o! th.s horse
12
. 3. ItthuteKas].,nirJcitnidurhai? From here how far is Kashmir
many sonfre tlferef ' '''• ' ^"^'^^' '^" " '^ ^^^ ^^^'^^'^ (^--) how
came.^' ^""^^ ""^^ ^^'' ^"'' '' ^^*^^^^' ^^^- ^ ^^^^^ f^om very far walking
uoele^Lo^;^arJS?^Iht':.^t!^ '''''' '^^ ^--^^^^^^- My
Lorse^LaddlT ''"^'^^' '^'" ^*' ^"•'^^' ^"^■- ^^ ^^^ house is the white
8. T^•.^.'c? ^imi>ar MiU pdi dea. On his back pat the saddle
9. J^jatn hsde puttre jo bare horre mare. I beat bis sou many stripes
goats on tfrt^^th't^lf-^'^^^^^'^^^' ^^'^^^^^^^ ^- Hegra^e^
tree is'seafef on t hl'sf ''•' ^'"'^ '^^^ '^^''^'^^^ ^-'- ^e under that
than Ms Illit '""'^ "'• " '"^■^^^' ^^ '"^^^ ^-^■- His brother is bigger
and-ltlf^pfei'' '"''^ ""' ^''*' '"^^^^^ ^-- '^^^^ P-ce of that is two-
lives it thftlalTtlsC^''^ ^'^ "'^ ^^^^^^'-^ -'^-^^ ^- My father
15. Tisjoe\rnpayyedeidea. G.ve him these rupees.
16. Ba^},^ rupayye tiste lei led. Take those rupees from him
n.uchLhTm^;irt:p:r''"'""''''^^ '^^^^- Having beaten him
18. KMi^u^e te pdni haddhhd. Drawn water from the well
ly. Matte (or minjo te) agge chald. Walk before me
habif of c!:^J^:^;:^^^''' -- ^-^^ ^- ^ whose son is in the
21. 8c,U^U.ssdnhuste.^ullenled? From whom did you buy that '^
22. (^.ra.. de tkU hai^dnie te. From a shopkeeper of the village.'
SONGS.
MARftJAGE SONQ.
-fi^a/ ^e ha^dhne jo chhaddi deh, Kdhnd.
Hun hoe. gharhdri, Rdm
Aggen tu thd, Kdhnd, hdlu gudtu,
Mim hoed gharhdri, Bdrri.
Give up wandering at night. Oh Kahna !
^ow you have become a married man, Oh E^m '
^W ;7u'L:"h' ^'^ ^"^^"^ • ^ Pl-^^h-an and a cowherd •
Mnli ^" T"" ^^^"""'^ ^ married man, Oh Rdm '
Madiria del sang chhaddi de tu Kdhnd, '
Hun hoea gharhdri, Rdm.
Now'vou hav^f" '^' ''"^'^."^ ^•^i^^ ^°^--' Kahna.
it^ai/ir IS a Gujar and Maihri a Gujar-woman.
13
Khatris^?nfaoTa-'' """"^ "' weddings cf B™hmanB, U.jput, and
^5s<i7i bachhdi kdfi hdmalri,
Kurmeh bachhdi sutranji ji;
Tussdii at baho angane.
We have spread black blankets,
The opposite party in marriage (Kuram) have spread carpets -
Come you and sit down in the courtyard. '
[^o«e.-In marriage parties the bride's family are " kuram " to the
bridegroom's party and the bridegroom's pany are " kuram " to tho
bride's. There is no English word which ex))rcs3e3 the relationship.]
Ki tussdfi mangde tulcrd muchrd,
Ki tussdn adri de bhukkhe the.
Assdn mangde kurameu dla ddrid^
Lei chubdren baithe the.
Question.— Do you want a morsel or a piece of bread
or are you hungry for the whole ?
Answer.— yVe want the wife of the Kuram,
They took her and were sitting in the upper atorer.
Geneeosity. {Gddi).
Kldli Sdli sahke bhdi,
Thikrid ri dhdl bandi;
Chalande giddar tire Ide
Sdli balandd hhujji khdni;
Mali balandd kdni lisai hai ;
Kdnijo pujdrf,i.
Mali and Sali were two own brothers,
They made a shield of bits of earthenware.
They shot a running jackal with an arrow.
Sail says " Let's eat it fried ; "
M^li saya " The one-eyed woman is ill ; "
" Let's take it to the one-eyed woman."
Song on Rd,ja Sansdr Chand, Katoch Kajput of Kangra, marrying a
pretty Gaddi woman whom he saw herding her cows—
(Dharmsd,la) — l^
Gaddi chare bakrinti,
Gaddatj, chare gain,
Ghard bhajie saprid,
Binnd khdu gain,
Eer jawdn ruid,
Rdje Gaddan behi.
The Gaddi was grazing his goats ;
The Gaddi woman was grazing her cows ;
Her ghara was broken on the rocks,
The cow's ate the pad (worn between the head and the jar on it).
Seeing her young face,
The K^ja married the Gaddan.
Jandhae Song.
1 . Be. — Pusd, p usst,
Kajo russi,
Lahuld ged mandnd ;
Chal pussi bhat khana.
Darling, darling,
Why art thou sulking.
A boy (son) has goue to pacify thee
Come, darling, eat thy rice.
She. — Jane jura na,
MaiA nahin aund.
2. Puni nahin mukdi ;
Tandnahifi trutdi ;
Sas nahin dkhdi
Je pdn ie je jdnd.
The ball of wool never comes to an end.
The thread never breaks;
My mothor-in-law never saya
" Go for water."
Sahnu Mali's Song.
Gaddi Song —
(1
(2
(3
(4
(5
(6
(7
(8
(9
(10
(H
(12
(13
(14
(15
(16
(17
(1
(2
(3
(4
(5
(6
(7
(8
(9
(10
(11
(12
(13
Suhi, suhi pagri nd ldi}i,
Mdlid Sdhmui ho !
Mdnhuh halale jp lildri,
Bhatii rijhinjan mangdni,
Mdlid Sdhnud bo I
Pitthi teri Jcaterd khalru t
• • • •
Ldled Tundeid ho !
Pete kaserd halaru ?
ISdlid Tundeid ho !
Pete mdli-rd halaru.
Sdlid Tundeid bo f
Ktigti-rd thekd na laindy
Mdlid 8ahij,ad bo !
Kdfd, kdtd dagld na Land,
Mdlid Sdhy,itd ho I
Mdnhuh, halaleje hd thekeddr,
Mdlid Sdhnud bo !
A red, red pagri do not put on.
Oh Mali S4hna*!
People will say you are a dyer;
Bring rice of Bhati,
Oh M^H Sd.hnu !
Of what is the skin on your back (full) ?
Oh Laid, Tundei !
In your womb whose child is there ?
Oh SiUi Tundei !
In your womb is Mali^s child.
Oh Sail Tundei.
Do not take the contract of Kugti,
Oh Mdli Sahnu !
(14). A blacky black coat do Dot put on.
(15). Ob Mali S^hnu !
(16). People will say you are a contractor.
(17). Oh Mdli S^hnu.
Notes.— {2), "Mdli Sdhuu," (7), *' LdU Tnndcf," " Riili Tnndei/
Mdli, L^la and Sdli are the naiDes of the porBona.
S^hnu and Tundei are the names of their castes.
(3), " Balale " is the 3rd person plural, future tense, from
balnd "to say."
The wooiNa of Sawbiiwa. {Gddi),
1. Samhhud merd miihriyd dd ndt !
2. Samhhud dherd (^) hoi^ lai, ^)
Z. Dherd hoi lai ho meri jdn !
4. t^amhhud dherd hoi lai. ^
5. Kaiiakd ri roti, ghiu,^ ddi,
6. Samhhud khdi karijd,^
7. Khdi karijd ho meri jdn !
8*. Dohar dindi (*) hachhdi.
9. Samhhud €oi kari 0) jd,
10. 8oi karijd meri jdn !
l\. Samhhud soi kari jd.
12. Kdidjmd (6), dord [^)hachha (!) choia (»),
13 Ammd meri ! Samhhud dyd bo.
1. Oh Sambhu, my first darcer ! (*.e., leader in a Gaddi dance.)
2. Ob Sambhii ! be slow {i.e., stay here).
3. Bh slow, my life !
4. Oh Sambhu ! bo slow.
.^S Bread of wheat, ghi and ddt, ,, ,, , . * „ >'\
6. 5h Sambhu ! eat before yon go : (literally "having eaten go. )
7. Eat before you go, my bfe !
I: L,r s:Sf sLeVSe ,o„ go : (Ute.allj " having slept go.")
10. Sleep before you go, my bfe !
11 Ob Sambhu ! sleep before yon go.
12 (With) a black like girdle (and) a white frock.
be " 1,0 karke," " kW karke "nni" so k.U ^^
(.) . <. Dher« " ,s the Hm . a.d Pan ,A. HI ,,, A _^ 8 ^^ ^^,
wheuce comes " dhira] slowness,
,, ^crkV.>t"i;^:t'th:i':rof"ka,ak"is a„a.a
^'- to oTi ending in a consonant to p^epavc tl.em for
(,) ^rS'''rthrt-rnt participle feo.in,no fo-n
„ ".S"'"'; Sr-'^ronominal adiectivo of similarity an^
■ ^.?S?ttt"cSt;'bLT:'oo, which thoGaaa. winds
' ' ^^\:^ as°l?^a:rh-™t:a-:rirdt th.
C). Hachhd means " white."
(8). " Chold" is the capacious woollen frock worn by Gaddi
men and women. It is secured round the waist by the
*' dord, ." The " chold " comes half down the thigh on
men and to the ankles on women. The *' (lord " round
the waist makes a large body in the " chold, " above the
waist. THe body is called the " khokh/' and forms a
receptacle for very miscellaneous articles, such as a num-
ber of newly born lambs, biead, or wool for spinning.
The Gaddi girl's choice op a husband.
1. Td hudhru jo nd deni c'idchua, deni, chdchud.
2. Sajre chiinde ratid hlioll ho.
3. Td chdharajo tui de^i, chdchud, dafii, chdchud,
4. Hd.k ydnde n(hi gahnde ho.
5. Td dtir-defii jo nn derii, chdchud, deni, chdchud,
6. Goru chug'mde jo deni ho.
7. Td ro^i jo nd deni, chdchud, dpi),i, chdchud,
8. Sajre rhunde rand hhuchgdhli ho,
9. Bhaird char an de jo deni, chdchud, deni, chdchud,
10. Khokha hhart dtld mds ho.
11. Bhaird de puhdla jo deni, chdchud, deiii, chdchud,
12. Pifthijo deld chofu ho.
1. To an old man do not give me, father, do not give me, father.
2. I shall be a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done.
3. To a servant do not give me, father, do not give me, father.
4. A call comes — He gets up and goes (and leaves me).
5. To one who lives far away do not give me father, do not give
me, father.
6. To one who grazes a herd of cattle give me.
7. To a sick man do not give me, father, do not give me, father,
8. I shall become a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done.
9. To a herder of sheep give me, father, give me, father.
10. He will give me his pocket full of meat.
11. To a tender of sheep jjive me, father, give me, father.
12. He will give me a frock for my back.
Notes. — In translating this song all Uia "Jd,s" and all the "hos"
should be omitted. They are without meaning.
" Jo " in the first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and
twelfth lines is the sign of the dative case.
"Chach" in Gdddi and " chdchu " in the valleys of K4ngra is a
jommon word for " father."
The meaning of the second and eighth lines is — " If you marry me to
in old or a sick man I shall be a widow before my hair, which was done
"or my wedding, is ruffled," i. e., I shall be a widow before my wedding
Iress is worn out.
" Bholi " in the second line is the feminine third person singular
uture, from " bhond. " " to be."
" Gorii " in the sixth line means a herd of horned cattle.
" Khokha " in the tenth line is the body of a Gaddi's frock which is
nade into a pocket by the frock being tightly bound at the waist with a
vooUen rope called " dord," which passes several times round the waist.
[!he " khokha " is used. to carry miscellaneous articles. The wearer's dinner
aay be seen in iter even half a dozen new-born lambs or kids
" G^hli " in the eighth line is the feminine third person Bini'ular
future, from " gc4hnd" " to go," " to become."
"De]4"inthe twelfth line is third person singular future, from
" den^ " " to give."
The Song of Raja Gopi Chand. {Gddi).
1. Chanan chauki ho riipi jhdriydn Rdjd Oopi Chand naMe,
2. Td ammar bhold bo aghnd. chdndi bargd, thandi blind kalautl de,
3. Td chhajje bo bai(hi mdtd Nain Bantl nain liharl, hhari roe.
4. Td fhiri uparhiin here Rajd Gopi Chaud, Td mdtd Nain Danti roe,
6. Td kuni ditti, mdtd, tijo gdCi ? Kuni balle mande hoi.
0. Td nahin ho ditti, betd, vnnjo gdfi, nd balle mande hoi.
7. Td kxttii ho heru, mdtd, mandi hdkhri ? Tiseri hdkhrikadhdti,
8. Td na ho herd minjo, beta, mandi hdkhri, nd koi gdlidii do.
9. Td jaisi kdydn, hetd, teri, taut bdwal it-re ri.
10. Td jal hal mdti ho gei hid bhasamdn ri (fheri.
11. Tdsikh den, mdtd, meri pdie umar kdydn.
12. Td jog dhidyd Rdje Bharthari, paiumar kdydn.
13. Td jog ho dhidnd, mdtd, mun, meri pdni wnar kdydy\.
14. Id jog dhidyd Rdje Gopi Chande pdi umar kdydn.
1. On a seat of sandMl-wooJ, with silver ewers, Rdja Gopi Chand
was bathing.
2. " The heaven is clear like silver whence do the cold drape come ?"
3. Sitting in the balcony his mother, Nain Banti, was weeping
bitterly.
4. Then again Raja Gopi Chand looked up. His mother Naiii
Banti was wee})ing.
5. He. — " Who gave, motlier, to you abuse ? Who spoke evil
words " ?
6. She. — '' Neitlier was given, son, to me abuse : nor were spoken
evil words."
7. He. — " Then who looked (at you), mother, with evil eyes ? His
eyes I will tear out."
8. 8he. — "No one looked at me, son, with evil eyes, nor gave me
abuse.
9. (I was thinking that) a^ your body is, so was your father's.
10. He was burned and became clay. He became a heap of ashes."
11. He. — " Then g:ive me advice, mother, make my body immortal."
12. She. — ■" H^ja Bharthari became an ascetic. Ha made his body
immortal."
13. He. — I would become an ascetic, mother. I would make m/
body immortal.
14. So R^ja Gopi Chand became an ascetic. He made his body
immorfal.
A Song.
1. Nihtd di tdn Jatfi Luhdnu jo chhali, chhaU puchhdi.
2. Tali duhld tiin kit gvne hoid ho.
(A Jatti of the plains chaffing, chaffing, asked Lubdnii).
Qhe. — For what reason have you become loan ?
3. Td ek tdn ho tuttu, ho gorie, Jamrm'idn dd hdld ho.
4. Tdn duje ho tan tutti halri prit hi.
5"e —First, oh fa'irone, the Jammu revenue ia deficient [i.e., I
cannot pay the revenue).
Secondly, the love of a girl is broken off {i.e., I have been jilted).
5. Tdn dheddu hdlii denni hdn Ltihdnudn,
6. Bhari denni hdn JammuaJi de hdfe ho.
7. Tali nawiu naivi'o Idnni hdn prit ho.
She. — I will give you tny ear-rings and nose-ring, O Lubd,nn.
I will pay the Jamrau ravenue.
Then I give you nev/, new love.
8. Td ijahile ho idn hdfe bo Luhdnudn dheddu hdh'i denni hdn.
9. DiLJe hdle matthe di janjiri ho.
She. — Then at the first instalment, LuMnu, I will give mj ear-
rings and nose-ring.
And at the second instalment the forehead chain.
10. Td ammd hdjhim raihnni hd?l, Luhdnudh.
11. Bdpu hdjhuii raihnni hdn,
12. Tuddh bdjhun dhiin ho madhuni ho.
She. — Then I will remain without mother, Lubd-nu
and I will remain without father.
Without thee I am silent (i.e., sad).
(This song is incomplete).
* A SoNa.* {Gddi).
Uchi, uchi mdrhid merd sri thdkar sondd ;
Rddhd bdu jhuldndi hd.
Krishna. — Td tu kajo rutthi rufihi meri Rukmani Rddh j
Tuddh hin nindar na aundi hd.
Rddhd. — Td daranidn mochru, jifhanidn mochru',
Mu gori mochru nahih hd.
Krishna. — Td tu mat ruthin, ruthin meri RuJcmani Rddhd ;
Rddhd jo mochru lei dennd hdn.
On a high, high eminence my Lord God is sleeping ;
lld,dhd, is fanning a breeze.
Krish'-aa. — Why are you pouting, pouting, my Rukmani Rd'^hd. ?
Without you sleep does not come.
Rddhd. — My younger sisiers-in-law (have) shoes, my elder sisters -in-
laAV (have) shoes ;
I fair-complexioned (have) no shoes,
(To me fair is no slioe, literally) .
Krishna. — Do not pout, pout, my Rukmani Rddhd !
To Rddhd I will give shoes.
A Ditty.
Khasam mare ... ... ... If a husband die.
Dal hal hare ... ... .. One may wander to and fro (ia
search of another).
Ydr mnre ... ... ... If a lover die.
Kihhdh jind ... ... _ ... How can one live ?
KhiJid httte ... ... ... "If a blanket ia torn,
Talli pdie ... ... o.. l^nt on a patch.
Amhar futte ... ... ... If heaven splits.
Kinhdn sind ... ... ,.. How can one sew it ?
* This Song is incomplete.
Notes on the Gadi Dialect op the Kangra Gaddis by the late
EDWARD O'BRIEN, Es^uike, c.s., Di:puty Commissioneu op
Kangra. Revised with Additional Notes dy the Rfv T
GRAHAME bailey, B.D., M.R.A.8., Wazieabad.
NOUNS.
_ The declension of G^di nouns is effected {except for tlio a^ent case),
as m Hmdo.tdni by the addition of Postpositions to what may bo called
the - Formnt.ve case of the noun. Thus Nominative Sinrjular khanddi
(a flock), l^ormative Singular khande ; Genitive Singular khando rA, &c.
The following is a scheme of the formative cases in the various
declensions, showing also the nominatives plural : —
I. — Mase. in a
II.— „ in u
III. — ,, in a eonsonatit
IV.— Fern, in a
V. — „ in i
VI.— „ in o
Nom. Sing.
Khanda
Gobhru
Ghar
Biar
Khakho
Format. Sing.
Khande
Gobl.rn
Ghari.
Biari
Khakho
Nom.
PI.
•
Format. PI.
Khande
Khande,
Gobhrii
Gobhru.
Ghar
Ghara.
Bi4r
Biari.
Ijji
Ijjf.
Khakhoi
Khakhoa.' "
The following gives the postpositions which form the various caaoa
with their Hindostd^ni equivalents: —
Hindostani.
Gadf.
Agent
ne
•
No postposition. U."'ii!ii
iv t
he
fornintive by itself is nso'l.
Oenitive
•>• ...
k'l (adjoctire aErreoiog
Willi
r.a (udjcch'ro agreeing
wi
th
the
substiintive).
the substaniivo).
Bat. and Ace,
...
ko
•*■ ••• .«•
...
30, bo, or go.
Locative
•«• «••
men
• • • ... ...
...
•
manj or man.
Ablative
* t» «••
se
• *• •*• ...
...
thaun.
The genitive is as in Hindostflni an adjective agreeing in gender
and number with the subject or object of the genitive, e. g. khande
x^ bbedd, a sheep of a flock ; khande ri malikui, the proprietress of a
flock.
The other postpositions are, as in Hindostd,ni, indeclinable.
The following paradigm gives the six declensions in full : —
•
•r— s
a
,
^
a
' 5
a
a
o
*— »
CtS
^.-«
a
ea
a
•
»<8
d
B
J5
o
•f— a
S
.
K
•
^
•1—1
(D
■cS
.
»a
•£9
Q
g
o
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
O
O
ft.
"o
-^1
^1
-^1
SI
-^1
•^1
^1
SI
^ 1
^1
:gi
-CI
•^ 1
:^i
5i
'^1
^1
a
CB
C
a
a
a
cS
C!i
a
>i
a
d
eS
ce
-^1
t=^l
■°\
-«l
-^1
-^1
J= 1
-cl
^ 1
-C 1
^1
-qi
-^1
'^
Ml
Mi
Mi
Ml
Ml
Ml .
Ml
Ml
mI
Ml
Ml
mI
Ml
a
a
o
-Ml
Ml
•a
4)
O
-Si
-^1
Ml
O
ci
a
V55
a a
a
e:
a
• a
^c3
O
s
;4
• a
a
MS
a
a
1— I ■^ 1— 1 "-I ►-( l-H
,
£8 4J
i
a
a • a
OS »«3
a ^
ti
ti
• a
a a
t a
\^
■,/
a
a CO
•TS
*
"c*
t-i
d
•f— »
•
c3
^fH
v>
id3
d
•i—s
8
^
ti
53
X!
b
!~
^
-c«
■«
»o3
^0j
-OS
«rfl
vo3
V5j
•e
^^a
^CS
vc3 'C^
^
• ^
m
CQ
PQ
M
s
pa
<J
W
iS
W
p S
C8 4:}
. a
cS a
^ o
«e3
a
c3
1^
a
a
cS
^
-M
!-
-Q
EQ
<
o
a
•
a
ce
>.1S!
•
a
a
• a
a
•
OS
^08
-a
c3
•<S
'1— a
-t^
h
^
,
»e
»03
»0J
<D
VOJ
»<fl
-a
.
>rt
Vfl
^H
^
;-«
;-i
^
h
$4
J.
^
c4
c
c2
Oj
cS
ni
o3
bo
C8
rrl
,a
-s
-a
^
,a
^
^
,^
,a
rS
^
CD
<J
a
• a
• a
a
-a
V*
a
«
MS
MS
^
h
s^
a
c3
cS
^
.a
-a
C5
-a
a
a
S
m
Oi
d
«
g
s
?i>
a
• a
-a
o
O
.0
o
^!S
-a
O
ciJ
•2. 6
(H !-l
-a ^
o o
a CD
-a
o
CD
• a
a
Oj
-a
»s
-o
o
O
a
»<s
.a
.a
o
a a
v3
o
CD
rO
O
CI
»c«
Si
*»-n
«3
^a
U
;h
-a
.a
^
^
CD
CD
(D
»a
-a
,0
o
CD
ra
o
O
• a
a
(S
VS
O
CD
o
O
60
U
O
vo3
i
-a
a
a
■ a
s:«
a
•
H
93
Nca
^
<T5
u
•I— »
-43
TS
»
(D
<o
a>
(D
<c
a
ti
T3
n3
na
'O
Tj
a
s
a
a
a
a
a
^
B
c3
e3
(S
a
cS
-M
-c
jq
,a
-a
^
-a
N
M
M
M
M
M
<q
a
• a
rt
>;«
•
,
a
Ft
^0S
»4
•r-5
^-v-^y
a>
•
®
IS
-a
'«
TS
TS
'XS
TS
a
s
a
a
a
C
cS
«
<s
a
oj
e3
^
rs;
-a
-a
ja
ja
M
M
M
M
M
M
• a
a
-g .2
-« -a
<D 5
f^ 2
« 'S
-a
M <3
"A
s
^
a
Si
o
. s
■2 I
O 03 •
a
S-l
o
<»
9
5>
rO
Exceptions — The Locative.
3rd declension ; locative formed by adding e to nominative :—
She. Main ho ghare sas kalihdri ho.
He. Td teri ho ta sassd jo, gorie, charkhd le deld ho.
Baithi ho tan Jcatan Jcatde ho.
She. To me at home there is a cross mother-in-law. [^vhcel
He. Then to your mother-in-law, Fair one ! I will gire a spinning
Let her sit and mind her spinning.
Examples : —
1st declension : — Masc. in a.
Norn. Sing. Mere bh^i male ak khandd h^.
My brother has a flock.
Gen. Sing. Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khando-rjl lic'i.
This sheep belonns to {lit. is of) my father's flock.
Ih khande-ri mdlikni kasri hd.
The owner of the flock is ill.
Dat. Ace. Sing. Ann khande jo ak kuttar palnu huii.
I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the flock.
Agent Sing. Aufi khande lurhai ditta thu.
I was thrown down by a flock.
Loc. Sing. Gaddf khande manj kharurd rahnda thu.
The shepherd was standing in his flock.
Ahl. Sing. &o khande thaunghara jo a h^.
He has come from the flook to his house.
Vac. Sing. Ai khande mat nakhi gachchh !
Oh flock, don't run away !
Nam. PI, Mere bhdi male khande hin.
My brother has flocks.
Gen. PI. Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khande-re hin.
These sheep belong to {lit. are of) my father's flock.
lau khande-ri mdlikni kasri ha.
The owner of the flocks is ill.
T)at. Ace. PI. Ann khande jo ak kuttar pdlnu hun.
I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the flocks.
Agent PI. Aun khande lurhai ditta thu.
I was thrown down by the flocks.
Loc. PI. Gaddi khande manj kharurd, rahndd, thu.
The shepherd was standing in his flocks.
Ahl. PI. So khande thaun ghara jo ^ ha.
He has come from the flocks to his house.
Vvc.Pl. Ai khandio mat nakhi gachchhd !
Oh flocks, don't run away !
Exception :^"Fem, in a.
Aun bujhnun barkhd, na bhone ri.
I think there will be no rain.
2nd declension : — Masc. in ««
Norn. Sing. Ak gobhrd madarse jo gdhndd hi.
A young man goes to school.
Gen. Sing. Ise gobhru rd burh^ gyani hJi.
The young man's father is wise.
* Ise gobhru-ri kalam kharl ha.
The young man's pen is good.
Balu ra laskandd suni.
The gold of the nose-ring sparklij." Song.
Dat Ace. Sing. Gurue ak kitdb gobhru jo ditti.
The teacher has given a book to a young man.
Agent Sing. Tini g bhrne minjo kliabar (n'tii.
The news was given me by tliat young man.
Loc. Sing. Grobh^u (manj or ra^n) barf mUI li^.
There is macli wisdom in the ytjung man.
AhJ. Sing. Mein tia gobhrn thaun khari gal khuni. J
I have heard good words from that young man.
Voc. Sing. Ai gobhrud r^zi hairi.
Oh yvung man art thou happy.
Rati ba rdti ind jana chhadi din6,, chhorua.
Picha thaun lurhli ohori, jinde Khojud,.
" Grive up coming and going every night, Oh boy !"
"From behind a great rock will fall (ou you) dear Khojda V*
Song of Khoji'i.
Lurhli " will roll down " is third singular feminine future from
Lurhnd, " to roll down "
Nom. PI. Grobhrii madarse jo gahnde bin.
Young men go to school.
Gen. PL Tid,n ():obhru r^ burh^ gj^^i hd.
The voung men's father is wise.
TiS-ri gobhru ri kalama khari hin.
The young men's pens are good.
Dat. Ace. PI. Gurue kit^^a gobhru jo ditti.
The teacher has given books to the young men.
Agent Pi. Tiyyen gobhrue munjo khabar ditti.
The news was given mp by young men.
Loc. PI. Gobbiu manj (or md^n) bari akl hd.
These is much wisdom in young tnen.
Ahl. PI. Main tidn gobhrii thaun khari oal khuni.
I have heard good words from, those young men.
Voc. PL Ai gobhruo rd-zi bho^ !
Oh young men be happy !
Dative. Ta jang^hlu jo d^^li suthanu, dhola apne jo.
* Then for his thighs 1 will give trousers to my lover.'
Song of a ivoman equipping her lover
for crossing a mountain fass.
Bhera re puhdlnu jo deni, chachua, deni chachda.
Pitthi jo dela cholu ho.
"To a herder of sheep give me, Father ! give me, Father f
For my back he will give a coat.
Song of a woman on the choice of a
husband,
" Deli " is the third person singular feminine and " dela " is the third
person singular masculine of the future tense from dend, "to give.^' Deli
I will give.' Dela He will give.
Zrd declension •.'-'Masc. in a consonant.
Kuse tarike tusila wich hdjar hhond (Nagrota) ?
On what date am I to be present in the tahsil ?
Nom, Sing, Merd, ghar taun thaun chour kuroh hi.
My house is four miles from here.
Gen. 8ing. Ghard rd m^lik Kulu jo chale^o hd.
The owner of the "house has yone to Kullu.
Ghara ri mdlikni jo ak charklui do.
Give the mistress of the house a spinning wheel.
Dat. Ace, Sing. Ih bat ghara jo gahiide hil.
This road loads to a house.
Loc. PL Jiyan ghare gha pouru bhond^ h^ tiytin manj bari.
tauli ag lagandi ha.
Fire is easily caught by houses which aro roofed with
grass.
Loc. Sing. Ghar^ manj (or man) chul ate ghard ate lotc ate thdli hin.
In a house are a fire-place and water-jars * and
brass vessels and dishes.
All. Sing, Mere ghard thaun Shahpur ak pard hd.
It is one stage from my house to Shahpur.
Voc. Sing. Ai ghard, mat dh^en !
" Oh house do not fall " ! j
Aith declension : — Fern, in a consonant.
Nam. Sing. Bi^r jhulu karinde ha. j
The wind is blowing. '
Gen. Sing. Bidri-rd, jor bara ha.
The power of wind is great.
Bid,ri-ri chher kannd jo taune karo dindi hd.
The noise of the wind is deafening.
Dat. Ace. Sing. Bid,ri jo rukhe de !
Shut out the wind ! {lit. tn the wind).
Agent Sing. Bid.ri sab khail bhani ditte hiu.
The slates are broken by the wind.
Loc. Sing. Bidrimanj (or man) matgachen na takasri bhuch g.^hlu,
Do not go into the wind or else you wUl get ill.
Ahl. Sing, Bid,ri thaun pichtde bho.
Get away from the wind.
Voc. Sing. Ai biari meri kanakiijo khanlb mat kar !
Oh wind do not spoil my wheat I
Fasla rd beld aich rehu ha.
The time of the harvest having come has continued.
bth declension : — Fern, in i.
Nam. Sing. Ijji apne nikke jo pyar karendi h&.
A mother loves her child.
Gen. Sing. Puttar ijji-la bhaira charandd hd.
The son is feeding his mother's sheep.
So apni ijji-ri kitab parhende hd.
She is reading her mother's book.
Dat. Ace. Sing. Burhe useri ijji jo ghundii ^ni ditta h^i.
The old man sjave a veil to his mother.
Agent Sing. Ih pattu useri ijji banau hd.
This woollen stuff has been woven by his mother.
Loc. Sing. Ijji manj (or mdh) diih mate hA.
There is much love in a mother.
Ahl. Sing. Main apni ijji thaun rupeyya leu hd.
I got money from my mother.
Voc. Sing. Ai ijji or Ai ijjle riso kar !
Oh mother ! cook food !
Norn. PI, Ijji apne nikke jo piydr karii karundi hin.
Mothers love their children.
Gen. PI. Puttar ijji-re bher^ charu karande hin.
The sons are feeding their mother's sheep.
So apni ijji-ri kit^ba parhendi hd,.
She is reading her mother's books.
Dat. Ace. PI. Burhe ud,nri ijji jo ghundu ^ni ditta ha.
The old n^en gave veils to their mothers.
Agent. PI. lb pattu danri ijjie banad bd.
This woollen stuff has been woven by their mothers,
Loc. PI. liji niatij (or m&h) d4h mute hd.
There is much love in mothers.
Abl. PI. Mein udnri topi uahri ijji thaun dndi.
I have brought their hats from their mothers.
Voc. PL Ai ijjio riso kurfi !
Oh mothers cook food !
6th declension : — Fern, in o.
Nam. Sing. Khakho apni nukhd jo sind, sardndi h&.
A mother-in-law is teaching her daughfcer-in-law how
to sew.
Gen. Sing.Masc. Khakho-i^ ghar dur hd.
The mother-in-law's house is far away.
Useri Khfikho-ri gd nakhi gei hd.
Her mother-in-law's cow has run away.
Dat Ace. Sing. Mere bhdi khakho jo ak bhair bakshfsh ditti h&.
My bi other has given a sheep to his mother-in-law.
Agent Sing. Ih dhan useri khakhoe baddhe bin.
This rice has been cut by his mother-in-law.
Useii khakho manj (or mdn) bard dharm hd.
There is much good in her mother-in-law.
Meri baihn apni khakho thauh apne mdo bdbd-re ghare
gich pujji hd.
My sister has come from her toother-in-law into her
parent's house again.
Ai khakho apne jawdi site pydre site balu kar !
Oh motlier-iu-law speak gently to your son-in-law.
Khitkhoa a| ni nukha jo Bind sdrdndi hin.
The mothers-in-law are teaching their daughters-in-
law how to sew.
Gen. PL Cdnii khakhod-re ghar dur liin.
The houses of their mothers-in-law are far away.
Udiiri khakhod-ri gdi nakhi gei bin.
The cows of their mothers-in-law have run away.
Dat. Ace. PL Mere bhdi udnri khakhod jo dui' bhaird bakshish ditti
hin.
My brothers have given two sheep to their mothers-
in-law.
Agent PI, Ih dhan uanri khakhod baddhe hin.
This rice has been cut by their mothers-in-law.
Loc. PL tJanri khakhod manj (or mdh) bara dharm ha.
There is much good in their mothers-in-law.
AbL PL Meri baihni apni khakhoa thaun apne mdo baba-re
ghare gich pujji hin.
My sisters have com§ from their mothers-in-law into
their parent's house again.
Voc. PL Ai khakhod, apni jawai site pydre site baM kard.
Oh mothers-in-law speak gently to your sons-in-law.
Loc.
Sing.
AhL
Sing.
Voc.
Sing.
Norn
.PL
CakJ
Agent Sing, Mori khakhoe ih kam karu h^.
By ray mother-in-law this deed was done.
Nom. PL Meii khakhod jrhara goi.
My mothers-in-law went home.
Agent PI. Meri khakhoe raeri janani hi^Ari difcti hd
My motrher-in-law has ruined uiy wife.
POST POSITIONS.
The following require the nouns which they govern to have the gonitivo
with re : —
I
before.
in.
above.
outiiide.
in place of.
Tdin, tden, for, on account of,
Parant after.
Andar,
Up par,
Bd,har,
Bdte,
Tale, below.
Sdmhne, in front of.
Paihle, before, in tijne.
*Marure, through, or in conso-
qnence of.
*Mola, conformable to.
The following do not require re, but require the noun thoy govern to
he in the formative caae : —
Bin,
Manj
Mdn
Pdr
Seite,
1
without.
in or among.
Pichhorn or behind,
pichhiiro
Sahi, like, of appearance.
Bimh, below,
beyond, Malle towards, with, near
with. (Urdu pus).
Majat or mdrfat (by help of ) is feminine as Ih kam teri majat bhu.-i
Examples.
Tudh bin nindar na indi ha.
Without you sleep comes not.
Hatti knjo & thu ? Lund tamdku re fdeii d tliil. Dharmftdln Gadi.
For what had you come to the sliop ? Yor salt and tobacco I had
come.
Meih heru tidn re bdl bachche m;ille koi .'ir^khi parekhi nahin gillindo.
I saw to his children no neigiibours go.
Heru is singular past tense of hernfi, to see; malle, to, towards^
Urdu pds.
Gahnde present tense of gahnd, to go.
Aun Muhane malle thu tinjii roti khane jo na balii.
I was with Mohan. He did not invite me to cat food ; literally,
did not ssy to eat bread.
Balu 3rd singular past tense from balnd to saj', to .^peak^ e. g., Urdu
bolna.
FIRST PERSONAL TRONOUN.
Singular. Plurnl.
Nom. - Ann, mun, anun. A-^so, assun.
Gen. Menl rn.la.
Dat. Munjo, mao-o,
munhun, mun.
Ace. Munjo, muiihun, laun.
Agent. Mein. Asse.
Ahl. Mun fchaun. Assu thann.
Loc. Mun manj. Assu mauj.
Form, Meiii,. vmh, ma, Asse,
> Assu jo.
Examples —
Kom. Aun na pntande apne jo.
I do not pull out my own. Song.
Mun joid re raste Ku^rkhi 30 galin^. [Gadheran).
I am going to Kuarsi by way of tlie passes.
Dat. Muiijo sarm indi.
To me sl:arne comes. I am ashamed.
Dirdnidn balu, jitlmnian bdlu,
Mun gori billd naliin Ld "(or mdgo halu na ha in another
version). >
My younger sisters-in-law (have) nose-riugs, my elder sisters-
in-]aw°(liave) nose-rings. To me (though 1 am fair) is no
nose-ring. bong.
Ma go cbour khau bhaird bin.
With me are 400 sheep.
Md go Dianhu blieji de.
Send men to me.
Munhun or mun dote khorairi jo p;abnA hd.
To-morrow to me is to go (I have to go) to my father-in-law's
house,
Munhun kbakho malle gdhna.
1 must go to my mother-in-law.
* There 15 in Kdngri a dative moge, to me, as in —
Moge tis-rd patta nebin. I have no news of him {Dharmsdla.)
Agent. Mt-in kh-unu hd so Ldhor go tbu.
I have beard he had gone to Lahore. {Song.)
" Khund " is the past participle of khnnnd " to hear '' ; " hd " is the
bird person singular present tense of the auxiliary verb. " So " is the
bird personal pronoun. " Go" is the past participle of " gahna " " to go.'"
i( rpj^^ }> -g ^YiQ third person singular past tense of the auxiliary verb.
Nom. plural. Asse chour bhdi hun.
We are four brothers.
Examples of the plural of the first personal pronoun are rarely beard
in the cnnntry talk unless it is necessary to lay stress on tlie number.
lu conversation the singular seems generally to do duty for the plural.
THE SECOND PERSONAL PI'.ONOUN.
Singular.
Plural.
Nom.
Tii.
Tusse, tussdn.
Gen.
Tera, teri, tere.
Tundd, tundi^ tuude.
Vat.
Ace.
Tujjo, tdgo.
Tujjo, todh.
[Tassujo.
Agent.
Tain.
Tusse.
Lcc.
Tuddh manje.
Tussu manje.
All
Tuddh thaun.
Tussu thaun.
Form.
Tuddh, td.
Tusso.
Examples-'-'
Teri bhed ra ndn kae lic4 ? Chitari. g^^^^. ^z- j-;^^ • . •
Qn. What is the name of your sliccp ? Ans. "Spot" "'^"*
Chhorud, tujjo laran rikhni klulli, jlude Kliojii. ' jjm^
Boy ! a she bear with cubs (hirau) will oat yea, dear Khoiu '
Lok ta bhramande inuu tuddh karni initri. Ditto
People then suspect me and you of making love.
Tain sadid. Td ai, jindo Khojiii * Ditto
You called me. Then I camo, dear Khoju !
I'd, go keti thdhar goru bin ?
With thee how many head of cattle arc there ? i. e. IIow man?
head of cattle hasfc thou.
Tuddh bin nindar na aundi hd. So}ia
Without you sleep does not come.
Tu3su thaun mein kd<2;haz mangii tbu.
From you I had asked for paper.
Tuddh seite mein balu thu.
To thee I had said.
Dote aun ta go na ild.
To-morrow I to you will not come.
THE PRONOUN OF THE THHID PERSON.
Singular. Plural
Nam. Uh; so. So.
Gen. Userd, useri, usere. U'dnrd, udnri, udnro.
Ace. j^'J°- ^^"J*^-
Agent. Uni. U'ijen.
Ljc. Us mauj. U'dfi manj.
Abl. Us thaun. U'dn thaun.
Form, Us. UViii.
Uh is indefinite; any " be."
So is definite^ some " he " who is known to the speakefj " Tits " and
" tis " are also used for the formative of uh and so.
THE NEAR DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN.
Flural.
Ih.
lah-ra, iah-ri, iau-ro.
Ida jo. I
lyypn.
Idh manj.
Idn thaun.
Idn.
ATIYE PRONOUN.
Pluraf.
So.
Tiaii-ra, tidn-ri, tidn-re.
Tidn-jo.
Tiyycn.
Tidn manj.
Tiaii thaun.
Tidh.
Singular.
Nom.
lb.
Gen.
Ise-rd, ise-rij ise-re.
Dat.
Ace.
} ^s jo.
Agent.
Inni.
Loc.
Is m.ai)j.
AhL
Is thaun.
Form.
Is.
THE REMOTE DEMONS^
Singular.
Nom,
So.
Gen.
Tisd-rd, tisc-ri, tied-re.
Dat.
Ace.
] Tis jo.
Agent.
Tinni.
Loe.
Tis manj.
Abl
Tis thaun.
Form.,
Tis, tisd.
Examples-"
Jaseri khairi, tiseri nidhi.
Jinni bari tinni bid,bi.
Che spring crop belongs to that man to whom the autumn crop belongs,
rbat man marries (tbe girl) who betrothed her,
' Khairi^Ms the autumn or Kharif harvest. ^' Ni^hi " is the spring or
Eiabi crop.
Formative Singular.
Terd, man tessd, seite kajo lagur^ h& ?
"Why is your heart attracted to that (girl) ?
Agent Singular.
Tinni m6n seite jord japati kari.
He did violence with me. {Kdngra),
Formative Plural.
Tu kajo kodd, jo pfahnd^ hain.
Meid, ndtd; goti^ chhure bin. Ti4n seite milrid gd,hnda hun.
Qn, Why are you goings to the fair ?
Alls. My betrothed and her relations have come. I am going to meet
them,
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN.
Singular. Plural,
Je and jo. Je and jo.
Jase-ra, jase-ri, jase-re. Jiah-ra, jidn-ri, jidfi-re.
? Jas-jo. Jid-h-jo.
Jinni. Jiyyefi.
Jas-manj. ■ Jitin manj.
Jas-thaun»
Jas.
Noon.
Gen.
Dat.
Ate.
Agent.
Loc.
All.
Form.
Jian thaun.
Jidn,
Nom.
Oen.
Pat.
Ace.
Agent
pGC.
Ail
Form.
Example of the Singular Agent Case,
Jiuui bari tinni bid^hi.
He by whom she was betrothed, married her.
THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN.
Singula,r,.
Kun?
Kase-rd, kase-ri, kase-re ?
\ Kas-jo ?
Kui.ii ?
Kas uianj.
Kas thaun ?
Kas ?
Proverb.
Pl'jiral.
Kun ?
Kian-ni,, kidn-ri, kian-re ?
Kidn-jo ?
Kiyyen ?
Kian rnanj ?
Kidii thaun.
Kiah.
. Eicamples — Singular Agent.
Tii kahi hi ditti, mat a, tujjo galiaii ? Kufii balle maode bol ?
"Who gave, mother, to you abub'e ? Who spoke evil words?
Song of Raj 'J. Gopi Ghand,
Ta kuni bo heru, msita, mandi hiikkhi ? Usdi hakkhi dindd, kadhai.
Who looked; mother (at you) with evil eyes ? His eyes I will tear out.
Song c/ Bdja, Gopi Chand,
29
The Neuter Interrogative Pronoun '' kid," what ? 13 declined m
•follows : —
Nom. Kid ?
(tcw. Kate-rd, kate-rf, kate-re ?
Ace. i ^^-1° •
Examples —
Eh katorl chhiri hd.
" Of what wood is this ?"
So kaio go thu.
" Why did ho go V'
THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN.
Singular.
Worn. Koi.
6^en. Kaski-rd, kuski-ri, kaski-re.
Dat.
Ace. 5
' Kaski jo.
Agent. Kuni.
Loc. Ka«kl man],
Ahl, Kaski thaun.
No Plural.
Examples —
Gen. Eh bhair, kaski n bhoii.
This sheep probably belongs to some one.
Agent, Eh kam kuni karu bhola.
This deed will have been done (*. e., probably has been
done) by some one.
THE EEFLEXIVE PRONOUN APPE, APU' "SELF."
The single form apu does duty for both Singular and Plural.
Nom.
Appe, apu.
Qen.
Apnd, apni,
apne.
Bat.
Ace.
"lApu
jo-
Agent.
Apu.
Loc.
Apu
man j.
AbL
Apu
thdun.
Exam'ples'^
Nom. Ann appe go. "I myself went."
Agent. Unni apu karu* " He himself did ife.'*
Loc, Gaddi apu manj ghulande hin.
" Tho Gaddia are fighting among themeelves."
c
Adverb'
of
Number.
-fe a
^ o
•
CD m ©
o e-t 2
Adverb
of
Manner.
- a
•
^ - a
Kih^n.
" In what
manner."
1
Jihan
"In this
manner."
Adverb
of
Direction.
if ""-
•
g - s
•X
•
^3 53 •'-1
•
• 2
Adverb
of
Place.
•
•
•
'^. ©
© -S3
. ©
So
©■;f !
Adverb
of
Time.
•
CD ^
N0
■
•
•
rfl c^ 2 a
Jane and
jekhane.
"When."
.
-^
■s
-^
J ^•
Adjective
of
Kind.
CO -N
V- O -^
^'^ -^ 1;
. c8
fcj O •'^
^" ^ ?- g *_•
MO 15:: 1
Jinha.
" Of whid
kind" "As
Adjective
of
Numbers.
9S
•12 >^
-1= :j
^ a
© £ o
'^ o >>
©MO
1
1 — 1~
"^
_
^
Adjective
of
Quantity.
.rS^
v:a . '^
•
43
•
v3 a
P) r— 1 g
* ^<
* ::
N»
Vi
I
f5T
r
a-.B ^=8 J
•4-
^
" »-
V*
^ H
^
From where = kataon.
Tethi is more remote than uthi.
Examples —
Td, ^o keti thd,har pahru liin ?
With thee how many head of sheep and goats are there ?
Inha gowar mere heme mdn na a.
" Such a fool never came into my siglit."
Muhan kathi hil ? Moge tis ra patH^nchin.
Where is Mohan ? To rae of him there i» no trace.
T;r. . , 1 ,^ ,■,■,,,■,, (Dhar madia),
Kia bnai yara kahra chalu hain ?
What, brother and friend, whither art thoii going ?
Tuiidh kanhe ind? Whon are you to eotne ?
Aun kiinhe ichhui'i ? When may I come ?
ADVJCRBS OF TIME.
To-day: Aj.
To-morrow : Dote.
Day after to-uiorrow : Farohe.
Day after ihat : Nacharohi.
Always: Sadd.
Mxamples —
Aun dote ila^ 1 will come to-morrow.
Parohe chala gdhld. The day after t'l. morrow I will go.
Mun dote khaurairi mallo gdlina ha. To-morrow I have to ^o my
father-iu'law's.
Hi mun, Monl re ghar guchhurit thu. Yesterday I went to th&
Louse of Mor.
Dharvisdla GdcZL
ADVERBS OF MANNER.
Littlfl by little : Dhakh dhakh.
Quickly : Taula taula (or taule taule).
Taula taula ^ah. Gro quickly^ quickly.
Slowly : Miittha mattha.
Mattha mattha ild. I will come slowly.
Dharmsdla Gadi.
Ye.sterday : lU, kal.
Day before Festorc^av : Paraj^
Day before that: No.kharaj.
Pliire.
Agiim
NUMERALS.
Oue.
Ak.
Sixteen.
Khold
Fifty-niue.
Undht.
Two.
Diii.
Seventeen.
Satdrd.
Sixty.
Sattli.
Three.
Ttdf.
Eighteen.
Athdrd.
Sixty-seven.
Sataht.
Four.
Cbour.
Nineteen.
Unni.
Sixty-nine.
Unh attar
Five.
Panj.
Twenty.
Bihi.
Seventy.
Sahuttar.
Six.
Chhia.
Twenty-seven
. Satdi.
Seventy-seven
Sathattar
Seven.
Satt.
Twenty-nine.
Unatti.
Seventy-nine.
Unau.
Eight.
Atth.
Thirty.
Trihi.
Eighty.
Assi.
Nine.
Nau,
Thirty-seven.
Satattvi.
Eighty-seven.
Satdsi.
Ten.
Dakh.
Thirty-nine.
Untdli.
Eighty-nine.
Undnuen.
Eleven.
Yara.
Forty.
Chdli.'
Ninety.
Nabbei'i.
Twelve.
Bard.
Forty-seven.
Sattali.
Ninety-seven.
Satatiueu.
Thirteen.
Tehrd.
Forty-nine.
Unun]'d.
Ninety-nino.
Nariniiou.
Fourteen.
Chauddd.
Fifty.
Panjdb.
Hundred.
Khau.
Fifteen.
Pandrd.
Fifty-seven.
Satunjd.
Ordinary Gaddis do not count beyond twenty. The more iutelligenfc
of them borrow higher numbers from their Kdngrd neighbours.
It should be noted that the t and h in sathattar aiG pronounced fiepa«
rately. The word is not sa'thattar^ but mt-haiUr,
One hundred : khau. Mago chour khau bhaira bin.
To me,, with, me (mere p^s) are four hundred sheep. Bhair one sheep
Bhaird, plural.
■ ADJECTIVES OF PLACE.
Agi^n : the nest before, as agi^n mahina, next month.
Naragidn : the next before but one;^ as naragian mahina, one month,
ifter next.
Chhur4 : much.
Dharmsdla Gddi.
tude kindre bht chhura hd. On our side too was much (snow).
Dhai'msdla Gddi.
Right : Daihn^. Left : bd,dn.
THE VERB.
The Auxiliary Verb is thus conjugated : —
Peesbnt Tense.
Aun hun. "I am."
Tu bain. ''Thou art."
So ha, " He is."
Apse hun. * "We are."'
Tusse hin. " You are."
So bin. "Theyarr."
Examples. Aun Gaddi hun. " 1 am a Gfiddi."
Bat bin bara ha. "The wind too is ftrong."
Asse chour bhai hun. " Wo are four brothers,"
Mere chach iji bhi hin. "There are also ray father
and mother."
["a tu kajo ruthi ruthi, meri Radha ? Kae de karan rnthi ha.
■ Why art then annoyed, my Rd,dha ? For what cause art thuu annoyed?'*
.u kahra chalura haiu. " Whither art thou going ? "
Sovg of Thakar,
Past Tense.
Masculine. Aun thd. Feminine thi. " I was."
Tu thu. „ thi. " Thou wert."
So thu. ,^ thi. " He was."
Asso thie. „ thi. " We were."
Tusse thie. „ thi. " You were."
Sothie. „ thi. "They were.
'J
■ Exawjples. Kahr^ thu, ^ " Where wert thou."
Mo Rali re koda jo gahnd thu.
"I wras to go to the fair of Ralla," — literally "To me
to the fair of Halla to go was."
iTerti jo kajo go thu. Why did you go to Nerti ?
lun apne nate sdke ri samhala jo go thu.
■ I had gone for news of my relations."
Kasaure ri huU hajri khundar hd.
Kasaura's daughter is very handsome. — (Gddi of Dharmsdla) ^
Es thauii paihle jo sahib thu so khard thu.
The sdihib who was before him, he was good (Gadi).
BhOxVA. " To BECOME, TO BE.'*
Infinitive. Bhona, To be, to become*
Root Bho, or Bhuchh.
Present Participle. Bhond4.
Past Participle, Bhii^-i or Bhuchhura,
Singular.
I.-^Tens98 formed from the Root.
AORIST.
I may be or become.
Pkiral.
Aun bhuclihun.
Tu bliueh.
So bhua.
Singular
Aun bliuclihunla or bhola.
bboH.
Tu bholl
So bhola.
Example.
Asse bhuchlnm.
Tusse bhun.
So bhun.
Fdture. *
I will be or become.
riural.
Asse bhuchhunle or bhole. Fam
bholi.
Tupae bhole.
So bhole.
Jotd ri bat karari bholi.
The way of the passes will be difficult.
Imperative.
Fern.
Singular.
Tu bho.
Plwi-nl.
Singular.
Aun blionda or bhnni5n.
Tu bhonda or Wiunen.
So bhondd..
Tusse bhoa.
II. — Tenses formed from the Present Participle.
Indefinite.
I am or become.
Plural.
Singular.
Aun bhondd hun or bbunun.
Tu bhonda hain or bbunen hain.
So bhonda ba.
Asse bhonde or bhuuun.
Tusse bhonde or bhunun.
So bhonde.
Present.
T am or become, &c.
Plural.
Asse bhonde hun or bhuudn.
Tusse bhonde hiii.
So bhonde hin.
Singular.
Ann bhonda thu.
Tu bhonda thu.
So bhonda thu.
Imperfect.
r was becoming.
Plural.
Asse bhonde thie.
Tusse bhonde thie.
So bhonde tlii'e.
Singular.
Aun bbud or bhuchhura,
Tu bhua or bhuchhurd.
So bhua or bhuchhura.
III. — Tenses formed from the Past Participle,
Past.
I became, &c.
Plural.
Asse bhue or bhucLlnire.
Tusse bhde or bhuclihure.
So bhue or bhuchhiire.
* In Garhwali, "lo" is the termination of tlio future m4rlo let, 2ncl nnd ."^rfl persoas
singular future tense of " marn^ " to strike; " la " is the termination of all tliroe pTsona
plural future. The Kumaoni future ia similar. See Kellogg's Hindi Grammar, pp. 238, 239.
Perfect.
I have become, &c.
Singular. Flural.
Aufi bhu^ hun or bbuchliura bun. Asse bhue bun or bhucbhure bun.
Tu bbud bain or bhucbbura hain. Tusse bhue bin or bbuchhure bin.
So bbud, hd or bhucbburd, ha. j So bbue bin or bbucbbure bin.
Ploperpect.
I bad become, &c.
Plural.
Singular.
Auh bbuS or bbucbbura tbu.
Tu bliud or bbucbbura tbu.
So bbua or bbucbbur^ tbu.
Asse bbue or bbucbbure tbie.
Tusse bhue or cbuchbure thie.
So bhue or bbubbhure tbie.
Infinitive or Vkebal Noun.
Bbona, being ; bbonera-ri-re, of being.
Conjunctive Participle.
Bbucbbkari, or Bbucbbkar "baving been " ^'or baving become."
Adverbial Participle,
Bbonde site "on being" or "on becoming."
Her,
Herna. To see.
"eeetbou." jS®''^'^'^^ ]" Seeing." Heru.
( Hernun j ^
Hernun
I.-
"Seen.''
Singular.
■Tenses of the Root.
AoEIST.
I may see.
Ann berun,
Tu beren.
So ber6.
Plural.
Asse hemfi.
Tusse beran.
So beran.
FOTDRE.
I will see.
Singular. Plural.
Aun berunld or herl^. Fern, berli. Asse berunle or berle. Fern, berli.
Tu berl^. Tusse berle.
So berla. So berle.
Imperative.
Singular.
" Look thou."
Tu ber.
Plural.
Tusse bera. "Look you."
II. — Tenses of the Present Participle.
Indefinite.
I see.
Singular.
Aun berandd. Fern, berandi
^ hernun.
Tu berandd. or t bernen.
So herandd,.
or
Plural.
Fern, berandi or
Asse berande.
•^ bernun.
Tusse berande or t bernun.
So berande.
* Hernun. This form of the Present Participle is used only witb
the first person singular and witli the first uud second persons plural.
t Herncn. This form of tbe Present Participle is used only with
tbe second person singuKr.
Singttlar.
Present.
I ata seeing.
Aun lierandd bun or hernun hun.
Tu heranda, haih or herun liain.
So heranda ha.
Plural.
Asse heranda hun or hernun hun.
Tusse horande hin.
So horande hin.
Imperfect.
I was seeing.
Plural.
A.S80 herandetlik). Fem. horandf thi.
Tus?e herande thie.
So heratido thie.
Singular.
Aun heranda thu. Fern, herandi thi.
Tu heranda thu.
So heranda thu.
Tenses op the Past Participle.
Past.
I saw.
Singular. Plural.
Mein heru.
Tain heru.
Tinni heru.
Asso heru.
Tu3se heru.
Tiyyeh heru.
Perfect.
I have seen.
Singular.
Mein heru ha.
Tain lieru ho.
Tinni heru ha.
Plural.
Singular.
Asse herii ha.
Tusse hei u Im.
Tiyjen heru ha.
Pluperfect.
I had seen.
Plural.
Mein heru thu.
Tain heru thu.
Tinni heru thu.
Asse heru tliu.
Tusse heru thu.
Tiyyen heru thu.
Conjunctive Participle.
Her, Heri kari. " Seeing," " On seeing."
Example —
Her jaw^n ruiyd,.
Edjd; Gaddan behi.
" Seeing her young loo1<ing
The Rdia married the Gaddi woman."
Sovgof" Nokhi,"
a Gaddi woman whom Rdjd Sansdr Chand married.
Adverbial Participle.
Herande site. " On seeing."
Past Participle.
Herura, " Seen " correBponds to " dekha hud " of Hindi.
Bekhna. To sit.
Imperative.— bekh. Sit (thou).
Present Participle.— bekhandd. or bekhuh.
Past Participle.— baitha and bithiard.
1, — Tenses formed from the Root.
AORIST.
Singular.
I may sit.
Lun bekhun.
Cu bekhen.
5o bekha.
Plural,
■Singular.
kuYx bekhla.
Pu bekhla.
5o bel:hla.
Plural.
Singular,
rd bekh, Sit thou.
Asse bekh [In.
Tusse bekhan.
So bekhan.
Future.
I will sit.
Asse bekhle.
Tuase bekhle.
So bekhle.
Imperative.
Plural.
Tusse bekh ji, Sit you.
II. — Tenses formed fr om the Piesent Pariici'ple.
Indefinite.
I sit.
Plural.
Singular.
\nh bekhan da or bekhnuh.
Cu bekhand^ or bekhen.
So bekhanda.
Sirigular.
\.uh bel^anda or bekhnun hun.
Cu bekhandd or bekhuen hain.
3o bekhanrla ha.
Asse bekhande or bekhnun.
Tusse bekhande or bekhnun.
So bekhande.
PiiESENT.
I am sitting.
Plural.
Asse bekhande or bekhnuh bun.
Tusse bekhande bin.
So bekhande liiu.
Imperfect.
I was sitting.
Plura I.
Singular.
^uh bekhande thu.
rd bekhandd thu.
3o bekhaud^ thu.
III. — Tenses formed from the Past Pariici'ple.
PAfT.
Asse bekhande thie.
Tusse bekhande thie.
So bekhande thie.
Singular,
&uh baitha or bitluira.
Pu baith^ or bithiira.
So baithd or bithurd,.
Singular.
Auh baithd. or bithura huh.
Tu baitha or bithura haih.
Bo baithd or bithura h^.
I ^at.
Plural,
Asse baithe or bithure.
Tusse baithe or bithure.
So baithe or bithure.
Perfect.
I have sat.
Plural.
Asse baitho or bithure hrfh.
Tusse baithe or baithure bin
So baithe or bithure bin.
6i
Singular.
Auii baitli^ cr bithura rhu.
Tu baitta or bithura thu.
So baithd or bithura thu.
Pldpebpect.
I had sat.
Plural.
Asse baithe or bithire fhi'e.
Tusse btiithe or bit'.iuie thie.
fcjo baithe or blthute thio.
Infinitive
Bekhna. To sit.
Conjunctive Paijticiple.
Bekhi kaii. Havinjr sat.
Adverbial Pahticiple.
Bekhande site. On sitting.
Participle used Adjectively.
Bekhura corresponds to "baitlm hui'i" in Hindi.
« *fNA, To come. ...
Infinitive. Trui.
Present Participle. Tnda.
Past Participle K or chhura.
I. — Tenses >ormed frovi the Root.
AoRI.^T.
I may come.
Singular. Plural.
Ann icbchhun.
Tu aiefi.
So aiyd.
Singular.
Ann iU or chliunld,. Fern. ill.
Tu iU.
So ild.
Aun dote il^,
Ttidi.
Singular.
Come thou.
Asse iclichhuh
Tusse aiva.
!So in, ain.
FUIURK.
I will come.
Plural.
Asse ile or chliunle. Fem. fli,
Tus-e ile.
So ile.
I will come tomorrow.
Imperative.
Plural.
Tusse ai^. Come you.
II. — Tenses formed from the Present Participle.
Indefinite.
I come.
Aun indd.
Q'u indd.
So indd.
Singular.
Fem. indi.
)3
)3
Plural.
Asse inde. Fem. indf.
Tusse inde.
So inde.
it
* To bring,
Bring,
Brought,
Bringing,
I will bring,
le-ina or lei-ina. or lei eina.
lei-a,
lei-a.
le-ind^.
le-ila or lei chhxLuli,
Singul
Present.
I come or am coming.
ar.
Aun indd hufi. Fem. indi, &c.
Tu indd, bain.
So indd, hd,.
Plural.
Asse inde bun. Fem. iudi, &c.
Tusse inde hd,.
So inde hin.
it
t)
))
Singular.
Ann indd tbti. Fem. indi tbi,
Tu indd tbu.
So Indd, tbu.
>t
it
it
)i
Singular.
Aun ^. Fem. ai.
Tud.
So d.
1) i>
» a
Imperfect.
I was coming.
Plural.
Asse inde tbie. Fem. indi thf.
Tusse inde tbfe.
So. ainde thie.
Past.
I came.
Phiral.
Asse ae. Fem. ai.
Tusse d,e.
So^-.
Perfect,
I have come.
Plural.
i' ;»
}i a
Asse Ae bun. Fem. A\, &c.
Tusse i,e hin. „ „
S(> ae bin. „
a
Singular.
Aun ^ hun. Fem. di, &c.
Tu 6, bain. „ „
So A ha. ,, ,,
Example.— J&v khit chhurd, ha. Fever and ague has come.
Pluperfect.
I had come.
Plural.
Asse de thie. Fem. A'l thi.
Tusse ^e thie.
So ae tbie.
i)
Singular.
Aun d, thu. Fem. d-i thi.
Tu A tbu. „ „
So A tbu. „ „
From the other Past Participle " chhtird, another set of tenses is
formed.
Past.
I came.
Plural,
Singular.
Aun chhurd,. Fem. chhuri.
Singular.
Aun chhurd hun. Fem. chhuri hun
Pluperfect.
I had come.
Singular.
Aun chhuri thu. Fem. chhuri thi.
Asse chhure. Fem. chhuri.
Perfeat.
I have come.
Plural,
Asse chhure huh.
Plural.
Asse chhure thlo.
Infinitive oe Verbal Noon.
tiji^. Coming. I^Q-r^, i^Q-ri, i^e-re. Of coming.
Aun gachhfin.
Tu gachheh.
So gacbhd.
Singular,
Aun galila or gachhuhl^.
Td gdhl^.
So gdhla.
Tu gah.
CONJDNCTIVB PaRTICIPLB.
Ai kari or ichh kari Having come.
Adverbial PAUTicirLE.
tnde site. On coming.
Gahna. To Go.
Imperative and Root.
Gah. " Go."
Present Participle.
Gahnda. "Going."
Past Participle.
Go or guchburd,. " Gone."
I. -Tenses formed from the Root.
Aorist.
I may go.
Singular. Plural,
Asse gachhun.
'J'usse gachha.
So gdhan.
Future.
I will go.
Plural.
Asse g^ble or gacbbuhle.
Tusse g^ble.
So gable.
Imperative.
Go thou.
Singular, Plural.
Tusse gachha.
Indefinite.
Singular,
Aun gdhnd^ or g6hnuh.
Tti gabndd.
So gd,hnda.
Singular.
Aun gd;lindd or gdhnun hun.
Tu gdbndd bain.
So gdhnda ha.
go-
Plural
Singular.
Ann gdlinda tbu.
Tu gdhndd tbu.
So g^hud^ tbu.
Asse gd;bnde or gdbnun.
Tusse g^bnde or gdhnun-
So g^bnde.
Present.
I am going.
Plural.
Asse g^bnde or g^bnun bun.
Tusse gdbndo bin.
So gahnde bin.
Imperfect.
I was going.
Plural.
Asse gahnde thie.
Tusse gdbnde thie.
So g^hndd thio.
III. — Tenses formed from ihe Past Partic'xple.
Past.
Singular,
Aun g» nr guchliurd,.
Tu go or guchliur^.
So Soor guchhurd.
Singular.
Aun go hfin or gucliViur^ liun,
Tu go hain cr guchhura hain.
So go ha or guclihurd M.
Sinaulnr.
Ann go tViu or gu(^hliura tliu.
Tu go thu or {zuchhurd* tViu
So go thu or guchliurd thu
I went..
Plural.
Asse gae or gnchhure.
Tusse gae or gnchlmre.
So gae or gnchhure.
Pbesent.
I have gone.
Plural.
Asse gae hun or guchhure hun.
Tusse gae hiu or sfnchhure hin.
So gae hin or guchhure hin.
PLDPEBfECT.
I had gone.
Vliiral.
Asse fifae thie or guchhura thie,
Tnsse gae thie or guchliure thie.
So ga© thie or guchhure thie.
Conjunctive Participlf-,
Gachhi kari. Having gone.
Advkebial Participle.
Gahnde site. On going.
Examples. — k\ aun Ku^ti go thu. Today I had gone te Kugti.
Ann Bd,ri re kodd, jo gu'hhur^ thu,
I to tlie fair of Bdri had gone.
The following very common verbs are worth nothing : —
Khdn^, eat.
Piufi, drink,
Dena, give.
Laina take.
Balud say, speak.
Karnd, do.
Indefinite, khdnda.
pindd..
dinda.
lainda.
balandd.
kardd.
Past, khd,u.
n
it
ft
>r
piu.
ditta.
Future, launU, lel^, Past, leu»
Past, balu.
,, karu..
Lei-gahn4 take away is conjugated like gahna.
MONTHS AND DAYS.
Sankrint, 1 st day of the month.
Bahi, 2nd day of the month.
Masant, last day of the month,
Kala raahina, or black month = Bhadon. 1st is called* Bakrora.
[pntroru] : Kachalu, leaves are eaten.
1st Ohetar, Dholru, the month of begging by professional beggars
with drums.
Bakhdkh, = Baisakh, 1st is called Basoa or Brikhu.
Jaitb,* Ist is called Lohle hohle ri Saukrant. (Meaning not kuown).
Laira=Khawan or Sawan,* 1st is called Chirnu, the name of an ingect.
Chickari in Urdu who attacks cattle in Sawan.
No marriages are celebrated in Chetar or Sawan.
THE PARABLE OF THE GOOD SHEPHERD
K-),» ^ -. , . . ^'■- John X, 11-16.
Kh,r4pali,l aun hun. Khari nal,«l 1,1 ••
bear) ]o inde heri ka.i bl,„i,rio ohhad ,1,„i^'i" '" "'»'"^ "'^ blnibbu ( el
blirabbu MA jo chhekandi (tear h)1^t„ j;'^.' "'.'' "'"kbi fr^ihnda I, a ate
nhatoan,,. h. .0 ^.jSi- ha a\e bhai^ ri cUndt^l^rid?''"''' ''"■ ""^^
J'un ate aun bl.air^ ra t^in a,nf j Jdinda hui^^^ '" ^"" ^"^'^° J*^ J^'.^Jh
Ate meii hor bhi bhaira hin '
jo ^nun ate so men hak khnnli ate fkke klanl'V"'' ff"' I'f' ^^ '^"^ "^"
The following s^ntences will fn ^f n ^^ P'^'^^^ ^^oll
dialect and f.cili&te cXansTn with 'the ZTIZTI''^'''^ ^' ^^^
1. Ter^nankya? What is thy name ?
2. Es ghore ri ketri umbar ha ? What i^ H.a o
there in Stber'Ao'Lel" '^'" «°''"" ''-? Ho. „an, son, are
^Jn,t^i:.tX "''' ""'"'' '>-'■"'««"■>• Today I Uve eo™,
the w';ite\t:i!s s::,dt:'"* '■^=''^'""' ^''-^^ " ^'^ >>- 1„ tH„ h„use «
8. Ti,eri pi„hi _p„r Mthi pS. On his back p„t the saddle
J_ Lsera gobliru ma.n matd mSi-fi. His son I have n,„cl, be,i.„
10. Soptapur bakri chiranda ha. He h gra.i,,. J ! ,
mil (or passj. " s mazing goats on -J e .
11. So rukkhii tale ghore pur bekhura h^ u^ j
seated on a horse. ■ ^ ■ ^ oskdura ha. He under the tn c is
is bigtlr I'aThis'fL:?:-" '^" • ' «'^"" "'f^ '" -t») W. H. b.othe,.
13, U--;l mal dh^i rapay,, ,,a. Its prie» is .wo-and-a-haif rupee,
limaU ho„s""" '"'^ '^"'''^' ^'■-^ »^ -">"■'''■ My father I,>e, in a
15. 0sjo rupayye dei dea. Gire him rupees
6. Tes thauA rupayye lei laine. Fr.™ him take the rupees.
«o. well .Sr^Titt r^oTef '' '''' ^""^ (^"'' baonha. Hav.„g beaten
18. Khuwwi thauii pan! khuli. Dra,, water from the well
19. Mere agge chaM. Walk before me
Vhose boy 1:1S;^^:H^^^^'^'^*^ ^'' P^^''^'-^ ^"^^ ^- ^^''^^) 1^^.
hat?^^" ^''*^"' ^^' ^'^''" '"''^^''^ •'"• ^^°™ whom didst thou buy
^^^^22. Girdn re ekke hatwapie thauh. From a shopkeeper of tha
42
Glossaet of woeds peculiar to the Kanc41ia District and the neigh-
bouring HILL. TRACTS. Bl THE LATE EDWARD O'BRIEN,
Esquire, o.s., Deputy Commissioner of Kangra, Revised with
Additional Words by the Revd. T. GRAHAME BAILEY,
B. D., M.R.A.S., Wazieabad.
Note. — The Sanskrit derivatioua are by Dr. T. Ph. Vogei, Archaeological Surveyor to
the Punjab Goverument. He Las employed the Irausiliteration eysttJin of the Asiatic {society
of Beugal.
i^ ...... Skr. Sanskrit.
._,id H. Hindi.
Wfia .v.. p. Persian.
.^^ . Ku. Kullii Dialect]
Cp. Compare.
Ij hoot.
= Means.
+ Related to.
Agrola, man forward in speaking..
Ahl4, bird's nest. " Kas pakhrue dd 6hM hai t*' (Of what bird it;
that the nest ?). Skr. dlaya, dwelling (in Himalaya).
Aitki, this time, now.
Ajhan, yet, still.
G. Akhoka, adj., of this year, akho, as in " akhoki chhalli paroki chhalli
thaun khari hin," " this yt ar's maize is (lit., are) better than last year's.'*
Akkar, man not liable to forced labour.
Alliia= Amalfas. (Lambagraon).
Ambar, sky. Skr. ambara.
Amri, hardnni Innd, cf. oitar, from Skr. ambu (water) ?
At\^, relationship. (Sbahpnr). " Tahsild^re kane tis dd an g hai" (he
is related to the Tahs-ilJar). Skr. anga = member.
Anijujjh, ''not hidiieo," "known." (Suloh). Skr. a-guhya, a-g6dha.
Apan, bub, Skr. aparam ( = other, further).
Appun, oneself, myself, thyself, &c.
G. Aten, and.
A nkkh5, trouble : " Mittardusman aukhi^de wakat pachhane," (Friend
and enemy are dish'ntjuished at the time of difficulty). (KAngra).
Aokbi-bhari^ same as aukkhi.
Aunda, drain, a small drain cut across a field to drain it = chalra or
chala).
Bachdlna, destroy, injure. (Kangra).
Badhi.id, to cut = Vadlin^. (Bandla). Skr. y/ vadh = to alay.
Badka, elderly mnn, bead of family.
Basgar, a kind of grass, used for fodder and for ropea, Andropagon
involutum and Ercojjhorum cornosuvi (Stewart) ; cf. gao-dhaa ui^ld.
Baglu, ft Ga'idi's purse of untauned skin (for tobacco).
Bagnd, flow.
G. Bagri, field.
Bagruli, bundle of baggar grass.
Bdgur, s. f., air, wind. (Kutlehar). Ku. bdgar. Cp. H, bagula (babnld)
1= whirlwind.
Bahnd, plough sow.
Baihaod, CHpable of cultivation, (cf. behau).
Baihnj, bamboo.
Baihra, calf.
Baihri, year.
Bajh, ploughed land. (Kaloha). P. bdj ( = tribute) ?
Bd,jhi, "except." H. b^j (cp. Flatts) ? + Rkr. va.jja ( = to be avoided).
Bajlothar, hard, strong, useii of hard, r.>und stones in a river-brd ri3
opposed to the soft sandstone of the cliff.s ; cf. kasrallu. (Baragrdon).
Derived from H. bajar = harii Skr. vajra = diaQiond.
Bajog-, loss. Skr. viyoga = separahon.
Bakhan, ease, comfort. H. bakli^n.
Biildh, in the south of the District, i.e., in Hamirpur and Dera,
is used for bullock. lu Fdlampur of Kdngra, aud Niirpui djind used.
Skr. balada.
G. Balna, tell, speak. H. bolna.
Ban, jungle.
Ban, or Hsiih, a covered spring. Skr. vapi " At the b^in is the camp
of Harjala." Also a woman's nipple.
Bandri, straw mat.
Banhd ( = Samalu) Vitex negundo, Stewart, 166.
Banj, excommunicution. "Tijjo banj pdi ditt^," (I have excommuni-
cated you). Skr. y/ varj = to exclude.
G. Baragh, leopard.
Barhnd,, Subst. masc. or verb, rain or to rain. Baran, Skr. var?hana.
Barsdla, rainy season. Ku. barbal. Skr. varsba-kala.
* Baruthi, the court-yard of a hou8e = cZd/dn, cf. uan. (Hamirpur).
Bpsa, a hamlet when high up on a hill. Skr. vasa (dwelling).
Basab, trust. Skr. visvasa.
Basand, ploughed land = taraddadi. (Gaddi).
Basdi, a hamlet. (Kutlehar). Skr. vasati = dwelling.
Basinda, a hamlet, (inhabitant). Skr. y/ vas = to stay.
Basunti, Adhatoda fsaica, Stewart, 164.
Bat, a road. H. bat.
I Bat, s. f. egg.
G. Bd,t, wind as in " baia bdt jhulura," (' a great wind is blowing ')
Skr, vdta v^ va.
Batlohi, brass pot.
Batra 60 % per annum of interest. (Kutlehar).
Batt, upper millstone. Tali, under millstone. (Bhawarna).
Batti, a measure, = two sera pakka.
G. Bauh, fore-quantar of a sheep. (Dharmsdla). Skr. bahu ) ( = arm).
Bauhar, upper story, roof . (Sujanpur). Skr. vyavahara ? 11 (house)
affaiis.
G. Bauhrea, sown.
Baunhkari, broom of long grass.
Beddo, see beuhs.
G. Behi, book (especially money-lender's).
Behr^, a cluster of houses, a hamlet. (Properly the space in the
middle). (Dhatwdl).
G. Bekanu, a wether.
G. Betan, wife. Ku. betri=girl, young woman.
Beuhl, dhamman. Skr. bilva [ = Aegle marmelos).
Bedhs (= beddo,) a willow. Stewart, 206—8.
* Bhakrdri, a mallet for crushing clods.
Bhalel, fibre made from the bark of the dhamman tree. (Baragrdcn).
Bhandaur, see darohld.
^ Bhangan, the name of a fish : (Bhddpur). 'Be&s.
* Bharauta, a clod-crasher. (Nadaunti).
G. Bharukkh, s. f. hunger. Skr. bubhuksLa (?)
Bhaundu, foolish, silly.
Bhedu, a sheep geuerMlly, also a ram^ H, Ku. bhed = ewe.
Bher, a ewe. Cp. bhedu.
Bheth. a precipice. (P^larapnr).
" Bhittdn dei de^/' shut the door, {tit , the planks used here as a door).
Bhrabhu, red bear In Skr. powerful, lord.
Bhukr^n, a clod-crusher. (Dera).
Bhun, field.
G. Biar, wind, as in " bari bidr, jhulijri," (a great wind is blowing).
Bij, lightning when it strikes, while bijli = the flush. + Skr. vidyut.
BiJangan, a clothes' horse, a stick suspended by two ropes from
ho eaves of a house. Skr. vilambana = pendant.
Bir, a ridge between fields, (Daro). Ku. Bir. Skr. viti = separation ?
Birld,, broad. Skr. vistirna.
Bitti, daughter, girl.
Boddar, peacock.
Budhi, mother.
Bub Id, adj , low, depressed. (Nagrota).
* G. Bujazu, tinder.
Bujhkd, load.
Buuh, adv., below, as in " bunh gachh top," (go down and search).
Kn. bunh.
Chdcha, father. Cf. H. chacha = paternal uncle.
Chak, head ornament.
Chakona, square. Skr. catush - kona = four cornered.
Chalrd = aunda, qu. vide (Malan). Skr. V. ca!. = to run.
* Chamal, the plant which children call "Jack-in-the-box." (Gaddi).
Chamba, 3Iichelia campaca, Stewart, 5. Skr. campaka.
Chamrd, skin (of cattle). ) c«i i • i ii. i.- u
m 'I- / t: ^ \ > okr. carman= skin, leather, shield.
Chamri, skm (of a man). ) * '
Chandra, miser, cunning man.
G. Chardte, hind quarter of a sheep. (Dharmsd,la).
Chatrati, mahser, cf. kakidru. {Dera, and Sujdnpur),
Chhah, butter milk.
Chhalli, maize.
Chhandr, bad woman,
Chharola, a stile.
G. Chhelria, goat, lamb.
Chhelu, a lamb.
G. Chhikkd, load.
G. Chhiri, wood. + H. char (=shaft) ?
Chhopa, vaccination.
Chhori, chhokri, girl.
Ghhoru, chhokru, boy.
Chhuh, the six-sided cactus.
Chhu-nali, water-cress.
Uhhubbd,, the rope with which a load of grass is tied + chdbr^=
basket, ?
* Chhumb, a stack of maize. (Kutlehar). [jhumb.]
G. Chimta, high,
Chiudna, think, wish.
Chirindi ? maple.
Choi, a stream, a torrent. H. coyd, cp. PlattSt
Ciioind, to strip, to skin.
ChoiS, a stream, r^cbof— "Is^ jimfna 50 Irai chou lagdo, tap nan hao ;"
[to this land three streams are attached, there are nine mouths for the
water.] (Kdngra).
* Chunchal, a sort of blackbird with plumage blue tinted in the sun.
From Skr. cancu ( = beak) ?
Chupanje, interest on grain at 25% per anuum.
Churdfi, parched rice.
* Dd,gula, grape-vine, and Dhurd, grapo. + P. ongur ?
G. Dah, courtship, as in "meri d4h karni," (make love to mo). Skr.
daha. heat (?)
Dalhunnf, hive.
Dand, toorn. Skr. danta.
Danga, a stoue wall.
Dangu, a scorpion.
Dardknl, coward.
Uardtti, sickle.
Darohla, the multicomb, domesticated tree-bee ; cf. bhandaur the
unicomb, wild tree-bee. " ' '
Dataild, morning meal.
Daund, a wood-pigeon.
G. Dena, to cross (a pass, river, etc.)«
Dhakh-dhakh, little by little, dhakh, little.
Dhamman=Beuhl, ((rrevia oppositifolia, Stewart, 27). H. dhaman.
Dharirna, to drag.
Dhera, crooked, as " dheri lakri," (a crooked stick).
G. Dheu, daughter. Skr. duhitar.
Dhi41u, earthen pot,
Dhidra, sun. Skr. dina-kara, divasa-kara? = day maker, i.e., 8un.
Phig, precipice.
Pliingara, Hind, arhar, a kind of pulse, Cajanus Indicus, (Ramgarh).
Dhiotra, a daughter's son. Skr. dauhitra.
Dbirnd, to drag. (Cbaumukha).
Dhiun, a tree with large leaves ; bears a fruit, Atocarpus integrifolia.
(Lodhwdn).
Dhor, bullock. Skr. dhurya, dhaareya = beast of burden. (From
dhur, dhura = burden).
Dhura, vide Dagula.
Dikkna see, look.
Dohru, blanket.
Poind, to tremble.
G. Dote, to-morrow, cf. H. dan-thain.
Dudhar, a hut in the cultivated land for the purpose of being near the
fields.
Ehra, like this.
Ekal, wild hog which lives alone.
Gd, cow.
Gabhe, between. Skr. garbh© Locative of garbha = womb cf.
H. gab.
Gaddi, a sheaf of rice. (Sal oh).
G. Gahnd, to go.
Galand, to speak, cf. H. galana.
* Gao-dhan mdl6 a rope of baggar grass and mango leaves suspended
ftcrOBS the path to a cowshed to avert cattle-disease. (Baragraon).
'Gappi, chatterer, flatterer, as in Katochan di uttar mukkhi paraul
^hdlakdh jo sattu khusdmadan (orgappian) jo chad, at the north-facing
doorway of the Katoch to helpers (is given) ground corn, to flatterers rice.
Proverb. H. gappi.
Gardka^ a clap i3f thunder.
Garju, thunder. Skr. ^ parj,
Garnd,, 'Carw»a diffusa, Stewart, 42, very like karaundd, which is
^ariftu ccrtindas.
* G. Gadld, latngur.
G. Gaun, hot.
tjhdlak, helper.
^hdlki, help.
•Ghalna, to help. H. ghalnd has qaite a different meaning.
Gharethal, stand for water pots.
G. Gharingar, saddle of a sheop. (Dharmsdla).
-Gha-iini, the bird which makes bottle shaped nests. (Saloh).
"Gharu, a precipice.
Ghatti, slope.
Xihoru, horse smaller than ghord.
Ghnard, a stack of rice-straw. (Kdngra).
<3rhunRanian, parched wheat.
Gid, the name of a fish. (Bhddpur), Beds.
Gidli, name of a fish. (Dera and Sujanpur).
GolDhru, son. H. gabru =boy.
God, an eel-like fish, Mestacemhlus armatus. (Dera and Sujanpur).
Gohar, path to hamlet.
Gohran, cattle shed.
Gojhra, lap, part of garment.
Goru, a herd of cattle, as in " tere gorn kiti thahar hiu?" (how many
head are there in your herd?)
Gotar, tribe (restricted to the decendants of on© ancestor). Skr.
gotra.
Guhd,rd, open.
Gullu, a cob of maize from which the graia has been picked.
G. Gurld,, sweet.
Garlu, the sweet viscous matter deposited by insects on the leaves
and flowers of the mango in spring. (Rajhun).
G. Hachhd, white (of things and animals). Skr. accha ( = clean).
E6kh, eye. G. hdkkhri.
Bakhi, a glance, akr. akshi, akshau. "DuUih janien di hakhi lagi/*
(the glance of two lovers met). (Gaddi song).
Handhna, walk.
Handu, earthen cooking pot.
Bangi, sieve of wood and leather.
Hath-lop, groping, — karnd, to grope. (Kangra).
Hatiard, a wretch, a murderer. + Skr. hataka.
Hattna, return.
Haud, ploughing the standing crop of rice, "Haud Hdy mahlne
hunghe " (the rice will be ploughed in Har), cf. or.
Hera, shikar.
G. Herna, see, look.
Hi, yesterday, ai in " Hi aun kachahri jo na go," (yesterday I to
jtntcherry did not go). Ku. hij, Skr. hyaa.
Hik-jor (br«BBt-force), oppression, &c.
Hiun, snow, Skr. hima, (Himalaya = enow abode).
47
ML.
Hiund, Hiund^, winter^ as '^akhoke liiundii man] tuBSO apnn)]iRir
bakri kitthf charni hin ?" where will you grazo your shoep luid j^oat^ ihi
winter?) (Dharmsala). Skr. hemanta.
* Hiunwdt, snow-blindness.
IbMn, now, ibhla, ibhk^., of now, belonging to this time.
G. Ijai, mother.
Ikkar, kind of sugarcane.
Illan, kite.
Irkhia, shame.
Itkha, itbakha, to this side.
G. Jabara, an old man.
J^hlu, when. + Skr. y^vad.
^^effll^r^ and palla, names of V)lighiff.
Jaliha, dumb. (Kangra).
J^ni-mdni, tiohns volenti.
Jdnkdr, wise. _, , ry. . . r.i *
Japhlota, croton tree, Jatwpha curca^, Stewart's Ptaujab Planfp
^""^^G.^ Jar, ^f^veT^is in " jar kbit icl.hu.d hd/' (fev^- and ague have
come). Skr. jvara.
G. Jelld, hard.
Jhakb, jhdnjhd, stormy wind.
Jhrtsna, rub.
G. Jhauntu axe.
Jliuddu, henpecked husband.
Jhugdnk, annoy. ^ n r ll _».
Jhumb = a stack of Indian corn. (Lamb^grdon) . cf. chhnmh.
Jhangd, house.
Jhungi, inferior house, shed.
G. Jora, rope.
Junds, a wife. (Hamirpur).
Jungla, yoke. (Bhawarna).
Juthuttar, husband's elder brother s son.
Kb, crow, pi. kd, " mate k4 hin," (there are many crows). Skr. kika.
Kahlu, when.
KmJo, why ? (Gaddi).^ ^ father'^ youn^ r brother or his wife).
G. Kak, uucle, kakki, annt (t.e., tat her 8 youn
* Kakidru, mahser ( = chatrati). (Dera and .s.jdnp.n).
Kakri, cucumber. , , „..„„,„„
* Kalbelan, the time between sunset and daik, evening.
Kalhd, quarrel, t^kr. kitlalia.
G. Kalotti, black bear. The red oowiler which fMrms
Kdmal EMlera tinctona Ste^^^t, .7^ The red pvv
on the capsules is called Umda and is used for dye, worms
Kandd., a thorn. Skr. kantaka.
^ Kandi, water beetle qt^^wart 62 Skr. karnika.a ?
Kandr, (Kotla-Niirpur)=Amaltds, Stewart, oz. DKr. .
Eapbi, tinder (=biijazu).
Karal-Kachnar. (Kangra).
Karai. Baubinia Yariegata, Stewart, p. &y.
^^tt:'^:^t^J^^^v''^^^ ^'"''^ «"""' ''"'"'
'"^Xri stack of rice, .,.are or oblong f^^^^ .^^ ^'■
KasikrS, a crab. (Pbelu m Maadi). +bkr. kar^a
* Kaaar, swarm.
♦ J^Tlu' f ^^ T^ ""^ ^^^ ^i^ sandstone whfcR is rapidly worn into
tracks by the feet o u,eo or cattle (Baragrdon) ; cf. kasari^and Tal otthar
Kasari, sick. (Bara^rdon) . ' "'tJi^Ji-i'aar.
Kasa:al. Be, bens aristata. Rasot is made of the root of tho kasmal
* Knur, a weed w,th a yellow flower (Lodhwan), observed in fields
generally m February and March. "»«^iveu m neias
^^^ Kawar gandal, a plant of the aloe kind ? Aloe rerfoliata, Stewart,
*K"endu, Deafpyros montana, right bank of Beds.
Kes, hair.
Khad, stream, river.
G» Khadnd, call.
Kbi^du, a ram.
?V^T^??:^ ^i^'^'P' "" splititer. Skr. sakala (and salaka) f
Beds) ^^'^^'^' *^^ "^^" ""^ ^ fi^^' '■« Urdu Mahaser. '(Bhadpnr on
G, Khalai, locust. Skr. sdlabha.
Khal-dard, resin of the diil, (Pinus longifolia), Darini
Khalri, skin (of a sheep or g.>at .
., .(>• KJianda a flock, (Dharaisdia)asin "tussere kh.nde mani ketrr
Khard" ood ""^"^ ^ ^'^ "'"'^ ^°'''^' ^'^ ^^^'^ ^" -^^'^^ flock)?
G. Kharal, hair.
G. Kharat, loss. Skr. ^ sar to break.
Khdri, basket. Skr. khdra, khan = a measure of capacity.
G-. Knaiina. stand up. ^ •'
• G. Khauhrd, father-in-law. Skr. svasura.
G. Kheil, a porcupin.^ ( = saihl). Skr. salyaka
KheU. cold. ^
KhiH,la,nd fallen out of cultivation. Skr. khila = fallow land
Khil-sal, rtnt tor uncultivated land.
* Khikhnrna, to teach. Skr. y/siksh.
G, Khikhnd, tea -h.
G. Khokha, the receptacle above the dntd.
Khuchna, to have sexual inreicour.«e uith,
Khuchina, pa-s. verb, fnm foregoing.
Khukh, pntf-bal), Stewart, 268.
G. lOiukka, dry. Skr. sushka.
G. Khulnd, take out, cast out.
G. Khunnd, hear, khunand, cause to hear.
*Khuiini, name of H fish. (Bias).
Kharerti, foot and mouth disease, (also called Idlu)
Kf, and jo, dative affixes, as in - Debi Chand her; ki chalia, (Devi
^hand went to shoot). ' ^L»evi
Kichh, something = kuchh.
Kird, snake. Skr. kita (= worm).
Kiun, common bean. (Lodhwan).
G "^ Kod °I foi?^'' ^^^"^^^^ ^ large landing net. (K6ngra).
Kokrd, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi); {vide pdrar).
KothM, a clod-crusher. (Kdno-ra).
Kudl, slope. (Bangar).
Kttkraile-dd-thd, a stack of maize stalks. (Suloh)
Kukndla, maize-stalks without the cobs. (Lanj),
Kuli, girl. From Skr. kula (= family) ?
Kunl^ or kunli, a stack of grass.
KunnuQ or kunlu, a stack of rice, round with a peaktd top. cf. ka .
(Suloh). • ^'
Kurkd,, name of a fish. (Dera and Sujd,npur).
Kuskana, speak softly.
Kutd,hdn, on what side ?
*Kutdr, dog. Skr. kurkura, kukkura.
Kuthu, where ?
Kut-phdt, land cultivated after an interval of 2 or 3 years. (Lanj).
Ldhar, land in which rice is not grown.
Laira, Sawan.
Lairthi, lying-in woman.
Lak, waist, " Merd, lak dole" ("my waist swings").
Lakoldi, shelf in wall.
G. Ldn^, fine or smooth, as "pitthd Idn^ hd," (the flour is fine).
Larh, a ram used for breeding.
LauhH, boy.
Leh, thistle. (Lodhwan).
Lhd;d or Hid,, s. m., a landslip.
* Lindak, tail of cattle only. (Baragrjlon) .
G. Lingni, K^ngri lingn^ or linghat, tail.
G. Lodh^, blood, of an animal. Skr. lohita (= red blood).
Lotki, lotri, waterpot.
Lugari, di'ink of rice juice.
Lundare, sickness like measles.
* Lunj, wages for picking cobfcon : (Tira in Kutlehar).
Lurhnd, fail.
Mach, a kind of toothless rake, made with a curved blade and a
handle, for levelling muddy land.
Machld, lazy.
Magar, kind of bamboo.
M^hnun, man.
* Makhar, a swarm of bees.
Makhir, honey.
Mandhd, flying fox. (Sujdnpur Tira),=manchd,h. (Kotla).
Manjii, in.
* M^ran, Ulmus campestris. Stewart, 210. (Nagar in Kulu).
* Masarin, potentilla. (Triund, Dharmsdla).
Mata, much, excess.
Matotrd, at enmity.
Megh, rain. Skr. megha = cloud.
Mesn^, hush up.
Mhai, buffalo. Skr. mahisha, Pukhto mekba ( = female buffalo).
Mhdi, herder of buffaloes.
G. Mulnd, to meet, to be joined, to be procured, as in " minjo
Nurpurd mdn ik dhd,r mull hd,," (I have got a range in Nurpur).
Mirtr, leopard.
* Mugi, a square receptacle made of mud and straw.
Munh, mouth. Skr. mukha.
Mukld,, sufficient.
Munakh, or manukkh, husband. Skr. raanusha? (= man).
Mund, head. Skr. munda (= bald, bald head, head).
Munnu, boy.
G. Nachrohi, the fourth day.
Nagar, town. Skr, nagara.
G. Nai, river.
G. Nakarj, the day before the day before yesterday,
Ndl, stream, also nald ; n^lu, smaller thau ndU.
Napilii^, to wring, (clothes, &c.).
G. Nar, stone.
Naun, a masonry tank as in *' Thuiali da naun./'
Neha, like this.
Nhasen^, run away. G. Nhakhn^.
Nher^, nhi^r^, darkness.
Nid,rd,, niru, weak young child or animal unable to digest.
Nihdlnd, wait.
Nihl, the plains.
Nihlidj plainsman.
Nllrl, blue jay. (MaUn).
* Nimd.n, slow.
Nindar, sleep.
* Obnn, an umbrella of leaves on a 'bamboo frame (asapohru at
Darini), Hamirpur.
Obri, covered room.
Ori, shed for sheep or sfoats.
Ottar, baranni lam), cf. amri. ^ Pukhto watar = wateredj irrigated.
Pachdhdn, towards behind.
Pachhainnd, recognise^
G. Pd,hal, shepherd.
P4hu, tenant.
Paiun^, sharp..
Pakhriia, a bird.
G. Piiluliih paiuci, fight.
* Palla, see jalara. [p^ld, cold ?]
Palosnd, bring up, rear.
Pdnsard, Wendlandia exserta, Ktewart, 17.
* Pararu, a small stack of wheat.
Paraul, s. f., the gateway of a house. Skr. protoli ? H. paul ?
G. Parar, foot.
Pd,rar, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi), -yicZe Kokrd. Skr. pdrdvata (turtle-
dove).
Parid,rd, Erythrina arhorescens. A tree with large leaves, thorns, and
knotted (?) bark. At Punder in Nurpur I saw some wandering tribe
making broad bands of this wood, which they made up in rolls and used
for making the hoops of sieves.
G. Parj, the day before yesterday.
G. Parohe, the day after to-morrow.
Parora or Porora. Tree with long pointed glabrous leaves.
Patandar, parents.
Pathd,, name of a fish. (Kdngra).
G. Patold, plain.
* Pat' fd,, father's younger brother, and Patrer-i, his children- Skr.
pitrya (= paternal).
Patrii, a water-plant with leaves like porrel. (Lodhwan).
Peru, a large basket consisting of a cylinder with narrowing mouth
and a hole near the bottom for taking out the grain stored in it.
Ph%u, phaguf^, wild fig.
Ph^t, meadow.
Phatnd, strike Tvith Bword.
Phattu, a shinglo for roofing (Darini).
G. Phiri in^, return.
Phuk, life, soul, as in " Parmesure di^ kirpa te tuereii ghareh ch6r
phukkdn ban" (by the favour of God there are four persona in ray house).
Picchen, behind, Skr. prsthe. Locative of prishtha =back.
Pippal, red pepper. (Hamirpur).
Pirna, to get ready, as in " pird meri pd,lki," (get ready my
palauquin) . (Song).
Piuld, yellow. Skr. pita.
Pragr^, light, as in " pragr^ kar " (irmkH a light).
* Prasan, thread as it is spun, i.e., as from wool it becomes thread
:and is wound upon the spindle. Skr. prasarana ?
Pugnd, be acceptable.
Puhdl, shepherd.
Pukkd, pokd, kiss.
Pukkarnd, help.
G. Puthi, prep, and adv., up, above, upon, as in " pu^hi mal
tgachchhe," (do not go up).
* Rana, queen bee. Skr. r^jan (= king) rdj^naka (= kinglet).
Rirhl, spur of a mountain. (Rihlu'.
Rikh, line,
Runk^, tinder box.
Runkhar, hard hearted.
Rurhu, s. m. fixed rent=P. Chakauta,
G. Rutti, bread.
Sahansar pdin, A spai-atjui^ racemnsus , Stewart, 233, ( = thoupand root),
"Skr. sahasi-a-pdda (thousand-foot).
Saihl, a porcupine. Punjabi, seh ; in Gddi, KheiU. Skr. ? salyaka,
■sallaka. S'ala, snlva = quill.
Sdld, wnman\s red clotli covering,
* Samalu, see Bannd
Sandb, a bull. Skr. sdnda, i.a. sa-anda mpaus provided witli testicula
(anda = egg, testiculum) * Puklito sanda (= male buffalo). ' Ghirlhni
T-and uihh, Jhota sandh ninh.' A Ghiitlmi cmnot become a -widow any
more than a male buffalo can beconie a bull. — Vroverh.
Sandli, a standing place in shade for cattle.
Sangra, narrow. Skr. sankata.
Sappar, a cliff, or rock.
* Satha, always. Ski-, sarvatha in any case.
G. Sathri, a bundle of rice, cut but not yet tied. (Sulnh).
Sauka, the state of liaving a rival wife. " Sanke par j^nd maiii no
maiizur nabin kia." (I did not consent to go on the condition of being a
rival wife), Hansu vs. Mt. Koko.
Sp, the functions of a barber, a shave. (Kdngra).
Sel, bark-fihre. (Baragraon).
Sik, lead. Skr. sisa, sisaka.
Simbal, simmal, Bomhax ske-piaphyleum.
Sindh; whistle.
Sinna, wet.
* Sirignd, ground-bee.
Sit, (Gddi, kbit) ague. Skr. sita (= cold).
Sitak. bark of a tree (Baragrdon).
So, placenta, bearing young (of animals). Skr. -^ su to bear.
Sohd,, slight raio. (Rajhun).
Sotna, to glean, sweep, or collect by sweeping. (Lanj).
Sudru, suari, small field next to house.
Suhklu, sweet wheaten bread.
* Sukdman, a parasitical plant. I have only seen it growing on
mango trees. Fleshy leaves. I cannot trace it in Stewart, (Nurpur).
Sukoi, diought, " Is baraa sukoi bari hai, hun assdn thelu pdi
dene," of. tbelu.
G. Sund, sleep.
* SuQ^i), needle. Skr. sivyati, to sew ^y siv.
Sup, a winnowing basket of bamboo. Ghhaj is a winnowing basket
of the tili of kdna grass. Sup in Urdu, see Fallon, suh. voce.
Sutidgar, trader.
Sutriljan, marigold. (Hamirpur). [Sartaj, sartdjri].
Tdhdn, on this side.
Tdhlu, then. Skr. tadd, khalu ?
* Tan, a viachdn.
Tandird, tandirtd, silver neck-ring.
Tap, see under thelu.
Tarphaudi, crooked (morally).
Ta'=;ih^, trouble, annoyance, as in " mein tussu saite, takrdr kari-leo
tusse roz roK munjo kajo tasihd dind ? hd, ? " (I n>ade a promise with you, why
do you daily give me trouble ?) (Dharms^Ia Gd-di).
Tdu, father's elder brother, fern, tei, and tair, i, are his children.
Skr. tdta ?
G. Tauld, quick (also Jdudri). Cp. H. turat, Skr. ivarita, cp. H. tund,
Skr. turna.
Tau'ndi, s. f., hot season. (Gddi). Cp. H. tann.=i, Skr. tapas.
Tepra, squint eyed.
Th^har, a head (of cattle). (Dharnis^la).
Thain-^, deposit, " eh meri thaini hai," (this is to be kept for me), also
verb, to deposir.
Thdk, s. f., an obstacle. Cp. H. thakana to weary, to harass.
Thallen, prep., below. Skr. sthala = land, floor, H. thai,
Thalli, nether millstone. (Bhawarna). Skr. sthali = land, floor (athala)
H. thai.
G, Thandd, lazy,
Thelu, a flat piece of wood placed in a water-course to make the flow
of water evenin order to divide it equally amongst the smaller channels by
means of pieces of wood {tap) fixed in the thelu.
* Thil, snail, [phil]. + Skr. stima (Y/stim — ), slow, creeping?
Thippu, gill's covering.
This, going slowly, stopping.
f hulla, thick. Skr, sthula.
G. Thungar, parched grain.
Tr^mb^, copper. Skr. tamra,
Trikhd;, treh4, thirst. Skr. trish,
Tuar, Sunday.
G. Tundi, sheep's trotter, cf. thudu in Kuluhi.
Udn, courtyard of house.
Ukkhal, wooden mortar (for pestle), foolish man.
l/ndhmukkh^, undhrd, pig, boar.
Undrfir, a hamlet.
Un8d,n, a spindle held in the hand. (Dharmsdla G6di).
T/r, planting rice by hand, " ass^n nadda ur bhi-lei-chhadia," (we hav
planted the rice by hand in the marshes) of. hand.
Usdhal, fr. osnd, a descent.
Usna, ascend, as in " muhun thon n6n usindhfi, mnUlia nmttlia
ild" (by me Jt cannot be ascended, I will come slowly). (Dhannsilt
Gadi) ; cf. osna.
LTt, stupid.
Ut^h^n, on that side.
Utfirb, vomit.
^*^,
ft
■*.
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698
ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS
• 2-month loans may be renewed by calling
(510)642-6753
• 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing
books to NRLF
• Renewals and recharges may be made 4
days prior to due date.
DUE AS STAMPED BELOW
SEP 1 6 2000
12,000(11/95)
GENERAL LIBRARY U.C. BERKELEY
III! mil mil nil nil
BDDDflEbMSa